^■Hrara 
 
 
 ■Hon 
 
I LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 
 
 .5 5 
 
 I UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 
 m 
 
u 
 
A 
 
 DICTIONARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 PECULIARITIES 
 
 OF THE 
 
 ITALIAN LANGUAGE, 
 
 BEING 
 
 A COLLECTION OF SENTENCES 
 
 FROM THE MOST APPROVED 
 
 ITALIAN AUTHORS, 
 
 PARTICULARIZING 
 
 THOSE VERBS, PREPOSITIONS, Sfc. WHICH GOVERN 
 DIFFERENT MOODS AND CASES; 
 
 AND FORMING A 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO ALL, OTHER ITALIAN DICTIONARIES. 
 
 
 
 BY M. SANTAGNELLO, 
 
 Author of a Grammar and Exercises—The Italian Reader and Phraseology 
 —Italian Translation of Elisabeth, &c. &c. 
 
 LONDON; 
 
 PRINTED FOR G. AND W. B. WHITTAKER, AVE-MARIA-LANE ; 
 
 HENRY COLBURN AND CO. CONDUIT-STREET; AND 
 
 LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME AND BROWN, 
 
 PATERNOSTER ROW. 
 
 1820. 
 
'..S3 
 
 In the Press, 
 
 A NEW SET OF EXERCISES 
 
 ADAPTED 
 
 TO THIS WORK 5 
 
 CONSISTING OF 
 
 A Collection of Anecdotes, entertaining Histories, Descrip- 
 tions of particular Countries, Cities, &c. &c. calculated for 
 the Instruction and Amusement of the Student of the Italian 
 Language. 
 
 Likewise, 
 
 A Key to the above, which will also serve as a Reading-book 
 
 to Beginners in the Italian Language. 
 
 Printed by Cox and Baylis, 
 Gt. Queen Street, Lincolu's-Iuu-Field;-, 
 
THOMAS GREENE, Esq. 
 
 OF BEDFORD SQUARE, 
 
 THE FOLLOWING PAGES, 
 
 AS A TRIBUTE OF ESTEEM, 
 
 ARE RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED 
 
 BY HIS MOST OBEDIENT SERVANT, 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR. 
 
 Italian Phraseology, a Companion to all Grammars: comprising a 
 Selection of Familiar Phrases, with their various constructions explained 
 on a new plan. — A Series of Questions and Answers on a variety of useful 
 subjects. — A Collection of Proverbs, with literal Translations and Signifi- 
 cations ; — and a copious Vocabulary of Words that frequently occur in 
 Conversation, 1 vol. 12mo. price 7s, 
 
 The Italian Reader, being a selection of Extracts from the most 
 eminent Italian Writers in Prose, beginning with Soave, and ending with 
 Dante, with explanatory Notes, forming a series of progressive lessons, 
 the study of which will enable the scholar to read and properly understand 
 the works of each writer. 1 vol. 12mo. price 6s. — Ditto Verse, 6s. 
 
 Elizabeth, or the Exiles of Siberia, translated into Italian. 1 vol. 4s . 6d. 
 
 A Compendious and Easy Grammar of the Italian Language, 
 Comprising a new and improved Classification of the Verbs, a series of 
 idiomatical Phrases, and a Vocabulary of those words which most 
 frequently occur in Conversation. Second edition, revised, price 6s. bound. 
 — This Grammar, which has the advantage of explanations in the Euglish 
 Tongue, and is now adopted at most seminaries of respectability, is 
 admirably calculated, from the simplicity of its plan, to enable the scholar 
 speedily to acquire a complete knowledge of this pleasing language. 
 
 Italian Exercises. Adapted to the Grammar. 3s, 6d. bound. 
 
 Signor Santagnello teaches the Italian Language, grammatically.--? 
 Terms, Seven Shillings per Lesson. 
 26, Shouldham Street, Bryanston Square* 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The work which I have now the honour of 
 submitting to the judgment of the public, may be 
 considered as the fruit of long and successful ex- 
 perience, in removing innumerable difficulties 
 that obstruct the progress of the student, and for 
 which no remedies are to be found in the most 
 elaborate dictionaries or grammars. 
 
 It has not been my intention to collect all the 
 various idioms of the Italian language, but rather 
 to cull, with brevity and selection, certain idiomatic 
 turns and modes of speaking, which practice and 
 observation have induced me to consider as the most 
 essential to be inculcated in teaching ; to point out 
 the diversified shades of meaning, by the confu- 
 sion of which so many solecisms and barbarisms 
 disfigure the composition of the learner ; to fix the 
 attention upon those niceties of distinction in the 
 use of verbs, particles and prepositions, which 
 so frequently perplex and darken what is, in it- 
 self, extremely simple and perspicuous, when 
 
?I PREFACE, 
 
 illustrated by analogous examples: finally, to 
 reduce into order and systematic arrangement all 
 those precepts and directions, which have been 
 suggested by long and' unwearied endeavours to 
 facilitate the cultivation of the Italian language. 
 in a volume calculated to hold, as it were, a me- 
 dium between a Dictionary and a Grammar, 
 
 It will be seen, by the different examples that 
 have been laboriously collected, for the purpose 
 of illustration, that I have made no remark, how- 
 ever obvious, nor enforced any rule, however 
 simple, without corroborating them by the sanc- 
 tion of some celebrated name ; the works which 
 I have quoted, being universally acknowledged 
 as the fountains of brevity and elegance in Italian 
 prose. 
 
 It is scarcely necessary to observe, that I have 
 refrained from making any extracts from poets, to 
 exemplify the different rules ; a practice not ad- 
 missible in the Italian, where the fervid language 
 of poetry is rather incompatible with the sober 
 ornaments of prose. 
 
 The poets, whose names are occasionally scat- 
 tered through the work, are only referred to in 
 
PREFACE. VU 
 
 their prosaic compositions. Metastasio, however, 
 forms a single exception, as I have extracted from 
 his dramatic works some phrases, which may be 
 used as well in prose. 
 
 Some authors, likewise, of an old date are to 
 be found in this work; but I have only extracted 
 from their compositions those idioms and rules, 
 ¥/hich are still in use and of an elegant texture. 
 
 Having thus explained the general nature of 
 this new performance, I shall proceed to specify 
 
 minutely the different subjects upon which I have 
 
 expatiated, as constituting some of the greatest 
 difficulties in the progress of the learner.. 
 
 1 . I have, expressed the various synonima of 
 
 English verbs the most in use. 
 
 2. The various significations of the particle to, 
 which precedes the English infinitives. 
 
 3. The various cases which adjectives, verbs, 
 
 and prepositions govern. 
 
 4. The use of the infinitives and subjunctives. 
 
Vlll PREFACE. 
 
 5. Rules for writing according to the style of 
 the best prosaic authors, with their various modes 
 of reversing sentences. 
 
 All the above are scattered throughout the work ; 
 and what could not be inserted in the alphabetic 
 order, with many other rules necessary to be 
 known, are to be found in the beginning of the 
 volume. 
 
 NOTE. 
 
 In this Supplement have been omitted a!i those verbs, 
 prepositions, &c. &c. the construction of which is the 
 same both in English and Italian ; and, in order to point 
 out to students those words and cases which require a par- 
 ticular attention, the author has marked them in Italic 
 among the English, and in Roman among the Italian. 
 
 Whenever a noun, a verb, or any other part of 
 speech is found to govern a case, or an infinitive, or a 
 subjunctive, it means that the words following the said 
 part of speech are to be put in the cases and other parts 
 mentioned, although in English they may happen to be 
 different. As for example near, dative ; It is to be 
 translated as if it were near to : To remember, genitive ; 
 It is to be translated as if it were to remember of, &c. &c. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 GENERAL RULES. 
 
 ARTICLES. 
 Rule I.— The definite articles lo, il, la, and all their 
 oblique cases, are prefixed to all common nouns, used in 
 the whole extent of their signification, either general or 
 specific. 
 
 The good which man can de- II giovamento che I'uomo pub 
 rive from any thing, consists cavar da una cosa, consiste o 
 either in its utility or delight. nelV utile o nel diletto. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 The definite article is also to be put before infinitives, 
 standing as substantives. 
 
 Now you say* that if of all Ora dite voi, che se fra tutte 
 
 things created for man the fa- le cose create il parlar e quel 
 
 witty, of speech is that, which che propriamente, e particolar- 
 
 properly and particularly be- merit e e per I'uomo j il parlar si 
 
 longs to man ; speaking may pub dire con ragione cosa otii- 
 
 rightly be said to be an excel- ma. Idem, 
 lent property. 
 
 Rule II. — The definite article is put before names of 
 celebrated men or women,* not christian names. 
 
 * Observe, that christian names have no article. 
 
 And if we wish to examine others 3 in him (in Boccaccio) we 
 can easily perceive the perspicuity of Ovid, the purity of Ca- 
 tullus, the majesty of Sophocles, &c. 
 
 E se vogliamo esaminare altfi, in lid si pub facilmente scorgere 
 e Vevidenza d'Ovidio, e la purita di Catullo, e la gravita di 
 Sofocle, ec— BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 It is to be observed in the above example that Ovid, Catullus 
 
L 2 INTRODUCTION". 
 
 The exquisiteness therefore of V esquisitezza poi delPetrarca, 
 
 Petrarch, another god of our altro nume della nostra volgar 
 
 Italian poetry, &c. poesia, ec. buom matte r. 
 
 But what shall We say of Ma die diremo delta soprau- 
 
 the supernatural eloquence of mana eloquenza del Boccaccio ? 
 
 Boccaccio ? buommattei , 
 
 Rule III. — The definite article is pot before the' 
 names of the four quarters of the world ; and before the 
 names of countries,* kingdoms, t provinces, &c. 
 
 All Europe is considered to be Tutta PEuropa e riputato 
 
 a narrow limit, &c. stretto confine, ec. Idem. 
 
 You know that Italy has Vol sapete, die 1'Italia e stata 
 
 been several times subdued by plu volte soggiocata da molti 
 
 a great many barbarians. barbari. Idem. 
 
 The ancient and modern value Gli antichi e i moderni pregi 
 of Tuscany, &c. della Toscana, ec. ld«m. 
 
 Rule IV. — Articles, adjectives, and all declinable 
 pronouns, are to agree with their substantives in gender 
 and number. 
 
 and Sophocles are christian names : we find however Dante with 
 an article though a christian name j but it may be attributed to 
 custom. 
 
 * Before the names of the four quarters of the world, and 
 also of countries, the article may be used ad libitum in the no- 
 minative case only : but in the other cases, such as genitive, 
 dative, &c. or in cases governed by a preposition, it is not used. 
 The great glory of Italy — le somme glorie d'ltalia, 
 So that it (the Italian language,) is in Italy now what the holy 
 language must have been formerly in Egypt, &c. — talehe og'giin Ita- 
 lia, ella e qual dovette essere gia lasagra in Egitto. puommatxek 
 Bembo however said : 
 
 From great many princes of Italy — da molti principi delV Italia, 
 f Observe, that before names of those kingdoms which bear 
 the same name as their capital city, such as Napoli, &c, the 
 article is not used. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 6 
 
 So that if our language pos- Di maniera che, se lanostra* 
 
 sesses together with so much lingua ha con tanta dolcezza f 
 
 sweetness, sonorous harmony, sonorita cosl grata, ch' ella ne 
 
 so agreeable to the ear as to be riesce vaga al possibile ; chi non 
 
 productive of every possible dira lei essere alV uomo di sommo 
 
 charm, who will not acknow- ed incomparabile | diletto ? 
 
 ledge that it is a source of the ;buommattei. 
 highest and most incomparable 
 gratification to man ? 
 
 Rule V. — An adjective or a participle past, relating 
 to two or more substantives of different genders, and 
 separated from them bj a verb, is to be put in the plural ? 
 and to agree with the masculine gender. 
 
 All the churches of Carnia Tutte le chiese di Carnia sono 
 
 are fallen to the ground $ and cadute,§ e le case e 'I monastero 
 
 the houses and the monastery di Ogalsche, e quello di Vechir 
 
 of Ogalsk, and that of Vechir sono subissati.|J villani. 
 are sunk. 
 
 Rule VI.-— '-An adjective, following- one or more sub- 
 stantives immediately, without a verb intervening, agrees 
 with that which is the nearest to it. 
 
 Besides that, he had very Oltra di queslofece fare altari 
 
 * La, a feminine article, nostra, ti possessive pronoun ; both 
 agree with lingua, a substantive feminine. 
 
 f Tanta, an adjective feminine, agrees with dolcezza, a substan- 
 tive of the feminine gender. 
 
 % Sommo and incomparabile, both masculine adjectives, agree 
 With diletto, a masculine substantive,. 
 
 § Cadute, a participle feminine, plural, agrees with case, a 
 substantive of the feminine gender. 
 
 || Subissati, a participle masculine, plural^grees with monastero, 
 and not with case, because monastero is of the masculine gender. 
 
 b 2 
 
4 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 splendid altars and chapels 
 erected, 
 
 e cappelle splendidissime* 
 
 MACCRIAVELlX 
 
 Cortine di fenestra. 
 
 Salsa di cipolla. 
 Solvere d'archibugio. 
 
 Rule VII. — Two substantives separated by an % or 
 by a hyphen, are to be reversed, and that which was 
 the first is to be put in the genitive. 
 
 Peter's hat ; turn, the hat of II cappello di Pietro. 
 Peter. 
 
 Window curtains ; curtains of 
 window. 
 Onion sauce 3 sauce of onion. 
 Gunpowder ; powder of gun. 
 
 Rule VIII. — The passive participle past, and that of 
 neuter and reflective verbs, that are conjugated with the 
 verb to be, in Italian are declinable ; that is to say, are to 
 agree with their nominative case. 
 
 He spoke to me of your vigi- Mi ragiono delta vostra vigilan- 
 
 za, e che a tutte le ore eravate 
 veduto.f BEMBO. 
 
 E si tenne che fosse veramenfe 
 mandata X dallo spirito santo. 
 
 Idem. 
 Dubitando d'alcuni soldati ch' 
 erano andati § per terra. 
 
 Idem. 
 
 lance, and said that you were 
 always to be seen. 
 
 And they were of opinion, 
 that it (a dove) had really been 
 sent by the holy ghost. 
 
 Doubting some soldiers who 
 had gone by land. 
 
 * The author might have said as well 3 cappelle ed altari splen- 
 didissimi. 
 
 f Veduto agrees with vol (understood in Italian) masculine, 
 as it refers to a man. 
 
 % Mandata, a participle of the feminine gender, as it refers 
 to the dove, a substantive of the feminine gender. 
 
 § Andati, a participle plural, agrees with soldati, a masculiue 
 substantive* 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Rule IX.— The participle of active verbs, conjugated 
 with the verb to have, and governing the accusative case, 
 are either indeclinable or declinable, ad libitum: when 
 declinable they are to agree with the following accusative. 
 
 Hanno dato * autorita alio 
 Spagnuolo. bembo. 
 
 They have given authority to 
 the Spaniard. 
 
 So that having lost every hope 
 of correcting him, &c. 
 
 1 am sorry that I have lost 
 those very long letters. 
 
 Jn modo che perduta * io ogni 
 speranza di correzione, ec. 
 
 Idem. 
 
 Increscemi che arb perdutef 
 quelle piillunghe letter e. Idem. 
 
 But if the accusative is one of these relatives, che, 
 11 quale, la quale, i quali, le quali, who ; il and lo, him or 
 it ; gli, li, le, them ; or one of the conjunctive pronouns, 
 mi me, ti thee, ci us, vi you, it ought to precede the 
 verb, and the participle is to agree with it. 
 But as all these vices of which Ma crescendo egli in iutti 
 
 I have spoken to you increas- 
 ed in him from day to day, &c. 
 She certainly is that great 
 woman whom you have more 
 than once described to the 
 world. 
 
 When I received your letters, 
 by which you sent me those 
 
 questi vizj, che io ho cletti % di 
 giorno in giorno, ec. Idem. 
 
 Ella e sicuramente quella gran 
 donna che voi avete at mondo 
 piu d'una volta dipinta,§ ec. 
 
 Idem. 
 
 Quando mi vennero le vostre 
 lettere, per le qualimi mandavate 
 
 * Dato, a participle indeclinable, and perduta a participle 
 declined, which agrees with speranza. 
 
 f Perdute, a participle plural, agrees with lettere, a feminine 
 substantive, of the accusative case. 
 
 J Detti, a participle plural, agrees with the relative che which 
 refers to vizj, a substantive plural of the masculine gender. 
 
 § Dipinta, a participle, agrees with che which refers to donna* 
 a feminine substantive. 
 
D ^ INTRODUCTION. 
 
 thattheMarchioness of Pescara quelle che la Marchem di Pes-, 
 
 had written to you,, &c. car a v'aveva scritte, ec* 
 
 bembo. 
 
 Saying, my Lord, have you Dicendo, o Signor mlo dun- 
 
 then abandoned me ? que, irihai abbandonata ?.\ 
 
 Idem. 
 
 ]&ut how many are there who Ma quanti saranno quegli che 
 
 will be of opinion,, that my diranno, che disordinato amore 
 
 excessive love for the fair sex me le ha fatte % trarre fuor 
 
 has impelled me to exalt them delle tessitrici ! fiiienzuola« 
 above the lowly sphere of the 
 distaff and the needle ! 
 
 Your good brother has left II vostro buon fratello ci ha 
 
 us. lasciati.§ bembo* 
 
 Rule X. — The verb is always to agree with its 
 nominative case or subject : as, I speak, ioparlo ; we speak, 
 noiparliamo; they love, eglino amano: but when two or 
 more nominatives are the subject of one verb, the verb 
 Is to agree with the most noble person (considering' the 
 first person more noble than the second, and the second 
 more noble than the third), and it is to be put in the 
 plural ; as, I and thou love, to e tu amiamo ; || thou and he 
 speak, tu ed egli parlate, ffl &c. If the nominative be fol- 
 
 * Scritte, a participle plural, agrees with the relative che, which 
 refers to lettere, a feminine substantive plural. 
 
 y Abbandonuta, a participle, agrees with the pronoun conjunc- 
 tive m , which refers to a lady. 
 
 % Fatte, a participle plural, agrees with the relative pronoun le, 
 which refers to women. 
 
 § Lasciati, a participle plural, agrees with the pronoun con- 
 junctive ci, which refers to us men. 
 
 |{ Amiamo, first person plural, agrees with io, a first person 
 singular. 
 
 ^f Parlate, second person plural, agrees with thou 3 a second 
 person singular. 
 
INTRODUCTION* ' 7 
 
 i 
 
 lowed by the relative che, who, the verb is to agree with 
 the said nominative as if che were not there r as, 
 
 1 allowed him to stay here on E lasciavalo stare per amor di 
 
 account of you, who had given voi, che dato me Vavevate.* 
 
 him to me. bembo. 
 
 And believe me, who cannot E credi a me, che non iiposso 
 
 deceive you. ingannare, dell a casa. 
 
 Rule XI. — The present tense is used in speaking of 
 present actions, or of actions continuing every day, every 
 week, every month, every year, &c. 
 
 I dine every day at five Io pranzo ogni giorno alle 
 
 o'clock,, I drink a bottle of. cinque, ogni domenica bevo una 
 
 wine every Sunday, and every bottiglia di vino, e vado alia 
 
 month go to the play. commedia ogni mese. 
 
 Rule XII. — The present tense is also used in speak- 
 ing of actions entirely past, in order to give more force 
 to the narration. 
 
 On seeing his adversary, Don Al veder il nemico f monta 
 Quixote mounted his horse, Don Chisciotte sul destriero, 
 put on his shield, grasped his imbraccict lo scndo, impugna la 
 sword and darted upon him. spada e quindi gli si lancia ad* 
 
 dosso. 
 
 Rule XIII. — The English past tense is commonly 
 expressed in one way : as, I was, I had, but in Italian it 
 is expressed in three ways, which are distinguished by 
 the name of imperfect, definite, and perfect tenses ; as, 
 I was, io ero, imp. ; io fui 3 del. ; io sono stato> perf. \ I 
 had, aaevo, imp. ; io cbbi, def. ; io ho avuto, perf. 
 — — _ , __________ -__ 
 
 * Avevate, second person, agrees with voi, although che is 
 between the verb and thef pronoun. 
 
 f Monta, imbraccia } impugna, si lancia, are in the present 
 
 tense. 
 
8 
 
 INTRODUCTION, 
 
 Rule XIV. — The imperfect tense is used in four in- 
 stances, viz, I. In narrations, of which the time is not 
 specified : as 
 
 Lindora was inconsolable for 
 the loss of her only son ; often 
 she went to bathe his grave 
 with her tears : when she saw 
 the sun rising, she <voept ; for 
 she did no longer see her be- 
 loved son come in the morning 
 to kiss her hand. 
 
 Era Lindora inconsolabile della 
 morte deW unico figlio suo ; 
 sovente sen' andava a bagnar di 
 lagrime la di lux tomba : allor- 
 che levar vedea ilsole, piangea ; 
 imperocche piu non vedeva venir 
 sul mattino il figlio amato a 
 baciarle la mano. 
 
 II. In speaking of habitual actions, often repeated even 
 in a determinate time : as, 
 
 When Emily was in Rome, 
 she went every morning to St. 
 Peter's Church : when she had 
 heard mass, she took a walk to 
 Mount St. Angelo ; then she 
 went back to her house and 
 dined, &c. 
 
 Quando Emilia stava in Roma, 
 andava ogni mattina alia chiesa 
 di San Pietro, e quando avea 
 udita la messa, faceva una pas- 
 seggiata fino al Monte Sani 'An- 
 gelo ; ritornavasen quindv a 
 casa, e pranzava, ec. 
 
 III. In speaking of actions, which were interrupted or 
 met with impediments : as, 
 
 I was just getting on horse- 
 back to go to Richmond ; when 
 a friend of mine, who came to 
 see me, hindered me. 
 
 While I was speaking he twice 
 interrupted me. 
 
 Stava per montare a cavallo 
 per andar a B.ichmond ; quando 
 un amico mio, die venne a tro- 
 varmi, men' impedt. 
 
 Egli m ' inter ruppe due volte 
 mentre stavo jjarlando. 
 
 IV. In speaking- of the actions, dispositions, and good 
 or bad qualities of persons or things no longer existing at 
 the time we are speaking of them. 
 
 Diogenes was a great Cynic, Era Diogene gran Cinico 
 
 he livedin a tub, and often went aveva una botte per sua dimora, 
 at noon with a lighted lantern e sovente sen' andava con una, 
 
INTRODUCTION. 9 
 
 ki his hand ; and when he was lanterna accesa in mano amezzo 
 asked why he carried it, he giorno ; e quando gli si doman- 
 answered that he was going in dava perche portassela ; egli ris- 
 quest of a man. pondeva che andava in traccia 
 
 d'un uomo. 
 
 Rule XV. — The imperfect in a word is used when- 
 ever you can turn the English past tense into an active 
 participle, with the past tense of the verb to be ; or into 
 the infinitive with the word used; or whenever the Eng- 
 lish past tense is found so without turning it. Ex. When 
 he was there he went every day to the opera. Now, he went 
 may be turned he used to go, and consequently he went is 
 to be imperfect : quando egli era ivi> andava ogni giorno 
 air opera. And again, while she spoke, tears came into 
 her eyes ; turn, while she was speaking, tears used to 
 come into her eyes, mentre ella parlava, le si riempievan 
 gli occhi di lagrime. 
 
 Rule XVI. — The definite tense is used, whenever 
 an action quite past, or done at a remote but determi- 
 nate time, is to be expressed ; and it is very often accom- 
 panied with these adverbs : yesterday, last week, last 
 month, last year, last century: last Monday, Tuesday , 
 Saturday, S?c. 
 
 My children went to a ball I miei fanciuUi andarono a un 
 
 last Friday, and danced till five hallo Venerdipassato, eballaro- 
 
 in the morning ; at six they no jiuo alle cinque dopo mezza 
 
 went home, and after they had notte : alle sei ritornarono a 
 
 eaten a good supper,, they went casa, e dopo cli ebbero ben 
 
 to bed. cenato sen' andarono a letto. 
 
 Last year I saw your brother Viddi vostro fratello in Francia 
 
 in France ; he told me he could Vanno passato : mi disse che 
 
 speak French very well. poteva parlar Francese benissi* 
 
 mo. 
 
10 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Rule XVIL— The perfect tense is used to express 
 an action done at a time, the duration of which is not 
 elapsed when we are speaking ; and it is very ofte,n ac- 
 companied with the following words : this morning, this 
 week, month, year, century, S?c. 
 
 I saw my friend twice this Ho veduto il mio amico due 
 year, and twice he vias glad to volte quest' anno, e due volte 
 see me. s'e rallegrato di vedermi. 
 
 It would be improper to say viddi il mio amico due volte 
 quest' anno, c due volte si rallegrb ; and although it is very 
 often heard even from an Italian mouth, yet it is better to 
 avoid it, as it is against all grammatical rules. The 
 perfect tense, however, may properly be used in speaking 
 , of an action done not long ago ; as, I was yesterday, last 
 week, sono siato jeri, la sctiimana passata : even this is 
 better to be avoided. 
 
 The following novel of Soave will shew all the uses of 
 the present, imperfect, and definite tenses. 
 
 There was a time, when in Fu * gia un tempo, che in ogni 
 ^rery country old houses,, and parte le antiche case disabitate, 
 especially old castles, were e sopraituito i vecchj castelli as- 
 thought to be haunted by sediati si credevano f dagli spi- 
 ghosts ; and people related a riti, e mille cose si racconta- 
 thousand things concerning vano f delle loro appariziom, 
 their apparitions, and the harm o del terrori che producevano f 
 done to those who dared to a chi ardisse di soggiornarvi. A 
 dwell in them. By degrees poco a poco si e discoperto, che 
 they discovered that such ap- tali appariziom, e tali spaventi 
 paritions and fears were either o erano \ un giuoco d'immagi-. 
 
 * A definite tense according to rule 16. 
 
 f Si credevano, si raccontavuno, etc., are imperfects, being an 
 action which continues at a time past and unspecified, accord? 
 ing to rule 14, first instance. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 11 
 
 the effects of a heated imagi- 
 nation, or some natural causes 
 totally unforeseen, or the deli- 
 berate contrivance of malignant 
 people, who made use of these 
 means to keep off from those 
 places, where they carried on 
 their mischievous deeds, who- 
 ever could have been able to 
 detect them. At the present 
 day no intelligent man gives 
 any faith to such silly narra- 
 tions. Common people, how- 
 ever, are not yet exempt from 
 ancient prejudices, and such 
 stories even in our days are 
 sometimes related. When that 
 happens a prudent man con- 
 tents himself with laughing at 
 them. Some are fond to dis- 
 play their courage,, and go forth 
 boldly to meet the danger they 
 hold in contempt: but the ex- 
 ample of the Duke of Viilars 
 ought to render every one cau- 
 tious of entering those places, 
 before he has secured himself 
 against the evils which might 
 easily be occasioned, either by a 
 natural cause,or by the malice of 
 people concealed within them. 
 
 nazione riscaldata, o effetto hi 
 naturall cagioni non avvedute 
 dapprima, o espressa opera di 
 malvage persone, die asavano * 
 di questo mezzo per tener lontano 
 da quel luoghi, ove naseonde- 
 vano* le loro malvagita, chi- 
 unque avesse potuto scoprirle : 
 oggimai non vha persona di 
 senno, die prestipiu alcunafedc 
 a ierrori siffatti. Dal popolo 
 tuttaiia Vanilco pregiudizio non, 
 e ancor tolto del tutto, e di tali 
 novelle s'odono + raceontar qual- 
 che volta anche a'di nostri. Un 
 uomo prudente ove cib avvenga, 
 si appagaf di riderne senzapiu ; 
 alcuni avian f far rnostra del 
 loro coraggio, vanno f ardita- 
 niente ad affrontar il pericolo, 
 die disprezzano : f ma I'esem- 
 pio del duca di Viilars dee f 
 rendere ognuno accorto a non 
 avventurarvisi, innanzi d'aver 
 presa ogni sicurezza per ripararsi 
 da' mali, die da cagione natu- 
 rale o dalla malvagita di persone 
 cold nascoste possono f facil- 
 mente sopravvenvre. 
 
 *■ Usavano, nascondevano, &c, are imperfects, being an actior* 
 which continues at a time past and unspecified, according to rule 
 14, first instance. 
 
 | S'odo?w f si appaga, are present tenses., according to rule 1 K 
 
12 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 When still a youth, he was 
 sent by the king his master on 
 important affairs to Germany : 
 on his return he was benighted, 
 and overtaken by a violent 
 storm in a miserable village j 
 where no other place was to be 
 found to take shelter in, but a 
 few dirty cottages belonging 
 to peasants : not far off, how- 
 ever, an old castle was in sight, 
 and as he thought he could 
 there pass the night more 
 comfortably, he inquired con- 
 cerning its inhabitants, and 
 whether he could procure a 
 night's lodging. The good 
 people told him, that nobody 
 dared to lodge in it 5 for every 
 one was frightened on account 
 of the dreadful noise, and the 
 phantoms which were seen by 
 night. Villars laughed at their 
 ignorance : well, said he, I 
 should be extremely delighted 
 to see those phantoms, and to 
 hear that dreadful noise. Then 
 to shew them in what contempt 
 
 Mentre questi era* giovane 
 tuttavia, spediio dal re suo si- 
 gnore per affari importanti in 
 Alemagna, al ritorno fu f so- 
 praggiunto dalla notte, e da 
 una pioggia dirotta in un tristo 
 villaggio 3 ovefuori di poche, e 
 meschine capanne di contadini 
 altro luogo non v'era % da rico- 
 verarsi. Vedeasi + perb non 
 lungi un antico castello, e come 
 a lui parea \ di poter ivi passar 
 la notte piu agtatamente^ cosi 
 domandb chi la fosse, e se 
 quivi sarebbesi potuto aver Val- 
 bergo. La buona gente rispose 
 che niuno ardiva J d'alloggiar 
 la dentro per che dagli strepiti 
 spaventevoli, che si udivano fra 
 notte, e da fantasmi che si ve- 
 devano | tutti erano** atterrdi. 
 Rise Villars delta loro sempli- 
 cita : eel io avrb ben piacere, lor 
 disse, di mirar anctiio, questi 
 fantasmi, e d'udir questi strepiti 
 spaventosi. Quindi dato or dine 
 a' suoi di rimaner net villaggio 
 per dichiarar vie meglio quanta. 
 
 * Era, imperfect, according to rule 14, 4th way. 
 f Fu and domandb^ definite tenses, rule 14. 
 £ Era and vedeasi, &c. are imperfect tenses, rule 14, first 
 way. 
 
 ** Erano, imperfect, rule 14, first way. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 13 
 
 he held such follies, he ordered 
 his servants to remain in the 
 village, took his arms with 
 him, and after he had procured 
 some wine to be brought thi- 
 ther, and a good fire to be 
 lighted, he went to the castle 
 quite alone. 
 
 Scarcely had the clock struck 
 twelve, when behold he began 
 to hear from afar a noise of 
 bowlings mixed with the clank- 
 ing of chains. Villars, with- 
 out being intimidated, grasped 
 his sword and placed himself 
 an his guard. The noise of 
 screams and clanking of chains 
 increased more and more. 
 Villars was courageously wait- 
 ing the result, with a firm and 
 resolute mind, when behold, 
 with a tremendous noise as if 
 occasioned by the fall of the 
 whole castle, he saw the doors 
 burst open and a monstrous 
 phantom enter all in white, and 
 followed by four furies holding 
 funereal torches in their hands. 
 The phantom stoppedat a little 
 distance, and addressing him- 
 self to Villars : Rash man ! 
 cried he with a hollow voice, 
 
 ei si beffasse di cotaifole, prese * 
 le sue armi, e fatto recar del 
 vino, ed accender buon fuoco 
 per ristorarsi, tutto solo s'in- 
 camminb * at castello. 
 
 Passata la mezza notte ecco 
 incomincia f a Jarsi udir da 
 lontano un confuso rumore d'urli 
 e di grida, e uno strepito di 
 catene. Villars senza atterrirsi 
 pan X man all' armi, e si mette X 
 sulle guar die. ho schiamazzo 
 degli idulat'i, e lo strascico delle 
 catene si fat ognor piil forte e 
 piu vicino. Villars con animo 
 sempre fermo ed inirepido ne 
 sta X attendendo la riusdta. 
 Quando ecco, con un fracasso 
 come se tutto ne rovinasse il 
 castello, spalcmcare ei si vede X 
 le porte, ed entrare un mostruoso 
 Jantasma d'enorme grandezza, 
 tutto coperto di bianco, e seguito 
 da quattro furie confacifuneree 
 nelle mani. Arresiatosi ilfan- 
 tasma a pochi passi, e volto a 
 Villars. Temerario mortale ! 
 gli grida X in tuon cupo, tu eke 
 osasti § di penetrare in questi 
 
 * Prese, s'incamminb, definite tenses, rule 14. 
 f Incomincia, present tense, rule 12. 
 X All these are present tenses, according to rule 1 2. 
 § Osasti, a definite tense, according to rule 16. 
 
II 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 thou who daredst enter these 
 terrible places, fly thee hence., 
 or tremble for thy life ! To me 
 do you say tremble ? answered 
 the courageous youth i you will 
 directly see, villain, whether 
 Viilars can tremble. Thus say- 
 ing, he rushed furiously upon 
 him. The phantom fled with 
 precipitation ; Viilars pursued 
 him, but scarcely had he pass- 
 ed the second apartment, when 
 the floor gave way, the vision 
 disappeared,and he found him- 
 self entirely alone, in a solitary 
 place, and in deep silence. It 
 is too easy to imagine what was 
 the agitation of Viilars in that 
 terrible moment. Fortunately 
 he had not any hurt by his 
 fall.: but he clearly perceived, 
 that being shut up in such a 
 place he could not hope for 
 escape. He was for a length 
 of time agitated by the tumult 
 of numberless ideas - } at last 
 he beheld a glimmering light, 
 through the interstices of a 
 cioor which led into the adjoin- 
 ing dungeon, and heard a 
 whispering seemingly of hu- 
 
 luoghi terribili, sgombra * <M 
 qua immantinente, o trema * per 
 la tua vita. Io tremare ! ris- 
 ponde il giovane coraggioso : or 
 lu vedrai, scellerata, se sa * 
 tremar Viilars. E senza piu 
 con impeto filrioso gli corre f 
 incontro. Fugge f precipitoso 
 il fantasma, Viilars gli tien f 
 dietro * ma trapassate appena due 
 camere, ecco profondasi f il 
 pavimento, scomparisce f la vi- 
 sione, ed egli trovasif tutto solo 
 in luogo ignoto in ten cupo 
 silenzio, e in wC oscurita spa- 
 ventevole. Qual fosse il terrore e 
 Vagitazione di Viilars in quelV 
 orrihil momenta e troppo facile 
 aconcepire. Einon avea,\ per 
 sua ventura, sqferto alcun male 
 nella caduta ma ben vedea% che 
 la racchiuso, non doveva X as* 
 pettar piu uscita ne scampot 
 Ilestato cosi lunga pezzafra il 
 tumulto di mille pensieri, 
 scorge § alia fine un lieve bar- 
 lume, attraverso la fenditura 
 tVun tiscio che metteva \\ nel 
 vicino sotterraneo, e sente § un 
 bisbiglio che sembragli § di voci 
 •umane. Tende § acutamente 
 
 * Sgombra, trema, sa, etc. all present tenses, according to 
 rule 1 1 . 
 
 f All these are present tenses, according to rule 12. 
 % Avea, vedea, doveva, imperfect, according to rule 14. 
 § Scorge, sente, fyc. all present tenses, according to rale 12. 
 || Metteva, imperfect, according to rule 14, second way. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 15 
 
 man voices. Fie listened at- 
 tentively, and shuddered on 
 hearing that a troop of ruf- 
 fians were consulting about the 
 means of putting him to death. 
 After much self-debating, which 
 kept him for a considerable 
 time in excessive agitation, he 
 at last heard one, who said: 
 Jt might be too dangerous for 
 us to kill him ; he is a man of 
 high rank : to-morrow he will 
 be searched for in this castle, 
 and we shali be detected : my 
 opinion is, to open the doors, 
 and set him at liberty. En- 
 couraged by these words : yes, 
 cried he to them, your attempt 
 would cost you too dear. I have 
 important letters, which are to 
 be delivered into the king's own 
 hands. I have four servants in 
 the neighbouring village : my 
 death would not remain undis- 
 covered nor unavenged. Open : 
 I promise to you to keep the se- 
 cret, and a recompence worthy 
 of Villars. After a short de- 
 liberation, it was resolved to 
 set him at liberty, but however 
 with an oath,, that he should 
 only sav, he had seen and heard 
 
 Vorecchio, e riesce * con suo 
 maggior spavento che fra una 
 truppa di male genii si fa * vol 
 consulia sulla maniera di trarlo 
 a morte. Dopo varj dihaiti- 
 menii, che Jralle artgustie il 
 tennero \ lungamente ode * uno 
 alia fine, il quale dice:* Troppo 
 pericoloso per noi pub essere Vam- 
 mazzarlo : egli e persona di 
 troppo conto, domani ne syra 
 futia ricerca per tutto il castelh 
 e noi saremo scoperti : mioparere 
 e § che aprasi, e si rimetia in 
 liber ta. Villars a cih rincprato : 
 si troppo caro, lor grida, § il 
 vostro attentato vi coste.rebbe. 
 Io ho j| letter e importanti, che 
 esser deggiono rimesse al re in 
 propria mano : ho [! nel vi-cino 
 villaggio quattro persone di mio 
 servigio :. Id morte mia ne star 
 polrehbe nascosta, ne rimarrebbesi 
 invendicata. Sprite -, io pro? 
 metto || a tutti il segreto, e una 
 ricompensa degna di Villars. 
 Dopo breve conjigliofu pallor a 
 risoluto di likerarlo, obblig-cmdolo 
 perb a giurare che altro ei 
 detto non avrebbe, se non d'avere 
 la dentro veduto e udito cose 
 terribili ; e ben certamente il 
 
 * Scorge, sente, &c. all present tenses, according to rule 12. 
 
 f Tennero, definite, according to rule 14. 
 
 § E , grida, &c. present tenses, according to rule 12. 
 
 || Ho, prometto, present tenses, rule 11. 
 
 % Fa, definite tense, according td rule 15. 
 
16 
 
 INTRODUCTION, 
 
 terrible things therein ; and be 
 could certainly say so. Some 
 time after, while be was at 
 one of his villas with some 
 friends, be saw an unknown 
 person present himself before 
 him, who offered him two 
 beautiful and lively colts, and 
 said : They beg you to accept 
 this gift to whom you pro- 
 mised secrecy within the castle, 
 which you ought to remember, 
 and which you have so faith- 
 fully kept. Now they liberate 
 you from your promise, since 
 being in a place of security 
 out of this kingdom, they want 
 nothing, nor have they any 
 thing to fear. 
 
 He then related what had 
 happened to him within the 
 castle. The five spectres were 
 five coiners of false money, 
 who concealed themselves there 
 with others ; the floor that 
 sunk was one of the traps with 
 which, in the time of the civil 
 wars and petty tyrants, almost 
 all the castles were furnished. 
 Rejoiced at having been able 
 
 potea* dir con ragione. Passato 
 alcun tempo, mentre in una sua 
 villa si stava* egli fra suoi 
 amici, videsi f un uomo ignoto 
 venir d'avanti, il quale due leg' 
 giadri e vezzosi puledri a lid 
 presentando : quesio dono, disse> 
 gli, % preganvi § d'accettare 
 coloro ai quali di segreto gia 
 promettesie% dentro il castello, 
 di cui debbevi § sovvenire e che 
 si fedelmente avete j| finora 
 tenuto. Ova liber ano § essi la 
 vostra fede per che usciti del 
 regno, e posti in sicuro, ne pin 
 abbissognano § di cosa alcuna y 
 tw cosa alcuna kanno § a iemere* 
 
 Narrb J egli allora ciocche en- 
 tro al castello gli era avvenuto. 
 I cinque spetlri erano ^[ cinque 
 fabbricatori di false monete che 
 la \si occultavano ^[ con altri : 
 il pavimento prqfondato era % 
 imo dei trobocchelti di cui al 
 tempo delle guerre intestine e 
 dei piccoli tiranni quasi tutti 
 i castelli erano ^[ provveduti. 
 Lieto Villars oVaverpotuto scam- 
 
 * Potea,stava, imperfect tenses, according to rule 16, first way. 
 
 -j- Videsi, definite tense, according to rule 16. 
 
 + Dissegli, &c. definite tenses, according to rule 16. 
 
 § Preganvi, &c. present tenses, according to rule 11. 
 
 j| Avete tenuto, perfect tenses, according to rule 17. 
 
 *f[ Erano, &c. imperfect tenses, according to rule 14, first Way* 
 
INTRODUCTION. 17 
 
 to escape from the danger, parne, ogni volta che il fatto 
 
 whenever Villars related the ne raccontava* mai non Zas- 
 
 story, he has often blamed the ciava * di biasimare il suo so- 
 
 rashness of his courage, and ' verchio ardore, e di proporre se 
 
 pointed himself out as an in- stesso in esempio de pericolic a 
 
 stance of the dangers into cui pub condurre un coraggio 
 
 which a person may be plunged inconsiderate. 
 by a too inconsiderate boldness* 
 
 Different ways to address in Italian. 
 
 RULE XVIII.— When Italians address themselves 
 either to a man or woman, they use one of these three 
 persons : the second person singular, the second person 
 plural, or the third singular, according to the station or 
 rank in life of those who are addressed. 
 
 I. The second person singular is used when masters 
 speak to their servants ; parents to their children ; hus- 
 band and wife, and brothers and sisters, to each other. 
 It is used likewise between very intimate friends, and 
 lastly in poetry. 
 
 II. The second person plural is used by children 
 speaking to their parents ; by ladies speaking to gentle- 
 men of the same station of life as they are themselves ; 
 by gentlemen speaking to persons below them, or to 
 tradespeople* 
 
 III. The third person singular is used by servants 
 speaking to their masters; by gentlemen speaking, or 
 when they address themselves to ladies of the same sta- 
 tion of life as they are themselves. 
 
 * Raccontava and lasciava are imperfect tenses, according to ! 
 ride \4, first way, 
 
18 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 It is to be observed that, when the third person singular 
 is used, you is changed into vostra Signoria,* which 
 serves to address both man and woman ; and if more 
 than two persons are spoken to, you is changed into 
 le vostre Signorie y or lor Signori, always making th» 
 verb agree with them ; that is to say, the verb is to be 
 third person singular with vostra Signoria, and third per- 
 son plural with vostre Signorie, 
 
 That, in speaking to a person of rank or to a nobleman, 
 vossignoria lllustrissima>^ or vostra Excellenza, is to be 
 used* to a prince of the blood, vostra Altezza; to a king, 
 vostra Maesta ; to a monk, vostra Paternita ; to a priest, 
 vostra River enza; to a cardinal, vostra Eminenza; to 
 a pope, vostra Santita, 
 
 That, in speaking in the third person, the adjective or 
 participle (if there be any) is to be of the feminine 
 gender, % an ^ that the possessive pronoun your is 
 changed into suo, sua, suot, sue^ § for the singular, and 
 into loro [| for the plural. 
 
 * Vostra Signoria is pronounced Vossignoria and written V. S* 
 Observe that not to repeat V. S. too often., we make use of ella 
 you, di lei of you, a lei or le to you, lei or la you, da lei from 
 you ; and instead of le vostre signorie, we say, elleno or esse you,, 
 di loro of you, a loro to you, da loro from you. 
 
 T Vossignoria Illustfissima is written V. S. Illma. ; Vostra Ee~ 
 ccllenza, V. Ecc za , ; Vostra Altezza, V, A. ; Vostra Maesta, V. 
 M* ,* Vostra Paternita, V, P'«. j Vostra Riverenza, V. R. - 7 
 Vostra Eminenza, V. Emza. ; Vostra Santita, V. £'«., &c. 
 
 \ This should be the proper way : but we also find the adjec- 
 tive and the participle agree with the person addressed j that is 
 to say, of the masculine gender, if a man is spoken to. 
 
 § Suo, sua, moi, sue, are to agree with the pel-son spoken of. 
 
 || Loro is of both genders and numbers. \ 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 19 
 
 Examples, shewing the uses of the three persons cn- 
 ployed in speaking to people : from Goldoni. 
 
 First Example. 
 
 FiorindO} a master, speaking in the second person sin- 
 gular, to Trivella, a servant, who speaks in the third 
 person singular : 
 
 i?/._ Here! Trivella. 
 
 Tr.— Sir. 
 
 Fl. — Quick, pack up my 
 things, go to the post»house, 
 and bespeak a calash for twelve 
 o'clock. 
 
 Tr. — Where to, if I am al- 
 lowed to ask ? 
 
 Fl. — I will go back to Venice. 
 
 TV. — So suddenly ? has any 
 misfortune befallen you ? have 
 you met with any unfortunate 
 accident ? 
 
 Fl.—I cannot tell you any 
 thing now j in our journey 1 
 shall tell you all. 
 
 Tr. — Dear master, pardon a 
 servant for beingtoobold j but 
 you are well acquainted with 
 my fidelity j and you must re- 
 member that your uncle has 
 conferred upon me, as the 
 oldest servant of your house, 
 the honour to attend you on the 
 journey he has permitted you 
 to make 5 and he was so kind 
 as to say that he trusted and 
 placed his hopes in me. I en- 
 treat you, for heaven's sake., to 
 
 Ehi! Trivella. 
 
 Signore. 
 
 Presto metti insieme la mia 
 roba, va alia posta, e ordina 
 %m calesse per mezzo giorno. 
 
 Per dove, se la domanda e 
 lecita ? 
 
 Voglio tornare a Venezia. 
 
 Cosi improvvisamente ? L'e* 
 successa qualche disgrazia ? Ha 
 ella avuto qualche cattivo in- 
 contro ? 
 
 Per adesso non ti dico niente. 
 Per viaggio ti contero tulto. 
 
 Caro signor padrone, perdoni, 
 se un servitore a troppo si avan- 
 za: ma ella sa la mia fedelta, 
 e si ricordi, che il suo signor 
 zio in questo viaggio che le ha 
 accordato di fare mi ha dato V 
 onore di servir-fo 9 come antico 
 di casa, ed ha avuto la bonta di 
 dire che si fidava unicamenle a 
 me. La supplico per amor del 
 cielo difarmi partecipe del wio- 
 tivo della sua risoluzione^ accio 
 possa assicurare il suo Signor 
 2 
 
20 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 acquaint me with the motive 
 of your resolution ; in order 
 that I may assure your uncle 
 that a justifiable reason induced 
 you to go away in a manner, 
 which will certainly give occa- 
 sion to suspect you. 
 
 Fl. — Dear Trivella, time 
 elapses, and I cannot enter 
 into a long explanation to in- 
 form you of the motive of my 
 departure -, for once, do as I 
 bid you 5 go, and bespeak the 
 calash. 
 
 Tr. — Do these gentlemen, of 
 whom you are a guest, know 
 that you wish to go away ? 
 
 Fl. — They do not know j 
 but I will tell them in two 
 words : I shall take leave, 
 thank them, and go. 
 
 Tr. — What will they say of 
 your sudden resolution ? 
 
 Fl.^-1 shall tell them that a 
 letter from my uncle obliges 
 me to set out immediately. 
 
 zio, che una giusta ragione Vha 
 indotto a partire in una maniera 
 che dara certamente da mormo- 
 rare. 
 
 Caro Trivella, il tempo passa. 
 enon posso perderlo in far-ti 
 un lungo racconto, per parteci- 
 par-tii motivi della mia parten- 
 za. Questa volta contenta-ti di 
 far a modo mio. Va a ordinar 
 questo calesse. 
 
 Sanno questi Signori di cui 
 e ospite, che ella vuol andar 
 via? 
 
 Non lo sanno ; ma in due pa- 
 role glielo dico mi licenzio, gli 
 ringrazio e parto. 
 
 Che vuol ella che dicono di 
 questa improvvisa risoluzione ? 
 
 Diro, che una lettera di mio zio 
 m'obbliga a partir subito, &c. 
 
 Second Example. 
 
 Ottavio, a father, speaking in the second person singular 
 to Rosaurd) his daughter, who speaks to him in the second 
 person plural. 
 
 Ros. — Father, I wish you 
 a good day I 
 
 Oti. — Oh ! daughter, good 
 days are all over with me. 
 
 Ros. — For what reason ? 
 
 Signor padre, il cielo vi dia il 
 buon giorno ! 
 
 Oh ! jigliuola, i giorni buoni 
 sono per mejiniti. 
 
 Per qual ragione ? 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 21 
 
 Ott. — Because I am no longer 
 able to make a single penny. 
 We are spending every day, and 
 ruin will be the consequence. 
 
 Ros. — But I beg your pardon, 
 you are talked of throughout 
 all Bologna as a rich man. 
 
 Ott. — I a rich man ? heaven 
 forgive you ! may heaven blast 
 the tongue of those who ca- 
 lumniate me. 
 
 Ros. — They do not calumniate 
 you speaking of you as a 
 wealthy man. 
 
 Ott. — Nay, they cannot do 
 worse. If they think me to be 
 a rich man, they will conspire 
 against my life, and then 1 shall 
 uot be safe at home. Thieves 
 will break open the doors of my 
 house by night. Oh heavens ! 
 I shall be obliged to double the 
 locks, to augment the number 
 of bolts, and put more bars. 
 
 Ros. — Rather take another 
 servant, if you are afraid. 
 
 Ott. — Another servant ? ano- 
 ther traitor, another thief, you 
 mean 5 we have scarcely enough 
 to live for ourselves. 
 
 Ros. — By what I hear, you 
 are poor. 
 
 Ott. — It is too true ! 
 
 Ros. — What will you do then 
 to marry me, and to give me 
 my portion ? 
 
 Perche non si guadagna piu un 
 soldo. Ognigiorno si spende, e 
 si vain rovina. 
 
 Ma, perdonatemi, tutta Bo- 
 logna vi decanta per uomo ricco. 
 
 Io ricco ? io ricco ? il. cieffo 
 telo perdoni ; il cielo faccia 
 cader la lingua a chi dice male 
 di me. 
 
 A dir, che siete ricco, non 
 dicono male di voi. 
 
 Anzi, non possono dir peggio. 
 Se mi credono ricco, m'insidie- 
 ranno la vita, non saro sicuro in 
 casa. La notte i ladri mi apri- 
 ranno le porte. Oh ! cielo ! mi 
 converra duplicare le serrature, 
 accrescere i chiavistelli metterci 
 delle stanghe. 
 
 Piuttosto se avete timore, pren- 
 dete in casa un altro servitore. 
 
 Un altro servitore ? un altro 
 ladro, un altro tradilore vuoi 
 dire; nqi abbiamo appena da 
 vivere per noi. 
 
 Per quel ch'io sento } voi siete 
 miserabile. 
 
 Pur troppo e la verita. 
 
 Dunque come f arete a maritar- 
 mi e darmi la dote ? 
 
 C 3 
 
22 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 0#.— This is what hinders 
 me from sleeping at night. 
 
 Ros. — How then, do you wish 
 to make me despair ) 
 
 Ott.-~ No, no, the case will 
 not be without remedy. 
 
 Ros.— But will *here be a 
 portion for me or not > 
 
 Ott.-^-Ah ! there will be. 
 
 Ros. — It should be of twenty 
 thousand dollars. 
 
 Ott. — Hold your tongue, do 
 not call it to my mind, for it 
 kills me. 
 
 Ros.— Heaven grant you a- 
 long life ; but after your death 
 I shall be your only heiress. 
 
 OtL — Heiress ! what do you 
 hope to inherit I 
 
 Questo e quello che non mi 
 lascia dor mire la notte. 
 
 Come ! mi porrete voi in dis* 
 peraziorte ? 
 
 No, il caso non e disperato. 
 
 Ma la mia dote vi sara, o non 
 vi sara ? 
 Ah ! vi sara, 
 Devono essere ventimila scudi. 
 
 Taci, non melo rammentare 
 che mi sento morire. 
 
 II cielo vi faccia vivere lungo 
 tempo ; ma dopo la vostra morte 
 io saro la vostra mica erede. 
 
 Erede di che ? che cosa speri 
 d'ereditare ? 
 
 Third Example, 
 
 Beatrice^ a lady, speaking- to Florindo, a gentleman, in 
 the second person plural,* who speaks to her in the third 
 person singular. 
 
 Ben levato il Signor Florhido. 
 
 Beat. — Good morning to you, 
 Mr. Plorindo. 
 
 Fior. — Your servant, Madam, 
 I was just wishing to see 
 ysu. 
 
 Beat. —What is your pleasure 1 
 
 Servitore umilissimo Signora 
 Beatrice; appunto desiderava 
 di riverirla. 
 
 Che cosa avete da comandar* 
 mi? 
 
 * Observe that a lady would not commit a fault were she to 
 speak to a gentleman in the third person singular. 
 
INTRODUCTION, 
 
 23 
 
 Flo.— 1 have to beg of you to 
 rorgive the trouble I have oc- 
 casioned you, to thank you 
 for all the civilities you have 
 deigned to shew me, and to 
 beg that you will give me any 
 commands you may have for 
 Venice. 
 
 Beat. — How ! For Venice ? 
 and when ? 
 
 Flo. — Directly - 3 I have sent 
 for the calash. 
 
 Beat. — You are joking. 
 
 Ko.— Indeed, it is so, ma- 
 dam. 
 
 Beat. — But why so sudden a 
 resolution ? 
 
 Flo. — A letter from my un- 
 cle obliges me to set out im- 
 mediately. 
 
 Beat. — Does my nephew 
 know it ? 
 
 Flo. — I have not yet told 
 him. 
 
 Beat — He shall not let you 
 go- 
 
 Flo. — I hope he will not 
 hinder me from going. 
 
 Beat.— If my nephew lets you 
 go away, I shall use all my 
 efforts to detain you. 
 
 Flo. — I do not know what to 
 say to it. You speak m a man- 
 ner I do not understand. For 
 what reason will you detain 
 me ? 
 
 Ho 4a supplkar-h. di cowcto- 
 nare il lungo incommodo che le 
 ho recato, ri?igraziar~\a. di tutte 
 le finezze, cft'ella s'e degnaia di 
 farmi? e pregarAa di darmi 
 qualche comando per Venszia. 
 
 Come? AVenezia? Quando? 
 
 A momenti ; ha mandate a 
 ordinar la posta. 
 Vox scherzate. 
 In verita ella e cosz? Signora. 
 
 Ma per che questa repentina ri- 
 soluzione ? 
 
 Una lettera di mio zio m'obhll- 
 ga a par tire immediatamente . 
 
 Lo sa mio nipote ? 
 
 Non glieV ho detto ancora. 
 
 Egli non vi lascerd. partire. 
 
 Spero che non m'impedird, di 
 farlo. 
 
 Se mio nipote vi lascia andare, 
 faro io ogni sforzo per tratte* 
 nervi. 
 
 Non so che dire. Ella parla 
 in una maniera che non capisco. 
 Per qual ragione mi vuol trat' 
 Unere ? 
 
 C 4 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Beat. — Ah! Mr. Florindo, 
 it is no longer time to dissemble, 
 you know my heart, you well 
 know my passion. 
 
 Flo. — You do me an honour, 
 which I do not deserve. 
 
 Beat. — And you are obliged 
 to love me in return. 
 
 Flo. — That seems a little 
 difficult. 
 
 Beat.— Yes, you are obliged 
 to love me in return. A lady, 
 who has overcome her bashful- 
 ness, and has discovered the 
 secret of her love, does not de- 
 serve to be so ill treated. 
 
 Flo. — I did not oblige you to 
 speak. 
 
 Beat. — I have been silent 
 this month, now I can remain 
 so no longer. 
 
 Flo. — If you had been silent 
 a month and a day it would 
 have been the same. 
 
 Ah ! Signor Florindo, non e 
 piu tempo di dissimulare. Vol 
 conoscete il mio cuore, voi sapete 
 la mia passione. 
 
 Ella mi fa una finezza che non 
 merito. 
 
 E siete in obbligo di corrispon- 
 dere alVamor mio. 
 
 Questoe quello che mi pare un 
 poco difficile. 
 
 Si siete in obbligo di corrispon- 
 dermi ; una donna, che ha su- 
 perato il rossore, ed ha svelato 
 Varcano delV amor suo, non me- 
 rita d'essere villanamente trat- 
 tata. 
 
 Io non Vho obbligata a parlare. 
 
 Ho taciuto un mese ora non 
 posso piu. 
 
 Se Ella taceva un mese e urt 
 giorno non era niente. 
 
 More Examples of addressing in writing* 
 
 A letter of Count Francis Algarotti to Francis M. 
 Zanotti, his friend ; in the second person singular. 
 After a prosperous and most Jo son giuntojer mattina dopo 
 
 delightful journey, I arrived 
 yesterday morning at Venice, 
 where I found a letter from you, 
 for which, more than for any 
 thing else, I was glad to arrive 
 there. But I was somewhat 
 disappointed -, because I was 
 
 unfelicee dilettosissimo viaggio 
 in Venezia, {love ho ritrovato 
 una lettera tua, per la quale 
 piic che per altro ho avuto caro 
 di giungervi. Ma io sono stato 
 alquanto ingannato, che dove io 
 credea di trovare una lettera tua 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 25 
 
 in expectation of finding a 
 very long letter from you,, and 
 not written with such haste 
 as the others have been, which 
 I have hitherto received from 
 you, I found it written in great 
 haste, and shorter indeed than 
 I wanted. But, good God, will 
 there be no end to your cursed 
 visits, in order that you may 
 have a little time to write a 
 longer letter to your friend, 
 who has no other consolation 
 at present than your letters ? 
 I entreat you in the most ear- 
 nest manner to endeavour to 
 find some time for this good 
 office, in order to console me 
 a little more than you have 
 hitherto done. 
 
 lunga, e non iscritta cosi in 
 fretta come lo sono state le dltre 
 che ho ricevute da te fino ad ora, 
 io Vho ritrovata scritta in fretta 
 essa pur e brevissima, assai piu 
 in verita che non mi facea 
 d'uopo. Ma, Dio buono! non 
 avrai tu mai finite coteste tue 
 maladette visite, sicche tu non 
 abbia tempo di scrivere un po'a 
 lungo di te ad un amico tuo, il 
 quale altra consolazione. omai 
 piu non ha che le letter e tue ^ 
 Io ti priego quanto so e posso il 
 piic difaredi averlo questo tempo 
 da consolarmi un poco piu che 
 tu fino a quest 'ora non hai 
 fatto, %c. 
 
 A letter of Marcantonio Biorci to his brother Giam< 
 battista ; in the second person singular. 
 
 Your letter found me in this 
 villa of Cavallasca, where it is 
 now eight days since I have en- 
 joyed myself in company with 
 the Count Imbanati, and with a 
 society of Milanese friends. I 
 wonder* you do not find means 
 to get rid of your hypocondria. 
 Do you think that it is an infir- 
 inity of a man of Montferrat 
 and worthy of being admitted 
 5nto such a gay family as our's ? 
 But, jesting apart, since Ma- 
 rianne wishes I should be, se- 
 jious upon this topic, I must 
 
 La tua lettera e venuta a tro- 
 varmi in questa villa di CavaU 
 lasca, dove da otto giorni me la 
 godo col Conte Imbonati 9 e con 
 una brigatella d'amici Milanesi. 
 Mi meraviglio molto che tu non 
 trovi modo di cacciarti Vipocon- 
 dr'ia di corpo. Ti pare che 
 questo sia un male da Monferri- 
 no, e meritevole d'essere ammesso 
 in unafamiglia tutta lieta come 
 la nostra ? Lasciando perb gli 
 scherzi, poiche Marianna vuol 
 pure che questo sia un argo- 
 mcnto seriOj ti dico, che presto 
 
26 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 tell you, that you would soon 
 recover, if you drank wine with 
 a little more water than your 
 usual custom, and if you walk- 
 ed several times a day, but 
 without howeverfatiguingyour- 
 self, after having trotted on 
 horseback an hour every mor- 
 ning before sun-rise ; and if 
 you could only eat things of a 
 delicate nature, such as poultry, 
 birds, calf's liver, kidneys, and 
 other things of that kind. 
 
 gueriresti, se ti dessi a here il vino 
 un po' piu innacquato che non 
 fai,e se passeggiassi di molte volte 
 il di, senza pero stancarti, dopo 
 d'aver trottato urC ora a cavalld 
 ogni mattina cominciando un 
 po' prima del levar del sole ; e 
 se non mangiassi poi che cose 
 dilicate e tenere, cioe polli, uccel- 
 letti, fegati di vitella, granelli e 
 altre tali cosucce. 
 
 A letter of Pope Ganganelli to Mr. Stuart, a Scotch 
 gentleman ; in the third person singular. 
 
 I have followed you, my dear 
 Sir, with my mind, as well on 
 the sea as on the Thames. As 
 long as I shall travel with my 
 mind through England, nobody 
 will insult me ; but were I to 
 go thither in propria persona, 
 clad in my religious habit, God 
 knows how I should be treated 
 
 by the common people. You 
 must however agree with me, 
 that Popes are a good kind of 
 people ; since, if they would 
 make reprisals, they could 
 exact that priests and monks 
 should be allowed to enter 
 London in their habit, or else 
 that an Englishman should not 
 be permitted to enter Rome. 
 And who would be the first to 
 be caught ) You, dear Sir, who 
 from time to time are fond of 
 visiting Italy. 
 
 lo Vho seguitata, carissimo 
 Signor mio, con la mente e per 
 mare, e sul Tamigi. FintantO" 
 che viaggera la mente mia per 
 V Inghilterra, nessuno m'insul- 
 tera: ma se io v'andassi in 
 persona e colV abito religioso, 
 Dio sa come sarei trattato dalla 
 plebaglia, Ella pertanto con- 
 venga meco, che i Papi son 
 buona gente, poiche se volessero 
 far delle rappresaglie, potreb- 
 bono esigere che si lasciassero 
 entrare in Londra i preti, ed i 
 frati colV abito loro, oppure 
 non si ricevesse in Roma verun 
 lnglese. E chi mrebbe il primo 
 a restarci preso ? Ella caro Si- 
 gnore cui piace di tanto in bani9 
 riveder V Italia, 
 
MORE RULES FOR COMPOSITION. 
 
 L Nouns or pronouns being the subject of tbe verb, 
 or rather being the nominative case, may be put after the 
 verb, whenever a period begins : Example : 
 
 Kuffino writes that the Gal- Scrive *Ruffino che f -gli CaU 
 
 dees chose the fire for their del si elessero per Iddio il fuoco, 
 
 God. BORGHINI, 
 
 Those captains sustained the Sostennero * quel capitani la 
 
 eharge of the Catholics. carica del Cattolici. davila. 
 
 Fortune could not be more Non poteva * la fortuna riw- 
 
 favorable to us than when she scirci piu favorevole che quando 
 
 appeared to be most adverse. ha mostrato di volerci piu esser 
 
 contraria. bemtivogliq. 
 
 II. Nouns or pronouns, being the subject of the nomi- 
 native case of an active participle, may be put after the 
 active participle (provided no ambiguity occurs), and if 
 this participle and the following verb are governed by one 
 nominative, the nominative maybe put after the verb. 
 
 Michael Angelo was born in Michelagnolo nacque in Co- 
 Corentino, his father being rentino, cssendo\ suo padre 
 called Ludovico Buonaroti. chiamato Lodovico Buonaroti. 
 
 BORGHINI. 
 
 * Ruffino, quel capitani, la Jortuna p being the subjects of 
 the verbs, are put after them. 
 
 f According to modern orthography we put i instead of gli. 
 
 % Suo padre, being the subject, is put after the active par- 
 ticiple. 
 
28 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 A birdcatcher having caught 
 a quail, &c. 
 
 Finally, the Caldees taking 
 their God with them., went to 
 Egypt. 
 
 Avendo* un ucellatore presa 
 una quaglia, ec. firenzuola. 
 
 Ultimamente portando U Iotq 
 Iddio, sene andarono \ i Cat- 
 dei in Egitto. .borghini. 
 
 III. Nouns or pronouns, being the nominative case, or 
 the subject, may be put after the verb, whenever you wish 
 to begin the sentence with the governed case. 
 
 Now I think that you know 
 what your good is ; for the 
 evil of both (soul and body) 
 would arise from our discord. 
 
 A great number of people 
 apply themselves to these two 
 kinds of trades in Holland and 
 Zealand. 
 
 By these counsels, by this 
 art, actions and aims, that glo- 
 rious Charles became great, and 
 Emperor of Rome. 
 
 Oh, or mi par che tu conoschi 
 il ben tuo> perche dalla discor- 
 dia nostra nascerebbe J il -*nal 
 delV una e delV altro. gelli. 
 
 A queste due qualita di mestie- 
 ri s'applica in Olanda e in Ze- 
 landa § un numero grandissimo 
 dipersone. bentivoglio. 
 
 Con questi consigli, con queste 
 arti, con queste azioni, con 
 questi Jini, diventb magno e 
 Imperator di Roma jj quel glo- 
 riosissimo Carlo, 
 
 GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 * Un uccellatore, being the nominative case, is put after. 
 
 f I Caldei, being the nominative of both the participle and 
 the verb, is placed after the verb. 
 
 X II mal is the nominative case, which is put after the verb, 
 because the governed case, dalla discordia, is put before the verb. 
 
 § Un numero is the nominative case, which is put after the 
 verb, because the governed case, a queste due qualita/ys put before 
 the verb. 
 
 j| Quel gloriosissimo Carlo, &c. is the nominative case, which 
 is placed after the verb, because -the governed cases, con questi 
 consigli, con queste arti, &c. are put before the verb. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 29 
 
 For as a right judgment can- 
 not be expected from an un- 
 skilful and inexperienced judge, 
 &c. 
 
 Mimio having said these 
 things, &c. 
 
 Perche come da un giudice in- 
 capace ed inesperto nonsi possono 
 aspettare * sentenze rette, ec. 
 
 GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 Queste cose avendo dette f il 
 Mimio, ec. bembo. 
 
 I V. Nouns or pronouns being the nominative case, may 
 be put after the verb, whenever the relatives che, il quale, 
 la quale, &c. (as accusatives or other cases but nomina- 
 tives, unless with the verb essere) precede it. 
 The city of Rouen, situated Fra Avre di Grazia e Parigi e 
 
 on the banks of the river, be- 
 tween Havre de Grace and 
 Paris, is become noble and rich, 
 on account of the commerce 
 which all northern nations hold 
 in it. 
 
 In which liberality properly 
 consists. 
 
 The advantage which these 
 two provinces receive from the 
 sea and rivers is so great, &c. 
 
 posta sopra il Jiume la citta di 
 Roano, fatta nobile e ricca per 
 il commercio che vi tengono ^ 
 tutte le nazioni settentrionali. 
 
 DAVILA. 
 
 Nella qual cosa consiste pro- 
 prio § la liber alita. gelli. 
 
 Cost grande e il vantaggio, che 
 ricevono || queste due provincie 
 dal mare e dalle riviere, ec. 
 
 BENTIVOGLIO. 
 
 * Sentenze rette is the nominative case, which is placed 
 after the verb, because the governed case, da un giudice, is put 
 before the verb. 
 
 f II Mimio is the nominative -case, which is put after the verb, 
 because the governed case, queste cose, is put before it. 
 
 J Tutte le nazioni, &c. is the nominative case, which is put 
 after the verb, because the relative che (accusative) precedes it. 
 
 § La liberalita is the nominative case, which is put after the 
 verb, because quale, a relative, precedes it. . ■ - 
 
 || Queste due provincie is the nominative case, which is put 
 after the verb, because the relative che (accusative) precedes it. 
 
30 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 It is likewise unknown who 
 his pupils were in that art. 
 
 For where can that cowardly 
 man be found, whom the ex- 
 treme dangers of his country 
 would not inflame with just 
 anger ? 
 
 Be pleased not only to hear, 
 but also to consider, what at 
 present my opinion and advice 
 about our republic are. 
 
 Occulta eparimente quali fo$~ 
 sero * i suoi allievi nelV arte. 
 
 DATI, 
 
 Perche qual animo si pub tro- 
 vare cost abbiettz e vile, il 
 quale non accendesse di giusto 
 sdegno -j- gli estremi pericoli 
 delta patria ? c avalcanti . 
 
 Piacciavi non solo udire y ma 
 considerare, qual sia intorno al 
 governo di questa repubblica | 
 il parere e consiglio mio. 
 
 VARCHI. 
 
 V. Nouns or pronouns, being the nominative case ? 
 may be put at the end of a sentence, whenever this sen- 
 tence begins with quanto, quanta, quanti, quante, quanta 
 tempo, quante volte, &c. 
 
 Because all the world knows, Perche a tutto il mondo e no- 
 how efficacious the rights of tissimo quanto siano efficaci 
 the house of Anjou over the sopra il reame di Napoli § It 
 kingdom of Naples are. ragioni delta. casa d'Angio. 
 
 GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 * / suoi allievi is the nominative, which is put after the verb, 
 because the relative quali (here a nominative, on account of its 
 being with the verb essere) precedes it. 
 
 •f Gli estremi pericoli is the nominative case, which is put after 
 the verb, because the relative il quale (accusative) precedes it. 
 
 J 11 parere e il consiglio, both nominatives, are put after the 
 verb, because qual (here nominative, on account of its being with 
 the verb essere) precedes it. 
 
 , § Le ragioni, nominative, is put at the end of the sentence, 
 because the sentence begins with quanto, &c. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 For who does not know, how 
 inferior in strength the King of 
 Naples is ? 
 
 You have heard, Academi- 
 cians, how many times, and 
 by how many people, the Grand 
 Duke of Tuscany has been be- 
 wailed and praised. 
 
 Perche chi e queilo che, non 
 sappictj quantosia inferiore di 
 forze * il Re di Napoli ? 
 
 GUICC1ARD1NI. 
 
 Vol avete udito, Accademici, 
 quante volte, e da quanti e 
 stato pianto e lodato * il Gran 
 Duca di Toscana. Idem. 
 
 VI. Nouns or pronouns being the nominative case 
 may be put after the verb, or at the end of the sentence, 
 whenever the sentence begins with one of these conjunc- 
 tions and adverbs: che, perche, poiche, perciocche, ac- 
 ciocche, qffinche, ove, dove, cgni folia che, in qualunque 
 luoso. 
 
 Do you think then, that the 
 imitation of natural colours is 
 nothing ? 
 
 Because more than fifty thou- 
 sand people were killed there. 
 
 Since he would take the sun 
 from the world, who would 
 take friendship from it. 
 
 Parvi poi, che di poco sia f 
 la imitazione del colori natu- 
 
 rali ? CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Perche vi farono ammazzate 
 piu •(* di cinquanta mila per- 
 some. segni. 
 
 Poiche torrebbe il sole dal 
 mondo, chi dal mondo levasse f 
 Vamicizid. salvini. 
 
 * II Re di Napoli, il Gran Duca, nominatives, are put at the 
 end of the sentence, because the sentence begins with quanta, 
 quanta, &c. 
 
 \ La imitazione, piu di cinquanta mila persone, Vamicizia, 
 are the nominative cases, which are transposed according to tlie 
 rule, because che, perche, poiche, &c. begin the sentences. 
 
32 
 
 INTRODUCTION, 
 
 Because the Marquis of Buda 
 and the Count of Tenda were 
 come to the army, &c. 
 
 In Italy, where your under- 
 taking had so prosperous a 
 success with so much fame and 
 honour. 
 
 I shall never forget your 
 kindness wherever destiny shall 
 guide me. 
 
 Perche erano venuti alV eser- 
 cito * il Marchese di Buda, e 
 il Conte di Tenda. davila 
 
 In Italia, ove avendo con tan- 
 tafama ed onofe avuto si pros- 
 pero successo* Vimpresa vostra. 
 
 GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 Non iscorderb mai i vostri be- 
 neficii, in qualunque luogo mi 
 guidera* ilfato. goldoni. 
 
 VII. Nouns or pronouns being the nominative case of 
 essere, to be 3 may be transposed, whenever they are ac- 
 companied with adjectives ; putting however these ad- 
 jectives before the verb. 
 
 The duration of his life is un- 
 certain, and the account of 
 his death very extravagant. 
 
 To do good is sweet at all 
 times ; but still sweeter when 
 it is accompanied with surprise. 
 
 Incerta e f la lunghezza della 
 sua vita, assai stravagante f la 
 sua morte. dati. 
 
 Dolce in ogni tempo e f il be~ 
 neficio j ma vieppiu dolce quand* 
 e accompagnato dalla sopresa. 
 
 VIII. The ablative case governed by a passive verb 
 may be put between the auxiliary verb and the participle. 
 
 * 11 Marchese di Buda, il Conte di Tenda, Vimpresa vostra, il 
 fato, are the nominative cases, which are transposed according, 
 to the rule, because perche, ove, in qualunque luogo, &c. begin 
 the sentences. 
 
 f La lunghezza, la morte, il beneficio, are the nominatives 
 transposed. 
 
INTRODUCTION, 
 
 33 
 
 He Was very much beloved by 
 fortune and by God. 
 
 His way of living; bis pru- 
 dence and fortune, not only 
 were esteemed by Italian prin- 
 ces, but also by those who 
 were far from Italy. 
 
 For the images being of gold, 
 silver, wood, bronze, or of 
 other matters, were consumed 
 by the 6re.f 
 
 Fit* dalla for tuna e* da 
 Dio sommamente amato. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Questo suo modo di vivere 
 
 questa sua prudenza e fortuna 
 
 fu f dai principi non solo d'l- 
 
 talia, ma ionginqui da quella 
 
 stimata. Idem. 
 
 Perciocche essendo i simulacri 
 
 oVoro, d'argento, di legno, di 
 
 bronzo, o d'altro -venivano dal 
 
 fuoco consumati. borghini. 
 
 IX. The ablative case governed by any verb may be 
 put before it. 
 
 But we wish to be fully in- 
 formed by you how the fact is. 
 
 Common people, however, are 
 not yet exempt from that old 
 prejudice. 
 
 We must see that which is 
 lawfully derived from them. 
 
 Pero desideriamo da % te pie? 
 namente sapere come it caso 
 passa. , firenzuola. 
 
 X Dal popolo iuttavia tantico 
 pregiudizio non e ancor toUo. 
 
 ,-;, SOAVE. 
 
 Conviene vedere quello die 
 legitimamente % da essi deriva, 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 X. The genitive case governed by a participle, a sub- 
 stantive, or a verb, may be put before it. 
 
 * Dalla fortuna, da Dio, dai principi, are the ablatives put 
 between the auxiliary and participle. 
 
 •f If the auxiliary verb is understood, the ablative may retain, 
 its place before the participle. 
 
 Agitated by a thousand furies. Da millefurie agitato, soave, 
 
 J Da te, dal popolo, da essi, are the ablatives governed by 
 the verbs sapere and togliere. 
 
 D 
 
M 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Not contented with that, she 
 thought to, &c. 
 
 1 do not find the name of the 
 father and mother of Zeusis. 
 
 And many noble writers have 
 also written concerning this art. 
 
 Ne' * di cib pur contenta, eila 
 pe?isb di, ec. soave. 
 
 * Del padre e delta madre di 
 Zeusi non ritrovo il name. 
 
 DATI. 
 
 E molti nobili scrittori hanno 
 ancora * di quest 'arte scritto. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 XI. The verb is put before the nominative, according 
 to rule the first ; but it may be put after the infinitive, or 
 the case which is governed by it, whenever the nomi- 
 native is one of these relatives chi 9 che, or il quale. 
 
 He would certainly have a 
 very bad taste, who should 
 wish for a different government 
 in our country. 
 
 Gismondo, a brother of Fre- 
 derick, Emperor of the Ro- 
 mans, was not a wicked man ; 
 but a man who easily believed 
 wicked men. 
 
 The immortal Gods, who 
 clearly see our thoughts and 
 deeds. 
 
 Avrebbe certamente il gusto 
 corrotto chi altro governo nella 
 patria nostra f ^desiderasse. 
 
 GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 Era Gismondo fratello di Fe~ 
 derico, lmperadore de" Romani, 
 uomo non malvagio ; ma che 
 agevolmente a' malvagi % ere" 
 dea. bembo. 
 
 GV Iddii immortally che le 
 opere e i pensieri nostri chiara- 
 mente\ veggono. Idem. 
 
 * Di cib 3 del padre e delta madre, di quest 'arte, are the 
 genitives governed by the participle contenta, the substantive il 
 nome, and by the verb scrivere. 
 
 - -J- Desiderasse is the verb put after the case governed, because 
 chi is its nominative. 
 
 X Credea is the verb put after the case governed, because 
 che is its nominative : veggono and possiamo are likewise verbs 
 put after, on account of their having che and quale for their no- 
 minatives. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 85 
 
 For we cannot find such or- 
 der ia so great a multitude of 
 people, by which we can pro- 
 mise to ourselves,, that wise 
 people, &c. 
 
 Che in tanta moltitudine non 
 si trova tale ordine, per il quale 
 promettere ci # possiamo, che 
 i savjj ec. guicciardini. 
 
 XII. Active participles belonging to the two auxi- 
 liary verbs^ avere and essere, are generally suppressed in 
 Italian. 
 
 In the mean time while the 
 Duke of Anjou (having) dis- 
 tributed all the parts of the 
 army with order, &c. 
 
 With all that the Hugonots 
 (being) defended by the lake on 
 one side, &c. § 
 
 In questo mentre il Duca 
 d'Angib f disposto ordinata- 
 mente tutte le parti delV eser- 
 cito, ec. DAVILA. 
 
 Contuito rib gli Ugonotti% 
 difesi dalV un canto del lago, 
 ec. Idem. 
 
 * Possiamo is the verb put after the case governed, because 
 quale is its nominative. 
 
 f Avendo is understood. 
 
 % Essendo is understood. 
 
 § Observe that the conjunctive or the relative pronoun (if 
 there happens to be one with the active participle) is put after 
 the passive participle, whenever you suppress the active. 
 
 Therefore having gathered that quantity (of them) which he 
 thought proper, &c. Onde raccoltine (instead of avendone rac- 
 colti) quella quantita che gli pareva a proposito } ec. firenzuola. 
 
 And having gone to her one morning, he told her with a kind 
 voice, &c E andatosene (instead of essendosene andato) una 
 mattina da lei con voce assai mansueta le disse, ec. Idem. 
 
 D 2 
 
36 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 We often make use of venire, to come, restare and 
 rimanere, to remain, trovarsi, to find oneself, vedersi, to 
 see oneself, instead of the verb essere, to be, when the 
 auxiliary of the passive verb : and only in the single 
 tenses, not compound ones. 
 
 But let a language be noble, 
 it will be of little use, if it 
 is not adopted by famous wri- 
 ters. 
 
 You do not know by whom 
 they are given to me. 
 
 If I am not allowed to marry 
 him, I shall at least endeavour 
 that he may be employed in 
 this city. 
 
 And there were some who 
 promised to answer anything 
 they were asked for. 
 
 He was astonished at that 
 bad invention. 
 
 As many were ill provided 
 with riches. 
 
 Ma siasi una lingua nobile, 
 poco le giovera mentre cHella 
 non * venga usata da famosi 
 
 scrittori. buommattei. 
 
 Voi non sapete da chi mi 
 fvengano somministrate. 
 
 GOLDONIr 
 
 Se non mi sara lecito di spo- 
 sarlo, procurerb almeno che 
 X resti impiegato in questa cit- 
 
 0. GOLDONI. 
 
 E furono gia di coloro, eke 
 di ciocche§ venissero domandati 
 prometteano di rispondere. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Egli rimase || maravigliato 
 delta brutta invenzione. 
 
 BOCCALINI. 
 
 ^[Trovandosi molti mal prove' 
 dtiti dei beni di for tuna. Idem. 
 
 * Venga (he may come), for sia. 
 f Vengano (they may come), for siano. 
 X Resti (he may remain), for sia. 
 § Venissero (they might come), for fossero. 
 ]| Rimase maravigliato (he remained astonished), for fu ma- 
 ravigliato, or si maraviglib. 
 
 % Trouandosi (finding themselves), for essendosi. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 37 
 
 And the unhappy youth was 
 soon surrounded by a squadron 
 of satellites and taken to 
 prison 
 
 E il giovine infelice si vide * 
 tosto da una squadra di satelliti 
 circondato e tratto prigione. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Words beginning with s and other consonants, take an i 
 before the s, whenever the preceding word ends with a 
 consonant. 
 
 A man must not foolishly be 
 led away to accuse people. 
 
 Preserve your own $ do not 
 waste your fortune. 
 
 I will grant you every thing, 
 to undeceive you of your pas- 
 sion. 
 
 Non iscioccamente (instead of 
 scioccamente) si dee Vuomo tras- 
 portare ad accusare altrui. 
 
 TOLOMEr. 
 
 Conservate il vostro j non is- 
 pendete (instead of spendete) 
 le vostre facolta. pandolfini. 
 
 Tutto voglio accordarvi, per 
 iscemare (instead of scemare) 
 Vinganno della vostra passione, 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 * Si vide (he saw himself), for fa. 
 
 D 3 
 
DICTIONARY, 
 
 A, 
 
 A or AN, uno, un, una, declined with the indefinite 
 article di, a, da. Uno is prefixed to masculine nouns 
 beginning with s 9 followed by a consonant ; un, to mas^ 
 culine nouns beginning either with a vowel or conso^ 
 nant; and una before feminine nouns beginning with a 
 consonant. If the feminine nouns begin with a vowel, 
 un\ with an apostrophe, is to be used. 
 
 Do you wish to have a por- Voletexmritratto, unmodellOj 
 trait, a model, an effigy, an 
 idea, to learn how to describe 
 the majesty of a king, the pru- 
 dence of a counsellor, the skill 
 of a captain, the decorum of a 
 matron, the modesty of a vir- 
 gin, the impudence of a wan- 
 ton woman, the malice of a 
 servant, the fidelity of a friend, 
 the temerity of a lover, the 
 passion of a jealous man, the 
 fury of a man driven to de* 
 spair, the simplicity of an idiot, 
 the rudeness of a countryman, 
 the niggardliness of a miser, 
 the magnanimity of a hero, the 
 
 un* effigie, un' idea per impa- 
 rare a descriver la maesta d'un 
 re, la prudenza cfun consign 
 Here, Vaccortezza c?'un capita- 
 no, Vonesta rf'una matrona, I2 
 modestia d'una vergine, lasfac- 
 ciataggine cfun' impudiea, la 
 malizia d'uii servitore, lafedel- 
 ta <fun amieOy la ter\ierita <Tua 
 amante, la passion d'un gelo- 
 so, il furor d'un disperato, la 
 semplicita cTuno stolto, la rus->. 
 tichezza ri'un villano, la stret-* 
 tezza d'un avaro, la magnanU 
 mita cTuno splendido, la fine 
 cZ'un prodigOj Voscenita, d'un 
 
 D4 
 
40 
 
 A 
 
 latter end of a prodigal, the ob- 
 scenity of a hypocrite, the for- 
 titude of a generous mind, the 
 piety of a true christian, the 
 impiety of aw execrable atheist ? 
 read that book (Boccaccio) and 
 you will find all. 
 
 ippocrita, la fortezza a"un am- 
 nio generoso, la pietd d'un vero 
 cristiano, e Vimpietd d'uno 
 scellerato ateista ? leggete quel 
 libro (Boccaccio) che ritroverete 
 ogni cosa. buommattei. 
 
 A or an, following the verb to be, impersonally, is to 
 be expressed in Italian by uno, un, una. 
 
 It would have been a very Ben sarebbe stata una buonis- 
 good thing that the gods had, sima cosa che gli Dei avessero, 
 
 &C. etc, PASSAVANTI. 
 
 A or an, following the verb to be, and preceding an 
 adjective, together with a substantive, or preceding a 
 substantive which is immediately followed by who, that, 
 or which, is to be expressed by uno, un, una. 
 
 What is glory ? Glory is a 
 renown and a lasting reputa- 
 tion, &c* 
 
 And the foundation of this 
 intelligence may be a single 
 authority of Cicero, who in 
 a few words, &c. 
 
 Che cosa e gloria 
 
 Gloria 
 
 e una Jama eel una nominanza 
 contima, passavanti. 
 
 E it fondamento di questa 
 notizia sard una sola autoritd 
 di Cicerone, che con poche pa~ 
 role, #c. BORGH1NI. 
 
 A or an is not expressed in Italian, whenever the verb 
 to be, which precedes it, is personal. 
 
 For the first Fabius was Che il primo Fabio fu co- 
 called the painter, as he, in gnominato pittore, per essere m 
 fact> was a most excellent effetto eccellentissimo pittore. 
 painter. castiglione. 
 
 A or an, joined with what, few, half, such, many, &c, 
 is not to be expressed in Italian. 
 
 Oh what a happy life ! Oh che vitafelice /— gelli. 
 
41 
 
 Qualities sought for by him 
 in such a composition. 
 
 So that at the end of a few 
 weeks after he had received the 
 last orders. 
 
 Doti da lui in tal 'componi- 
 mento ricercate. salvini. 
 
 Sicche in capo a poche setti- 
 mane dopo ricevuti gli ultimi 
 ordini. denina. 
 
 A or an, preceded by as, in the sense of like, is not 
 to be expressed in Italian. 
 
 Therefore you behaved as a Onde vi portasie da priricipe. 
 prince. bemBo. 
 
 A or an, preceding a noun expressive of the title of 
 a work, or any other title, dignity-, nation, business, or 
 when it explains the gender, species or quality of a 
 foregoing noun, is not expressed in Italian. 
 
 A discourse of Luigi Guic- Discorso di Luigi Guicciardini 
 ciardini to the magistrates. 
 
 And afterwards Solimano, 
 being made a Lord, &c. 
 
 And guided by Ulamaue, a 
 Persian, &c. 
 
 'Gismondj a brother of Frede- 
 ric, Emperor of the Romans, 
 
 A lady being left a widow. 
 
 He having left Tauris, a royal 
 city. 
 
 Which (colony) approaching 
 Lars Tolumnius, king of the 
 Vejenti, a bitter enemy to the 
 Romans. 
 
 ai magistrati. macchiavelli. 
 
 E dipoi fatto Solimano Sig- 
 nore, ec segni. 
 
 E colla gulda di Ulamane, 
 Persiano, ec. segni, 
 
 GismondOjfratellodiFederico, 
 Imperatore de Romani, ec. 
 
 bembo, 
 
 Una dama rimasta essenda 
 vedova. soave. 
 
 Avendo abbandonata Tauru, 
 citta rea'e. segni, 
 
 La quale accostatasi a Larte 
 Tolunnio, re de.i Fejentani, in- 
 imico acerbissimo de' Romani. 
 
 BOR&T3TNI. 
 
 A or an, lo, il, la, when it precedes a noun of mea- 
 sure, number, or weight. 
 
42 
 
 AB 
 
 Coals sell five shillings a 
 bushel. 
 
 I have been all over Bologne 
 in order to buy the eggs at a 
 halfpenny a piece. 
 
 Buy a pound of meat at ten 
 pence a pound. 
 
 II carbone si vende cinque seel" 
 lint lo stajo. 
 
 Ho girato tuita Bologna per 
 aver le uova a mezzo bajocco 
 Yuno. GOLDONI. 
 
 Comprate una libbra di came 
 died soldi la libbra. 
 
 Abed * (to lie), coricarsi nel letto. 
 
 She was wont to lie abed at Ella soleva f ne Vora del me- 
 noon. rigio coricarsi nel letto. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Able (to be), potere, sapere, with an infinitive, with- 
 out a preposition before it ; esserc in grado di 7 with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 Judges, you can never 6e- 
 lieve he will do a thing, &c. 
 
 I could not praise this thought 
 of yours. 
 
 Ten pistoles, pardon me, I 
 cannot accept of them. 
 
 Ne vol ancora } giudici, potrete 
 mai credere, ctiei voglia far 
 cosa, ec. tolomei. 
 
 Ne io saprei lodare cotesto vos- 
 tro pensiero. bembo. 
 
 Died doppie %\la mi perdoni, 
 non son in grado d'accettarle. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Able to help (not to be), non poterefare ammeno or 
 a meno, non poterefare, with an infinitive, with di or with 
 di non before it, or che non with the subjunctive. 
 
 When I hear old men are Quando sento vecchj che muo- 
 dying I cannot help crying. jono non posso far ammeno di 
 
 piangere. goldoni. 
 
 * Rather obsolete. 
 
 f Avoid saying ne Vora, but make use of nelV ora, according 
 to the modern orthography. 
 
 J La (instead of ella) improperly used. 
 
AB AB 
 
 43 
 
 When I received it (a letter) 
 I could not help reading it 
 with such anxiety, &c. 
 
 He (a father) cannot help 
 shewing some signs of love in 
 his countenance. 
 
 Quando la ricevei non potei 
 far a meno di non ieggerla cost 
 avidamente, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Egli nun pub far, ch 'egli non 
 dimostri qualche segno d'amor 
 net volto. GELLI. 
 
 Abhor (to), avere orrore, genitive. 
 
 Wretched trade of friendship, Mesiiere indegno delV amicizia 
 which I abhor so much. e di cui ho tanto orrore. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 Above, preceding a numeral noun, piii di, or e piu, 
 putting the latter after the numeral noun. 
 
 It is * above six months. 
 
 It is above six months since Mr. 
 Lelio has been in the habit of 
 coming to your house, and he 
 has never given me anything. 
 
 Son piii di sei mesi. 
 
 II Signor Lelio in sei mesi e 
 piii che prattica in casa vostra 
 non mi ha mat donato niente. 
 
 GOLBONI. 
 
 About, or concerning, intorno, dHntorno, both with 
 a dative. 
 
 And as I have said many 
 words concerning what I 
 think, &c. 
 
 That happened about the lat« 
 ter end of last July. 
 
 E perciocche molte parole ho 
 speso intorno a quello ch'io ere' 
 do, ec. bocgaccio. 
 
 Cib fa & intorno agli ultimi 
 di di Luglio varcato. bembo. 
 
 About, preceding a numeral noun, da, circa. 
 
 When Dante was in exile, he Quando fu Dante in esilio 
 composed about twenty moral fece da venti canzoni morali. 
 canzonets. villani. 
 
 * It is, it was, before a numeral noun, are to agree with 
 it 5 it is one o'clock, e Vuna; it is two, sono le due. 
 
44 
 
 AB AB 
 
 Her majesty was accompanied Venue sua maesta accompa- 
 by a number of about eighty gnata da un numero di circa 
 ladies. ottanta dame. caro. 
 
 About (round), in giro. 
 
 And the clouds sometimes 
 going towards the sky, and 
 sometimes moving round about 
 with celerity/ &c 
 
 E le nugole or a andando verso 
 il cielo, ed ora in giro con velo- 
 cita si movevano, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 About it, ci, ne, according to the regimen of the 
 verb : that is to say, if the verb governs the dative, ci 
 is to be used, and if it governs the genitive, ne is to be 
 used. 
 
 There are some sedentary 
 women who know more about 
 it than we do. 
 
 As there are people here who 
 will write to Venice about it. 
 
 I will think about it. 
 
 Vi sono delle casalinghe che ne 
 sanno * piu di noi. golooki. 
 
 Essendovi qui persone che, ne 
 scriveranno* a Venezia. zeno. 
 Io ci penserb* 
 
 About to (to be), essere per, with an infinitive. 
 
 Noi eravamo per montare a 
 cavallo, quando ecco, ec. 
 
 We were about to get on 
 horseback, when behold, &c. 
 
 About a thing (to be), stare facendo, accusative. 
 
 Have you finished my coat 2 I Avete Jinito il mio vestito ? 
 am about it. Lo siofacendo. 
 
 i Abound with (to), abbondare, essere abbondevohj 
 essere abbondante, genitive. 
 
 * Sapere and scrivere govern the genitive, and pensare the 
 dative. 
 
AB AC m 
 
 And (the Germans) having E ravvicinate alle muraleloro 
 
 approached the walls with a genii con molta quantita d'ar- 
 
 numerous artillery, with which tiglierie delie quali abhonda 
 
 that nation abounus, &c. quella nazione, ec. bembo. 
 
 And certainly this is a great E certo grand' errore e questo 
 
 defect of princes, who, abound- de' principi che essendo abbon- 
 
 ing with every thing, &c. . devoli di tutte le cose, ec. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 In the year 1490, Italy did Era V Italia nel 1490 non solo 
 not only abound with inhabi- abbandante d'abitatori di rner- 
 tants, merchandize, &c. catanzie,, ec. guicciardini. 
 
 Abounding with, abbondante, genitive. 
 
 Pompey, abounding with pro- Pompeo, abbondante di viveri, 
 visions, could &c. poteva, ec. chiabrera. 
 
 Absolve from (to), assolvere, genitive. 
 
 The priest absolved him from II confessore Vassolse de' suoi 
 his sins. peccati. 
 
 Abstain from (to), astenersi di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Which things I abstained Le quali cose di scrivere mi 
 from writing. , v . sono astenuto, ec. passavanti. 
 
 Abuse (to), abusare, abusarsi, genitive. 
 
 Who abusing the power en- II quale abumndo del potere 
 
 trusted to him. • affidatogli. soave. 
 
 It is true, I am too good ; my Evero/son troppo bwono ; mia 
 
 daughter abuses my goodness. figlia si abusa della mia bonta 
 
 ' ' < GOLDONI 
 
 Accept of (to) ? acettare, gradire\ both verbs govern 
 the accusative. ,. .... 
 
 He accepted of the princi- Egli con virtu magnanima 
 
 polity with^ll the magnani™ accetto il prmcipato. -- ~ . 
 
 mity of virtue. - davanzati. 
 
46 AC AC 
 
 Accept of the son's services. Gradite la servitu del fi' 
 
 gliuolo. CARO. 
 
 Accompanied with, accompagnato, ablative. 
 
 All Jheir motions and ges- Ogni lor moto, ogni gesto e 
 tures are accompanied with a dal garbo e dalla cortesia ac» 
 good grace and courtesy . compagnato. salvini. 
 
 Accompany (to), fare scorta, dative. 
 
 Let us go, I sball accompany Andiamo vi * faro scorta sino 
 you as far as the house. alia casa. goldoni. 
 
 Accord (of one's own), wlontariamente, spontanea- 
 mente. 
 
 And there was nobody who E non si trovando alcuno ck'e 
 
 would of his own accord un- volontariamente prewctesse ques- 
 
 dertake that enterprise. ta impresa. macchiavelli. 
 
 That I should come of my Che io venissi spontaneamente 
 
 own accord to ask for peace. a domandare pace. 
 
 PASSAVANTT. 
 
 According to my opinion, al parermio, secondo me. 
 
 Gestures, according to my Igesti, al parer mio, consistono 
 opinion, consist of certain mo- in certi movimenti, ec. 
 
 tionS, &C. CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 According to, secondo, accusative; a norma, genitive. 
 
 It is to be believed, that he Si deve credere, ch? egli abbia 
 
 has divulged those things quelle cose divolgato, che se~ 
 
 which he could divulge, ac- condo la legge poteva divol- 
 
 cdrding to the law. gare. tolomei. 
 
 According io your insinuations, A norma delle vostre insinu* 
 
 I shall either cease loving Ro= azioni, o lascero oVamare Bosau- 
 
 saura, &c. ra, ec. goxdonk 
 
 * Vi stands for a voi. 
 
AC 
 
 AC 
 
 47 
 
 Account of (on), rispelto, dative; per cagione, 
 genitive; per, accusative. 
 
 Because (infirmities) are more 
 sudden and acute, on account 
 of the blood and humours, &c. 
 
 This undertaking, which is a 
 very difficult one, not only on 
 account of the style, but also of 
 the prudence, &c. 
 
 Perche {le infermita) sono piu 
 subite, e piu acute rispetto al 
 sangue, ed agli umori, ec, 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 Questa impresa, la quale e 
 difficilissima si per cagion dello 
 stile, si per la prudenza, ec. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Accustomed to (to be), solere, with an infinitive 
 without a preposition ; essere solito, essere usato di, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 Did I not doubt those words 
 which they are accustomed to 
 say, &c. 
 
 Why do you not seek for it 
 in that road, in which you are 
 accustomed to walk ? 
 
 Now it happened that two of 
 his companions wished to go 
 to Alexandria, as they were 
 accustomed to do every year. 
 
 Se io non dub'dassi di quelle 
 parole che e 1 sogliono dire, ec. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Perche nol cerchi in quella 
 strada, nella quale sei solito 
 di camminare ) albergati. 
 
 Or a avvenne che due suoi com- 
 pagni vollero andare in Alessan- 
 dria, come erano usati di fare 
 ogni anno. fiorentino. 
 
 Ache (to), dolere. This verb, being- impersonal, is 
 construed by putting the possessive pronoun, which 
 accompanies the nominative, in the dative. 
 
 My head aches , turn, the Mi duol la testa. 
 head aches to me. 
 
 His teeth ache ; turn, the Gli dolgono i denti* 
 teeth ache to him. 
 
 * By the above examples one may observe, that the nominative 
 i s to follow the verb, and the dative to precede it : it would not 
 
48 
 
 AC 
 
 AC 
 
 Acknowledge (to) , confess are di, with. the infinitive, 
 if the subject of the two verbs be the same : otherwise,* 
 che, with the subjective. 
 
 He acknowledged he spent a 
 great deal of time in painting. 
 
 At least acknowledging that 
 our £ne idiom is worthy, &c. 
 
 Confesso egli di con sum a re 
 assai tempo in dipignere. dati. 
 
 Almeno confessando che il nos- 
 tro hello idioma si a degno, ec. 
 
 EUOMMATTEl. 
 
 Acquaint one with (to) , dare contezza ad uno, geni- 
 tive; fare consapevole uno, genitive. 
 
 I am very much obliged to 
 you lor your acquainting me 
 with the state of your new 
 bishopric^ &c. 
 
 Nevertheless you never tried 
 to acquaint Aloiada with your 
 love.' 
 
 Rendovi molte grazie delta 
 contezza che mi date del vostro 
 nuovo vescovado, ec. bembo. 
 
 Nondimeno mai non hai cer- 
 cato difar Aloinda consapevole 
 del tuo amore. bandello. 
 
 Acquainted with (to be), avere notizia, contezza, 
 cognizionc, essere avvisato ; these verbs govern the 
 genitive. 
 
 Therefore it suffices to say 
 that our courtiers must also be 
 acquainted with the art of 
 painting. 
 
 Because you who loved her, 
 attd are acquainted with her 
 virtues, &c. 
 
 The good men, who were not 
 well acquainted with worldly 
 affairs, he. 
 
 Pem basti dire che al nostro 
 cortegiano conviensi ancora 
 della pittura aver notizia. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Perciocche vo-i che Vamavate, 
 ed avete contezza delle sue virtu, 
 
 ec. DAVANZATI. 
 
 / buoni uomini, che delle mon- 
 dane faccende, avevano pochis- 
 sima cognizione, ec. gozzi. 
 
 be proper to say, la testa mi duole ; i denti mi dolgono^ at least in 
 common conversation. ,w 
 
AC AD 49 
 
 As soon as Apollo was ac- Apollo come prima fu avvisato 
 quainted with such an import- di caso tanto importante, ec. 
 ant affair, &c. boccalini. 
 
 Acquainted with one (to be), conoscere, accusative. 
 
 Are you acquainted with Conoscete voi Delcur ? St, io lo 
 Delcur ? — Yes, I am. conosco. altanesi. 
 
 Acquainted with one (to become), contrarre amid- 
 zia, fare conoscenza con uno. 
 
 In the meantime he had be- Tnianto avea coniratto amici- 
 
 come acquainted with a Mr. zia con un ceito Signor Bolier, 
 
 Bolier, a young Frenchman^, giovane Francese. Idem. 
 &c. 
 
 She became acquainted with Ella fece conoscenza con lui 
 
 Mm in Paris. in Parigi. 
 
 Act one's part (to), fare la sua parte. 
 
 She acts her part wonderfully. Ella fa la sua parte a mera- 
 
 mglia. goldoni. 
 
 Addict one's-self to (to), darsi, dative. 
 
 As one who intended to ad- Come quegli che piuttosto a 
 
 diet himself rather to a civil civile e pacifica vita che a mili- 
 
 and peaceful life, than to a tare intendea dars'u bembo. 
 military one. 
 
 Address one (to),parlare,* favellare, dative. 
 
 And full of a false joy he be- E pieno di una simulata gioja 
 gan to address her thus. comincio in tal guisa afavellar- 
 
 le. BANDELLO. 
 
 Admit of (to) , ammettere^ accusative. 
 
 If you admit of this abuse, Se voi ammetterete questo 
 you will answer for it. abuso ne avrete a render conto. 
 
 tolomei. 
 
 * For this verb, see Speak, 
 E 
 
50 AD — -AD 
 
 Admonish one to (to), avnertire unodi, with the in- 
 finitive. 
 
 I admonished you to beware Io vi ho avvertito di guardarvi 
 of choosing the victory of dallo scegliere la vittoria di 
 Belgrade. Belgrado. Metastasio. 
 
 Ado * (with no great), facilmentc. 
 
 The son of Luigi Gonsaga, II figlio di Luigi Gonsaga 
 
 with no great ado, obtained ottenne facilmente in moglie la 
 
 the daughter of a Duke of fglia d'un Duca di Baviera. 
 
 Bavaria in marriage. denina. 
 
 Adorn with (to), adornare, ornare, genitive. 
 
 But the Duke of Camerino Ma il Duca di Camerino fece 
 
 performed such feats with his cose con la spada, che non accade 
 
 swords that it is unnecessary adornarle di parole. caro. 
 
 to adorn them with words. 
 
 Every one began to adorn his Ognuno comincib ad ornar la 
 
 flock with green branches, &c. sua mandra di rami verdi^ ec. 
 
 SANNAZZARO. 
 
 Adorned with, guamito, genitive. 
 
 Caesar mounted a very hand- Cesare month a cavallo sopra 
 some mule, adorned with gold una bellissima mula } guarnita 
 and silver. d'oro e d'argento. varchi. 
 
 Advantage (to take), prqfittare, genitive. 
 
 And the Duke, of Savoy could Senza che il Duca di Savoja 
 not take any advantage of it. prqfittarne potesse. denina. 
 
 Advantageous to (to be), essere utile, dative. 
 
 Those languages are more ad- Quelle lingue sono di maggior 
 vantageous to man, &c. utile all'uomo, ec. 
 
 EUOMMATTEI. 
 
 * With no great ado ; this expression is rather obsolete. 
 
AD AF 
 
 51 
 
 Advise one to (to), consigliare uno di, with an infini- 
 tive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 As for me, I would advise 
 you to 'print them thus. 
 
 Therefore, I advise you to re- 
 fuse this law. 
 
 Jo 'per me vi saprei consigliare 
 
 di stamparle cost. bembo. 
 
 Perche to vi consiglio che 
 
 questa legge rifiutiate. Idem. 
 
 Affect one (to), arrecare qfflizione, dative ; muovere 
 a pietd, accusative. 
 
 It is true, the performance of 
 it (of a tragedy) affects the 
 hearers rather too much. 
 
 And those words were so 
 powerful, that they affe2ted 
 the hard heart of that cruel 
 man. 
 
 Ben e vero che la rappresenta- 
 zione di essa arreca piuttosto 
 molta afflizione agli uditori. 
 
 VAfiCHI. 
 
 Efurono quelle parole di tal 
 possanza che mosseno * a pieta 
 il duro cuore di quel crudele 
 uomo. FORTINI. 
 
 Affected with, intenerito, ablative ; tocco, genitive. 
 
 Affected with such a sight he 
 could not speak. 
 
 Mr. Manfredi is extremely 
 affected with the loss of Mr. 
 Maraldi. 
 
 Da una tal vista intenerito ei 
 parlar non potea. soave. 
 
 II Signor Manfredi e estrema- 
 mente to ceo del la perdita del 
 Signor Maraldi, algarotti. 
 
 Afraid of (to be), avere timore, genitive. 
 
 If we quarrel, they (hus- 
 bands) are the first to hold 
 their tongues, and are afraid of 
 vs (wives). 
 
 Se si grida, sono i primi a 
 tacere, e hanno timore di noi, 
 goldoni. 
 
 Afraid to (to be), avere paura, temere, duhitare. 
 These verbs govern an infinitive with di before it, if the 
 
 * Mosseno, rather absolete 
 
 E 2 
 
 now mossero, 
 
5% AF AF 
 
 subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise, che non. 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 And when we recollect that E ricordandoci che Cristo ha 
 
 Christ suffered for us, we shall patito per noi, non avremopaura 
 
 not be afraid to be lost for ever. di dannarci gelli. 
 
 And were I not afraid to ap- E se io non temessi di parere o 
 
 pear either presumptuous or prosuntuoso o arrogante, ec. 
 
 arrogant, &c. ■ varchi. 
 
 I am really afraid lest any of Io veramente ho paura che 
 
 you should believe, &c. alcuno di voi non creda, ec. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 Indeed I am afraid that your Ben temo che la tua gioventic 
 
 youth will make you more non faccia te piu altero e fe- 
 
 proud and ferocious, &c. roce, ec, passavanti. 
 
 Therefore, I am afraid I have Per la qual cosa, io dubito 
 
 asked of you, I do not say a d'aver chiesto a V. S. Illma gra~ 
 
 great favor, &c. zia, non dico troppo grande, ec. 
 
 ) DELLA CASA. 
 
 After, dopo, genitive and accusative* 
 After him, dopo lui, or dopo di lui. 
 
 After the fashion, secondo la costuma, ovlamoda. 
 
 Don Diego, after the fashion Don Diego secondo la costuma 
 of that country, placed him- del paese si pose dal canto 
 self on the right hand. destro. bandello. 
 
 After, preceding a verb, dopo, with an infinitive, 
 with or without di before it ; or dopo che, with the in- 
 dicative. 
 
 It happened that after he had Avvenne che dopo d'esser egli 
 
 arrived at Paris, &c. giunto a Parigi, ec. erizzo. 
 
 After they had danced and Dopo ch' ebbero danzato efatto 
 
 courted for a considerable time. Vamore assai. caro . 
 
 After, preceding a compound tense, may be left 
 out ; and then the participle is to be put first, followed 
 immediately by che 9 and the auxiliary verb afterwards. 
 
AG 
 
 -AG 
 
 After Lady Gravely and Ma- 
 dam Jasy had done speaking, 
 &c. 
 
 And again. 
 
 As the Persian Ambassadors 
 said, after they had heard the 
 little Alexander speak : this 
 child is a great king, &c. 
 
 Finito ehe ebbero di parlare, 
 Milady Gravely e Madama di 
 Jasy, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Come gli Ambasciadori Per- 
 sidni dissero : udito che ebbero 
 il piccolo Alessandro j questo 
 fanciullo e un gran re, ec. 
 
 DAVANZATJ. 
 
 Again, joined to a verb, di nuovo, or ri, which is to 
 precede the verb, by making one word with it ; as leggere, 
 to read ; rileggere, to read again. 
 
 When you wish to see Venice, 
 I invite you to my house, and 
 we shall be able to see each 
 other again. 
 
 Or if there were no cities, by 
 building them again, &c. 
 
 Quando V. S. vorra vedere 
 Venezia, io la invito a casa mia, 
 e potremo rivederci. 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 O se non vi erano citta, edifi- 
 candoledi nuovo, ec. borghini. 
 
 Against, contro, dative, genitive, and accusative. 
 
 Tullio exclaims against these 
 people. 
 
 And therefore he deferred the 
 undertaking against them. 
 
 But if you ask what the Flo- 
 rentines did against the king 
 Manfredi, &c. 
 
 Contro a questi cotali grida 
 Tullio, DANTE. 
 
 E pero egli differ isse limpresa 
 contro di loro. segni. 
 
 Ma se addomandi di quello che 
 feciono * i Fiorentini contro il 
 re Manfredi, ec. vii^lani. 
 
 Agitated with, agitato, ablative. 
 
 Agitated viith such a thought, 
 she could not, &c. 
 
 Agitata da questo pensiero, 
 ella non seppe, ec, soave. 
 
 * Feciono (for/ecero), more properly used in poetry. 
 E 3 
 
54 AG AI 
 
 Ago, with a noun of time, fa. 
 
 In the course of the present In tutio Vanno presente io sono 
 
 year I have only been out one uscito un giorno solo, due d\ fa. 
 
 day, and that was two days gozzi. 
 ago. 
 
 Agree together (to), stare d'accordo fra se, accor- 
 dant tra se.* 
 
 For as long as we agree to- Conciosiacosache mentre sta- 
 gether, &c. remo d'accordo fra noi, ec. 
 
 vabcht. 
 
 And they agreed together, E s'accordarono tra loro che 
 that the following morning, la mattina seguente, ec. 
 
 & c « BANDELLO. 
 
 Agree about (to), essere d'accordo in. 
 
 We agree about it, Sir. Siamo d'accordo in cio, Si- 
 
 gnore. goldoni. 
 
 Agree with (that does not), non confd, dative. 
 
 That does not agree with Non confa a Maria. 
 Maria. 
 
 Ails you? (what), che avete f qua! malorev'affligge ? 
 What ails him ? che ha ? qual malore Vajfigge ? and so 
 on of the other persons and tenses. 
 
 Aim at (to), avere mira, avere in mira ; both verbs 
 govern an infinitive, with a or ad before it. 
 
 It pleased him to find that Ammirb egli che si fosse avuta 
 they had aimed at hindering the mira ad impedir le facili sedu- 
 easy seductions. zion'u lodoli. 
 
 * Observe that fra se, and tra se, are changed into noi voi 
 and loro, according to the nominative of the verb : as, we agree 
 together, siamo d'accordo fra noi ; you agree together, siete d!ac- 
 cordo tra voi ; they agree together, son d'accordo fra loro. 
 
AK—AL 
 
 55 
 
 And they did not cease to 
 aim at the keeping the money 
 of foreign ers, &c. 
 
 E non lasciavano a" aver in 
 mira a ritener il denaro de" fo* 
 restieri, ec. lodoli. 
 
 Ake (to), dolere, avere male. See Ache. 
 
 Alight (to), when on horseback, scendere del cavallo , 
 discendere da cavallo, scaxalcare. 
 
 Cosi il Tedesco temendo la es- 
 timazione degli uomini scese del 
 cavallo. bembo. 
 
 Ed avvicinatisi alia sua per- 
 sona discesero da cavallo. 
 
 So the German fearing the 
 judgement of the men, alight- 
 ed. 
 
 And having approached him, 
 they alighted. 
 
 And they went straight to the 
 church of St. Mary, when, 
 having alighted, &c. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Andaron diritti alia chiesa di 
 
 Santa Maria ove scavalcati, ec. 
 
 Idem. 
 
 All, preceding a noun without an article, ogni, putting 
 the said noun in the singular, though it is plural in 
 English. 
 
 Therefore, we shall love God 
 above all things. 
 
 All their motions and gestures 
 are accompanied with, &c. 
 
 Per la qual cosa, ameremo Dio 
 sopra ogni cosa. gelli. 
 
 Ogni lor moto, ogni lor gesto 
 e accompagnato, ec. salvinj. 
 
 All, tutto, which, as an adjective, is to agree with the 
 Following substantive in gender and number. 
 
 In which time, and all the 
 past, &c. 
 
 Hence it comes, that all sub- 
 jects are explained in our lan- 
 guage in all kinds of style. 
 
 All the largest oaks, all the 
 strongest fir trees, &c. 
 
 Nel qual tempo, ed in tutto il 
 passato, ec. bembo. 
 
 Di qui e che noi abbiamo tutte 
 la materie in tutti gli stili spie- 
 gate nella nostra lingua. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Tutte le piil grosse querce, 
 tutf ipini piil gagliardi, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI 
 
 4 
 
56 AL AL 
 
 All of, followed by one of the personal pronouns, 
 iuttif which is construed like an adjective, without ex- 
 pressing of. 
 
 All of us. tutti noi ; all of them, tutte loro. 
 
 All, preceded by a numeral noun, in playing at 
 cards is expressed as follows. 
 
 Two all, due e due ; three all, ire e tre ; eight all, otto 
 e otto ; and so on of all other numbers. 
 
 Allot one a thing (to), assegnare una cosa, dative. 
 
 The prescription was an II viglietto era un ordine di 
 
 order of Joseph II., in which Giuseppe II, in cut le assegna- 
 
 he allotted her from his pri- va del suo privato erario un ge- 
 
 vate treasury a generous pen- neroso sovvenimento. soave. 
 sion, 
 
 Allow one to (to), permettere a uno di, with the in- 
 finitive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 And yet if you would allow E pure se mi permetteste di 
 me to speak } &c. parlare, ec. bandello. 
 
 Allow me, friend, to tell you Amico permettetemi che io v't 
 what my heart dictates to me, dica quel che mi detta il cuore. 
 
 GOLDONL. 
 
 Allowed (to be), essere lecito di, with the infinitive. 
 This verb being impersonal is construed by putting the 
 English nominative into the dative, and the verb into 
 the third person singular. 
 
 Enough, I will assist him, Basta, io Io qssisterb, esenon 
 
 and if I am not allowed to mi sara lecito di sposarlo, ec. 
 
 marry him, &c. turn, and if goldoni. 
 it is not allowed to me to, &c. 
 
 Along, per, lungo, both with the accusative. 
 
 V/ho wi)l advise and comfort Chi ne dara consiglio e con- 
 us as you did, by singing sweet forto come tu facevi cantando 
 
AL AM 57 
 
 verses along the banks of the per le rive de 1 Jiumi dolci versi, 
 rivers, &c. ec. sannazzaro. 
 
 Although, benche, ancorche, quantunque, quando 
 anche, sebbene ; all these words govern the subjunctive. 
 
 Which modesty, although it is La quale modestia benche sia 
 
 virtuous and praiseworthy, I viriuosa e lodevole io dubita, 
 
 doubt, &c. ec. tolomei. 
 
 And he went to dinner with E con questi a desinare ancor- 
 
 these, although he was not che chiamato non fosse andava, 
 
 asked, &c. ec. boccaccio. 
 
 Although it is dangerous to Quantunque d" un si grand' 
 
 speak of so great a man, &c. uorho sia pericoloso a favel- 
 
 lare, ec. davanzati. 
 
 Besides, although they grant- Oltra che, quando anche vi si 
 
 ed you, &c. eoncedesse, ec. bembo, 
 
 But although his valour Ma sebbene il suo valore si fos- 
 
 could be known, &c. se potuto conoscere, ec. caro. 
 
 Although eyer so,* per... che sia,... che fosse, &c. 
 putting the noun between the words per and che. 
 
 For there is nothing, although Che non vi e cosa, per inno- 
 ever so innocent, which has no cente che sia, che la sua cor- 
 evil in itself, &c. ruttelanon abbia, ec. salvini. 
 
 Amazed at (to be), essere sorpreso^ es sere stupe fatto, 
 genitive. 
 
 At which the people were Di che furono i popoli sorpresi 
 amazed with wonder and de- di maraviglia e diletto, ec. 
 light, &c. chiabrera. 
 
 Ambitious to, ambhioso di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Young people are so am- Sono i giovani tanto ambiziosi 
 bitious to be praised, that they di essere lodati, che si mettono, 
 expose themselves, &c. ec. gelli. 
 
 * Although ever so, being rather obsolete, however it is, or it 
 was, &c. may be used instead. 
 
58 AM AN 
 
 Amidst, in mezzo, dative, genitive. 
 
 Amidst his profound medi- In mezzo a questa sua proton- 
 tation, &c. da meditazione, ec. 
 
 ALBERGATI. 
 
 Ambush (to lie in), stare in aguato. 
 
 The enemies, who lay in am- GV inimici, die stavano in 
 bush, attacked them,, &c. aguato, gli assalirono, ec. 
 
 Amuse one's-self with (to), divertirsi, diportarsi a, 
 with the infinitive, or con with a person or thing. 
 
 .Have you amused yourself Vi siete divertito a giuocare, 
 
 with playing, &c. ec. goldoni. 
 
 They were not ashamed to Non si vergognarono di rico* 
 
 pick up shells, and, like chil- gliere conche 3 e fanciullesca- 
 
 dren, amuse themselves with mente diportarsi con quelle. 
 
 them. boccaccio. 
 
 And, e or ed\ E is put before words beginning with a 
 consonant or a vowel, except when the following word 
 begins with the vowel e; and ed, only before words begin- 
 ning with vowels. 
 
 As much as everlasting and Quanto le cose eterne, e in- 
 invisible things are, &c. visibili sono, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 And, between a verb of motion and another verb, 
 a or ad, with the infinitive. 
 
 Go and order the carriage. Va a ordinar questo calesse. 
 
 goldoni. 
 
 Where many princes came Done molti principi vennero a 
 and courted him, &c. corteggiarZo, ec. denina. 
 
 And yet, epure ; but it is generally written epptire. 
 
 And yet there are some peo- Eppure vi son di quelli che 
 pie who beg of the poets, pregano i poeti, ec. goldoni. 
 &c. 
 
 i 
 
AN AN 
 
 59 
 
 Angry at, sdegnato, genitive. 
 
 The painter, angry at his II pittore, sdegnato della per- 
 perfidy, resolved to be reveng- fidia di lui, deliberb di fame 
 ed, &c. * vendetta :, ec. gozzi. 
 
 Animate one (to), dare am mo, dative ; anima re, ac- 
 cusative. 
 
 The academicians animate 
 you, &c. 
 
 Four officers passed first, and 
 animated the soldiers by their 
 example. 
 
 Gli accademici vi danno ani- 
 
 mo, ec. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Quattro ufficiali passarono i 
 primi, ed animarono i soldati 
 col loro esempio. den in a. 
 
 Anointed with, unto, genitive. 
 
 After they had been anoint- 
 ed with oil, &c. 
 
 Dopo che erano stati d'oglio 
 unti, ec. 
 
 Answer (to), rispondere, corrispondere^ dative. 
 
 Alia lettera vostra ricevida 
 questa mattina rispondo, ec. 
 
 1 answer your letter that I 
 have received this morning, 
 &c. 
 
 Because I know not how to 
 answer your expectation. 
 
 BFMBO. 
 
 PerclCe io non so come io possa 
 corrispondere all' aspettazion 
 
 VOStra. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Answer for a thing (to), render conto, genitive. 
 
 If you admit of this abuse 
 you will answer for it. 
 
 Nothing but religion can an- 
 swer for the immensity of the 
 heavens, &c. 
 
 Se ammetterete questo abuso 
 ne * avrete a render conto. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 Non tf e altro che la religione, 
 che ci possa .render conto deli' 
 immensita di questi cieli, ec. 
 
 GANGANELLI. 
 
 * Ne stands for di cib. 
 
60 AN AN 
 
 Answer for one (to), farsi mallemdore per uno. 
 
 Every one would have had Ognuno V avrebbe voluto sal' 
 him saved ; every one would vo ; ognuno sarebbesi fatto mal- 
 have answered for him. levadore per lui. soave. 
 
 Anxious for a thing (to be), bramare, accusative; 
 avere premura, genitive. 
 
 What security have you, that Che sicurita hai tu, che in 
 
 she will give you what you possa avere da costei cio che 
 
 are so anxious for ? tanto brami ? bandello. 
 
 Although I think you cannot Avvegnache io creda che tu 
 
 be so very anxious for my non possa avere cost gran pre* 
 
 letters, &c. mura delle mie lettere, ec. 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Anxious to (to be), bramare di, desiderare di, with the 
 infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 Because he was anxious to Perche bramava di fargli 
 
 introduce him to the acquaint- conoscere la madre. altanesi. 
 ance of his mother. 
 
 I am anxious to be fully ac- Destdero d' aver plena infor- 
 
 quainted with, &c. mazione del, ec. della casa. 
 
 Any, preceding a noun in asking a question, is not 
 expressed in Italian. 
 Have you any money to lend ? Avete denaro da prestare ? 
 
 Any, preceding a noun in the genitive, alcuno. 
 
 If we are inclined to believe Se creder vogliamo che alcuno 
 that any of the most excellent de professori piil eccellenti as- 
 professors came, &c. cendesse, ec. dati. 
 
 Any, relating to a noun, mentioned in a former 
 sentence, wc. 
 
AP AR 61 
 
 I want money.— How much Ho bkogno di denaro. — Di 
 do you want? — What! have quanto avrebbe bisogno ? — Che, 
 you got any to give me ? avete a darmene ? goldoni. 
 
 Apologize for (to), scttsarsi di, or fare le sue stuse 
 per, with the infinitive. 
 
 I must apologize for not hav» Bisogna ch Ho mi scusi, di non 
 ing answered your letter. aver risposto alia vostra lettera ; 
 
 or, che iofaccia le mie sense per 
 non aver risposto* 
 
 Apprize one (to), dare avviso a uno, genitive. 
 
 Which Mark Antony know- 11 che da Marco Antonio see- 
 ing, apprized Cornelia of every puto, del tutto diede avviso a 
 thing, &c. Cornelia. bandello. 
 
 Approach (to), appressarsi, accostarsi, avvicinarsi, 
 dative. 
 
 And as, when the good pilot E come il buon marinaro 
 approaches the port, &c. quando s'appressa al porto, ec. 
 
 GELJLI. 
 
 The galley, on board of which La galea, sopra la quale era 
 
 the Emperor was, approached VImperatore, s' accosto alponte, 
 
 the bridge, &c. ec. varchi. 
 
 When they approached the Quando essi s' avvicinarono al 
 
 end. termine. bembo. 
 
 Approve of (to), approvare, accusative. 
 How, do you not approve of Come non V approbate ? 
 
 it ? GOLDONI. 
 
 I have written to you about Vi ho scritto tutto, per che 
 it, because I approve of your approvo la vostra curiosita ra- 
 reasonable curiosity, gionevole. metastasis 
 
 Argue upon (to), ragionare, genitive. 
 
 Then knowing how to argue Di poi sapendo ragionar di 
 upon many subjects they enjoy, piu cose*, eglino si godono, ec. 
 
 &C, GELLI. 
 
62 AR AR 
 
 Arm one's-self with (to)> armarsi, genitive. 
 
 See, how Cyrus endeavours Vedete, quanto s'affatica Ciro 
 
 to persuade the military part in persuadere alia militare 
 
 of his Persians, to arm them- ordinanza de suoi Persi, che 
 
 selves with religion, s'armino di religione. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Armed with (to be), armarsi, genitive. 
 
 And the praiseworthy cus- E i lodati costumi sarmarono 
 toms were armed with solid di ferme leggi. 
 
 laWS. MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Armed with, armato, genitive. 
 
 Jupiter is represented armed Giove si fa col braccio armato 
 with thunder in his hand. di fulmine, ec. caro. 
 
 Around, attorno, intorno, dative. 
 
 I really believe your soul is Certo io credo che la tua 
 flying around these forests. anima vada attorno a queste 
 
 selve volando. sann azzaro. 
 
 Scarcely did he see us around Appena * ne vidde intorno all' 
 the altar , &c. altare, &c. sannazzaro, 
 
 Arrayed in, vestito, genitive. 
 
 But having entered the tem- Ma entrati nel tempio trovam- 
 ple we found a priest arrayed mo un sacerdote di bianca vest.e 
 in a white dress, &c. vestito, ec. sannazzaro. 
 
 Arrive at (to), arrrcare in, 
 
 That when you first arrived Che quando arrivaste prim'te- 
 at that city, &c. ramentem quella citta, ec. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 It happened that in those Avvenne che in questi tempi 
 times a gentleman of the arrivb a Genoa un valeniuomo 
 court arrived at Genoa. di corte. boccaccio. 
 
 * Ne instead of ci. 
 
AS — -AS 68 
 
 As fo& instance, come sarebbe a dire, 
 
 Italy was divided into differ- Era I' Italia partita in diver si 
 ent nations, as for instance, popoli, come sarebbe a dire, 
 Romans, Tuscans, &c. Romani, Toscani, ec. 
 
 BORGHINI. 
 
 As, preceding a verb, is often expressed in Italian by 
 the gerund, or, as it is commonly called, the active par* 
 ticiple. 
 
 But as M of la Valetta and Ma essendo il Signor delta 
 the Count of Luda had arrived, Valletta ed il Conte di Luda 
 &c. sopraggiunti, ec. davjla. 
 
 As, in the sense of because, and preceding a verb, 
 perche, poiche, posciache, with the indicative. 
 
 He owned he spent a great Confessb egli di consumare 
 
 deal of time in painting, as he assai tempo in dipingere perche 
 
 wished, &c. voleva che, ec, dati. 
 
 Now do you not see, that as Or non vedete, che posciache-i 
 
 your adversaries could not bin- vostri avversarj non hanno joo- 
 
 der it, &c. tuto impedirla, ec. tolomei. 
 
 As a, in the sense of like, is expressed by da. 
 
 He (Michael Angelo) en- Scolpi in un pezzo di marmo 
 
 graved on a piece of marble la batiaglia d'Ercole, non da 
 
 the battle of Hercules, not as giovane, ma da uomo, ec. 
 
 a- youth, but as a man, &c. eorghini. 
 
 I speak to you as a true Vi parlo da vero amico. 
 
 friend. goldoni. 
 
 As many as, tanti quanti for the masculine, and 
 tante quante for the feminine. 
 
 Money is sown like wheat, II danaro si semina come la 
 
 and one penny produces to a biada, e all' uomo di giudizio 
 
 wise man as many pence as un bajocco frutta tanti bajocchi, 
 
 many grains are produced from quanti granelli in una spica 
 
 otle grain in an ear of corn, produce un grano. goldoni. 
 
64 
 
 AS AS 
 
 As much as, piu...cjie, altrettanto,.. quanto. 
 And so the good quail shak- . E coil la buona quaglia star' 
 
 ing her wings against the cage 
 with as much strength as she 
 could, &c. 
 
 Because I love my country as 
 much as any of those gentle- 
 men. 
 
 nazzando le all per la gabbia 
 con piu empito che poteva, ec. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Perocche io amo la mia patria 
 altrettanto quanto alcuno di 
 quei Signori, ec, bembo. 
 
 As well as, cosL..come, e..,e. 
 
 Cessato il romore cosi delle 
 
 The noise of the artillery, as 
 well as that of the bells, having 
 ceased, &c. 
 
 These expenses, believe me, 
 who know at present, as well 
 by habit as by experience, &c. 
 
 artiglierie, come delle campane, 
 
 ec. VARCHI. 
 
 Queste spese, credete a me, il 
 quale ora mai e per uso e per 
 pruova, conosco, ec. 
 
 PANDOLFINI. 
 
 As soon as, sltosto come, subito che; both with the 
 indicative* 
 
 As soon as the sun appeared 
 in the east. 
 
 As soon as she saw him, she 
 fainted away. 
 
 Si tosto come il sole apparve 
 nelV oriente. sannazzaro. 
 
 Subito che ella il vidde sven- 
 ne. 
 
 As for, or to, per, accusative; in quanto, dative. 
 
 And, as for me, I w T ould ad- Ed io per me, vi saprei consi- 
 
 vise you to print them. gliare di stamparle. bembo. 
 
 As to the choice of the argu- In quanto alia scelta dell' 
 
 ment, &c. argomento, ec. algarotti. 
 
 As, or so long as, jino che, with the indicative ; men- 
 tre che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 As long as Lelio loves like a Fino che Lelio ama cowie ami- 
 friend, &C. CO, ec. GOLDONI. 
 
 And I am resolved to be as E mi risolvo oVessere mentre 
 long as I live (her servant). c/ieioviva ec. tolomei. 
 
AS— AS 65 
 
 As... so, being adverbs, siccome t ..cosi. 
 
 And I see, that as those fur- E veggo che, siccome quelle 
 
 nish us with an ample subject ne prestano di parlar amplissi- 
 
 fov speaking, so also they take ma materia, cosi ancora la 
 
 from us the power, &c. facoltd ne tolgono., ec. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 As. ..as, in a comparison, cosh. .come, or only come; 
 tanto... quanto, or only quanto. 
 
 Your conversation, which was La vostra conversazione, che 
 
 one of those things that made era una di quelle cose che me 
 
 it (the city of Bologna) appear than fatta parere cosi bella 
 
 as beautiful as it really was in come ella mi parea. 
 
 my eyes. algarottt. 
 
 And it will not be long E non passera gran tempo che 
 
 before your senators will have i vostri senaiori avranno il capo 
 
 a head as grey as I have. bianco come io. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Por she is as wise and beauti- Perche ella e tanto savia, e 
 ful as nature could make her. tanto bella, quanto la natura 
 
 Vavesse potutafar piu. 
 
 FIORENTINO. 
 
 There is a letter for you as Eccovi una leftera luffga quan- 
 long as the name of the saint to il vost.ro santo. 
 which you bear. ganganelli. 
 
 Ashamed of (to be), vergognarsi, genitive. 
 
 I am ashamed of it. Io mi vergogno di cid. 
 
 bembo. 
 
 (Zeuxis) being ashamed $f Dell' errore vergognatosi, cede 
 his error yielded the victory to la palma a Farrasio. dati. 
 Parrasius. 
 
 Ashamed to (to be), vergognarsi—arrossire di, with 
 the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the 
 game ; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 F 
 
66 AS — -AS 
 
 I am not ashamed to discover Ionon mivergogno di scoprir- 
 
 to you my passions. vi le mie passioni. bandello. 
 
 Although I am ashamed that Benche mi vergogni che lamia 
 
 my services need so much servitil abbia tanto di raccom- 
 
 recommendation. mandazione bisogno. tasso. 
 
 They seem ashamed to appear Pare che si vergognino di 
 
 in public. comparire in pubblico. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 An honest man ought to be Un uomo onorato deve arros- 
 
 ashamed to have given so much sire d'aver dato un incommodo 
 trouble to a family. cosi lungo ad una casa. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Ask of one (to), domandare; chiedere, dative. 
 
 I asked of him whether he A costui ho domandato se egli 
 
 would come here ? venisse qui ? bembo. 
 
 He asked of Pius IV. and Chiese a Pio quarto e otlenne, 
 
 obtained, &c. ec. denina. 
 
 Ask one's pardon for (to), chiedere perdono ad 
 itno, genitive. 
 
 Listen, o Goddess, to these Dea, porgi orecchie a questa 
 people, who ask your pardon turba 3 che ti chiede perdono del 
 for their fault* suo fallo. sannazzaro. 
 
 Ask one to (to), meaning an invitation, invitare uno 
 a, with an infinitive. 
 
 As it was late in the evening, Egli era gia sera, onde in- 
 
 they asked Don Diego to stay vitarono Don Diego a restar 
 with them. con loro. bandello, 
 
 Assist one (to), prestare assistenza, dative. 
 
 How can you assist an old Come prestare assistenza alia 
 mother} - cagionevole madre } altanesi. 
 
 Assist one with (to), ait are or ajutare uno ? geni- 
 tive. 
 
AS- AS 6? 
 
 Our forefathers made an edict I nostri mqggigri pubblicar 
 that if any one assisted the fecero che se alcuno aitasse la 
 republic with money, &c. repubblica di danari, ec. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Astonish (to), fare maravigliare, dative; empiere di 
 maraviglia, or di stupore, accusative. 
 
 Which things astonished every he quali facevano maravigli- 
 one. are a ciascuno. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 He said, that the great won- Disse che lo stupore grange 
 der of Venetian liberty asto- delta liberta Veneziana empiva 
 nished the whole world. di maravigliq il mondo tutto. 
 
 BOCCALINI. 
 
 A thing which had astonished Cosa che aveva empiuto il 
 the world. mondo di stupore. boccalinj. 
 
 Astonished at (to be), essere maravigliato, genitive. 
 
 He was astonished at the bad Egli rimase * maravigliatg 
 invention, della brutta invenzione. 
 
 BOCCALINI. 
 
 Astonished at, stupefatto, genitive. 
 
 Therefore the enemies asto- Onde stupefatti i nemici del 
 nished at our boldness, &c. nostro ardire, ec. 
 
 BENTIVOGLIO. 
 
 Astonished (to be), stupire, with a genitive before a 
 noun ; with di and infinitive before a verb, or che with 
 the subjunctive. 
 
 At which Critone was as- 'Di cui stupivu Critone. 
 
 tonished. davanzati. 
 
 I am astonished to see you in Slupisco di vederti in questo 
 
 this condition. stato. soave. 
 
 * We make use of rimanere, with passive verbs, instead of 
 essere. See General Rules, page 36. 
 
 F 2 
 
6S AT— AT 
 
 I know what you would say ; So che vuoi dir ; stupisci che 
 you are astonished that the mi sostenga il suol, ec. 
 earth supports me, &c. metastasio. 
 
 At...'s, in casa, genitive, or the ablative only, without 
 expressing in casa. 
 
 Jf you wish, you may go- Se vuole, pub andare a trovar 
 
 and see Mr. Lelio at Miss Bo- il Signor Lelio in casa della 
 
 saura's. Signora Rosaura. goldoni. 
 
 Where will you seek for him ? Dove lo cercherai ? Dalla sua 
 
 At his wife's. sposa. goldoni. 
 
 Atone for (to), riparare, accusative. 
 
 You cannot atone for the evil Voi non potete riparar il male 
 you have done her. che fatto le avete. 
 
 Attempt to (to), tentare di, with the infinitive. 
 
 And you, Judges, do you JE voi, Giudici, piil dubitate 
 
 <loubt any longer that this che questo giovane non tenti di 
 
 young man attempts to ruin ruinare la repubblica ? 
 
 the republic? tolomei. 
 
 Attend (to), dare opera, dative. 
 
 The antients were of opinion Gli antichi voleano che i fan- 
 
 that noblemen's children in ciulli nobili nelle scuole dessero 
 
 schools should attend to the opera alia pittura. 
 
 art of painting. cast i gli one. 
 
 Attend a pupil (to), in speaking of a teacher, dare 
 
 lezione, dative. 
 
 Bo you attend ike Misses B. P Date voi lezione alle Signo- 
 
 rine B. ? 
 
 Attention (to pay), porre cura, dative. 
 
 Do pay attention to the uomini, ponete cura al vago 
 charming style of Corinna. stile di Corinna. firenzuola, 
 
 Attest (to), fare testimonio, or fede, genitive. 
 
AU AV 
 
 w 
 
 As to the merit of the build- 
 ings, that of St. Cassiodoro 
 attests it. 
 
 I will not speak of the old 
 monument, and other things, 
 which sufficiently attest the 
 greatness and the splendor of 
 its Scaligeri. f 
 
 Delia edificazione, San Cas- 
 siodoro ne * fa testimonio. 
 
 BANDELItO. 
 
 Lascio stare il monumento an- 
 tico ed altro, che fa abbastanza 
 fede della grandezza e dello 
 splendore degli Scaligeri suoi: 
 
 ALGAROTTJ. 
 
 Augment in (to), accrescersi, genitive. 
 
 But as he saw the enemy Ma come vidde il nemico, il 
 augmenting in number and quale saccresceva di numero c 
 strength, &c. di forze, ec. davila. 
 
 Avail (to), giovare, dative. 
 
 Although a language is noble, Siasi una lingua nobile poc& 
 
 it will avail J nothing, if it be le giovera, mentre eft ella non 
 
 not made ; use of by famous venga usata da famosi scrittori. 
 
 writers. buommattei. 
 
 Avenge (to), fare vendetta, genitive. 
 
 He went to Spain, where by Ando egli in Ispagna dove 
 avenging their death, &c. facendo vendetta della loro 
 
 morte, ec. passavanti. 
 
 Avoid to (to), fuggire di, or il, with the infinitive. 
 
 I then would always avoid lo adunque queste parole an- 
 
 tiche fuggirei d' us are, ec* 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Debbono essere i ragionamenti 
 nostri piacevoli, fuggendo il 
 dolersi di quegV incomodi, ec. 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 using those obsolete words, 
 &c. 
 Our discourse ought to be 
 agreeable, which istobe effect- 
 ed by avoiding to complain of 
 those inconveniencies, &c. 
 
 * Ne stands for of it. 
 
 ■j* Scaligeri is a family name. 
 
 f r The dative is understood, which is to men. 
 
 F3 
 
70 
 
 AW- 
 
 -AW 
 
 Aware of (to be), sentire, genitive. 
 We naturally wish to make Tutii naturalmente con fama 
 
 our names durable by reputa- 
 tion, and especially those who 
 are aware of the shortness of 
 our present life. 
 
 desideriamo di prolungare it 
 nostro nome, e massimamente 
 coloro che sentono della brevita 
 delta vita presente. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Away, via, which is accompanied with all verbs of 
 motion, such as andare, to go ; venire, to come ; man- 
 dare, to send, &c. 
 
 If you see Mr. Lelio tell him 
 I am going away. 
 
 Her husband came home, 
 and hearing his wife was 
 asleep,, sent away two women, 
 &c. 
 
 Se vedi il Signor Lelio digli 
 che v ado \ id, &c. goldoni. 
 
 II marilo venne a casa, e in- 
 tendendo che la moglie dormiva 
 mandb via due donne, ec. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Away, sene, which is joined with all verbs of motion ; 
 such as andare, to go ; venire, to come ; ritornare, to 
 return, &c, when they coalesce into one word; as, 
 andarsene, venirsene, ritomarsene, &c. and are conju- 
 gated thus, mene vado, tene vai, sene va, ceneandiamo, 
 vene andate, sene vanno, and so on of other tenses. 
 
 Therefore, Soliman arrived Onde Solimano arrivb a Tu- 
 at Tunis, and, without doing 
 any harm to the city, went 
 away. 
 
 Nevertheless, without mind- 
 ing the calash, I went to the 
 inn, &c. 
 
 nisi, e senza far alcun danno 
 alia citta sen' andb via. 
 
 SEGNI. 
 
 Nientedimeno senza darmi peri' 
 siero del calesso, mene venni 
 verso iosteria, ec. 
 
 CHIAKAMONTI. 
 
BA BA 71 
 
 B. 
 
 Backbite one (to), dire male, genitive. 
 
 For many people backbite every Che moltiper familiarsi a loro 
 one to ingratiate themselves Signori dicono male di questo 
 with their masters. e di quello. bandello. 
 
 Bad way (to be in a.), fare male i faiti suoi. This 
 verb, being impersonal in English, is construed by 
 changing the English accusative into the nominative, and 
 vice versa : as, he is in a bad way; turn, he does bad his 
 business, egli fa male i fatli suoi ; I was in a bad way 
 once ; turn. I did bad my business, io faccva una volta 
 male i fatti miei, and so on of all other persons and 
 tenses. 
 
 Bail one (to), farsi mallevadore per uno. 
 
 Every one would have had Ognuno Vavrebbe voluto salvo, 
 him saved, every one would ognuno sarebbesi fatto malleva- 
 have bailed him. dore per lui. soave. 
 
 Balance accounts (to), saldare conti, 
 
 I beg you will balance those Vi prego di saldare quei conti. 
 
 accounts. 
 
 Banish from (to), sbandire, genitive. 
 
 And without being guilty of E senza altra colpa Dante fu 
 any other crime, Dante was sbandito di Firenze. villani. 
 banished from Florence. 
 
 Banished (to be), essere mandato in esilio. 
 
 And a great many honourable E si sono mandati in esilio 
 and powerful citizens have been tanii onorati epotenti cittadini. 
 banished. MACCHiAVEtn 
 
 F 4 
 
72 BA BE 
 
 Bar (to), metier e stan gke, dative. 
 
 I shall be obliged to bar it (a Mi converra metter-ci * delle 
 door). - stanghe. ' 6oldoni. 
 
 Barrel, up (to), imbottare^ accusative. 
 
 Has the housekeeper bar- La casiera ha imbottato la 
 relied up the beer ? birra ? 
 
 Bathe with (to), bagnare, genitive. 
 
 And then as she was recovering Ed indi secondo che il petduto 
 her lost strength, she bathed vigore le ritornava, bagnava di 
 every thing with her tears. lagrime cib che v"era. bembo. 
 
 Bathed in tears, bagnato di lagrime. 
 
 The anciencs speak of a Me- E' mentovato dagli antichi un 
 nelaus, who, bathed in tears, Menelao, che, tutto bagnato di 
 spread, &c, lagrime, spargeva, ec. dati. 
 
 Be for one (to), essere, dative. 
 
 To speak in public, my fellow- Dura e faticosa impresa mi 
 citizens, would have been for sarebbe stata } o popolo 3 il par- 
 vie a hard and laborious under- tare in pubblico. cavalcanti. 
 taking. 
 
 Be to (to), before an infinitive, in the sense of must 
 or ought, dovere^ with an infinitive, without a prepo- 
 sition. 
 
 AncHherefore he was to hope E laonde egli doveva sperare 
 for reward as well as honour. e premio, e onore, tolomei. 
 
 Be to (to), in the sense of to be one's turn to, toccare 
 a or iiy with the infinitive. This verb being impersonal is 
 construed by changing tlie English nominative into the 
 dative : as, vou are to dance ; turn, it is to you to dance, 
 tocca a voi a ballare. 
 
 * Ci stands for to it. 
 
BE BE 73 
 
 I heard it, and am to act lo Vho inteso e tocca a me ad 
 
 with judgement ; turn, I heard oprar con giudizio. goldoni. 
 it, and it is to me to act, &c. 
 
 The appointed time is now E gia trascorso, die egli, il 
 
 elapsed, said he, and now I am prescritto tempo, ora a me tocca 
 
 to die ; turn, it is to me to die. il morire. soave. 
 
 Be so KiND as to (to), avere la bontd di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 And remember that your an- E si ricordi* die il suo* 
 cle was so kind as to say, he signor zio ha avuto la bonta di 
 trusted on me, &c. .dire che sifidava a me, ec. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Be as good as one's word (to), atienere la sua 
 parola ; mantencre la sua parola. 
 
 In fact, he was as good as his Egli attenne infatti per alcun 
 
 word for some time. tempo la sua parola. soave. 
 
 I know you were always as lo so che voi avete sempre 
 
 good as your word mantenuto la parola vostra. 
 
 Be kind to one (to), avere bonta per uno. 
 
 And since you are so kind to E giacche ha tanta bonta per 
 me, Ibegof you, &c. me la supplko, ec. goldoni. 
 
 Be old (to), avere anni, essere cTanni, in speaking of 
 the age. 
 
 The lover looked at the young Riguardava Vamante la gio- 
 lady, who mi^ht have been vinetta che da sedici in diciassette 
 sixteen or seventeen years old. anni poteva avere. banbello. 
 
 * Si ricordi stands for ricordatevi, and suo for vostro, because 
 the speaker addresses in the third person. See General RuUs-on 
 the different ways of addressing, page 1 7. 
 
74 BE BE 
 
 Who is eighteen years old. II quale e d 1 anni diciaolto. 
 
 BEEEBO. 
 
 Be hungry (to), avere fame. 
 
 They were hungry, and their Avevan essifame, e la madre 
 poor mother did not know what loro non sapea die fare. 
 to do. 
 
 Be thirsty (to), avere sete. 
 
 I know you are thirsty, there- lo so che avete sete, percio be- 
 fore drink. vete, fiorentino. 
 
 Be warm (to), speaking of a man, avere caldo ; 
 speaking of the weather, fare caldo. 
 
 We were very warm last Avevamo gran caldo jersera. 
 night. 
 
 It was in the month of Sep- Egli era nel mese di Seltembre, 
 
 tember, and it was not very e nonfaceva molto caldo, 
 
 warm. bandello. 
 
 Be cold (to), speaking of a man, avere freddo ; speak- 
 ing of the weather^ fare freddo. 
 
 Are you cold, Sir ? Avete freddo, Sign ore ? 
 
 I have been walking this Sono andato a spasso stamatti- 
 morning, and it was very cold. na, efaceva gran freddo. 
 
 Be fine, or bad weather (to), fare bel, or catiwo 
 
 tempo. 
 
 What weather is it? — It is fine Che tempo fa? — Fa bel o cat- 
 or bad weather. two tempo. 
 
 Be whong* (to), aioeretcrto. 
 
 * These two verbs, to be wrong and to be right, being followed 
 by another verb, govern the infinitive, with di before it. 
 You are wrong to speak so. Avete torto di parkr cost. 
 She is right to do it* Ella, ha ragione&x fdrlo. 
 
BE BE 
 
 75 
 
 And certainly, theologically E* certo,teologkamente parlan- 
 
 speaking, they are right ; but do eglino hanno ragione ; ma 
 
 poetically speaking, they are parlando poeticamente, hanno 
 
 vvrono - . torto. algarotti. 
 
 Be right* (to), avere ragione. 
 
 Jupiter answered, thou art Risposegli Giove, tu hai ragione. 
 right. xgozzi. 
 
 Be ill, or well (to), stare, or sentirsi bene, male, 
 or essere ammalato. 
 
 One is tired, if I am allowed 
 to say so, of being too well. 
 
 Mr. Romolo Cervini has told 
 me you are not well. 
 
 There was, however, nobody 
 who dared to ask him whether 
 he was ill. 
 
 Many women are always ill, 
 without knowing the cause. 
 
 Uno si stanca 3 per coil dire, 
 di stare troppo bene. 
 
 GANGANELLI. 
 
 Messer Romolo Cervini m'ha 
 detto che non vi sentite bene. 
 
 BONFADIO. 
 
 Non vi fu percib chi ardisse 
 domandarlo se si sentiva male. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Moltissime femmine sono sem- 
 pre arhmalate senza sapere il 
 per che. ganganelli. 
 
 Be able to (to), potere, with the infinitive, without 
 a preposition. 
 
 A fondness for this glory can L'appetito di questa gloria pub 
 exist without vice. essere senza vizio. passavanti. 
 
 Be able to help (not to), non potere contenersi di 
 non, with the infinitive. 
 
 I cannot, Judges, help laugh- 
 ing at his imprudence. 
 
 Non posso contenermi, Giu- 
 dici, di non ridermi delta sua 
 imprudenza. tolomei. 
 
 * See the Note in the preceding page. 
 
76 BE BE 
 
 Be in need (to), avere bisogno di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Because I was rather in need Perche piuttosto to avea biso- 
 of being consoled by others, gno d' esser dagli altri consolato , 
 
 &£• „• ec. TOLOMEIv 
 
 Be dying (to), stare per morire. 
 
 And now he says, his uncle Ed ora dice che suo zio sta per 
 is dying. morire. goldoni. 
 
 Be jealous of (to), prendere gelosia, genitive. 
 
 I can trust to him j I cannot Dp lui mi posso fidare ; di lui 
 be jealous of him. non posso prendere gelosia. 
 
 GOLDONF. 
 
 Be glad to (to), avere caro 7 avere a caro, godere y all 
 with an infinitive, with di before it, when the subject of 
 the two verbs is the same ; otherwise che, with the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Are you glad to overcome your Avete voi caro di vincere i vos- 
 enemies } tri nemici ? cavalcanti. 
 
 Which I shall be glad to II che avro a caro di sapere. 
 Icnow. CARO. 
 
 Having entered a monastery, Entrata in un monistero, go- 
 she was glad to divide the dea quivi di dividere le ore, ec. 
 hours, &c. soave. 
 
 I am g]&d,that my drama, the Godo che il mio Asxlo d'Amore 
 
 Asylum of Love, is praised in faccia la sua figura in Italia. 
 
 Italy. METASTASIO. 
 
 Be glad of (to), rallegrarsl, genitive. 
 
 Now- 1 am glad of your mo- Ora io mi rallegro dell' arrivo 
 tber's arrival. di vostra madre. caro. 
 
 Be glad (to), essere caro, dative. 
 This verb, being impersonal in Italian, is construed by 
 putting the English nominative in the dative, and the in- 
 
BE— BE 77 
 
 finitive becomes a nominative, with the article il or lo 
 before it. 
 
 Because you ought to be very Perche vi* deve essere molto 
 
 glad to be separated from caroj- V essere separato da lor o. 
 
 them ; turn, because to be boccaccio. 
 separated from them ought to 
 be dear to you. 
 
 Be scary- to (to), aoere dispiacere di, with the in- 
 finitive. 
 
 If that gentleman were living, Se quel Sigfiore fosse vivo 
 he would be very sorry to see avrebbe gran dispiacere di ve- 
 you in such deep affliction. dervi nelf affiizione sepolto. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 Be sorry for (to), dolersi, rammaricarsi, genitive. 
 
 And they, being sorry for E dolendosi dei vostri casi, 
 
 your misfortunes, console you con ragioni piil utili vi confor- 
 
 with reasonings of a more effi- tano. boccaccio. 
 eacious nature. 
 
 Let us leave Romolo aside, for Lasciamo Romolo da parte, 
 the loss of whom you are so della cui perdita tanto vi ram- 
 sorry. markate. bembo. 
 
 Be sorry to (to), dispiacere, rincrescere a uno y with 
 the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise eke, with the subjunctive. 
 
 These verbs, being impersonal in Italian, are construed 
 by putting the English nominative in the dative, and the 
 following verb is put in the infinitive, without any prepo- 
 sition. 
 
 * VI stands for a voi. 
 
 f V for lo, on account of the infinitive beginning with a 
 vowel. 
 
78 
 
 BE- 
 
 BE 
 
 I am sorry I am obliged to 
 shew you our wounds; turn, 
 to shew you our wounds dis- 
 pleases to me. 
 
 Mrs. Beatrice will be sorry 
 you are going away ; turn, it 
 will displease to Mrs. Beatrice 
 that you go away. 
 
 I am sorry I am obliged to go 
 and come back, &c. 
 
 Mi displace avere a dimostrarv 1 
 Le nostrepiaghe. segni. 
 
 Dispiacera alia Signora Bea- 
 trice ch f ella vada via. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Mi rincresce avere d'andare e 
 
 ritornarfy ec. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Be wont to (to), usare, solere, with the infinitive, 
 without a preposition ; essere solito, with the infinitive, 
 with di before it. 
 
 And Master Lodovico Bocca- 
 diferro was wont to say that all 
 the arguments of, &c. 
 
 Because great light and shade 
 are wont 'to give a great deal of 
 grace to figures. 
 
 As we are wont to do with 
 our parents and friends. 
 
 E Messer Lodovico Boccadi- 
 
 ferro usava dire che tuttb gli 
 
 argomenti di, ec. vakchi. 
 
 Per che i gran lumi e le grand* 
 ombre sogliono dare assai di 
 vaghezza alle figure. caro. 
 
 Come noi siamo soliti di fare 
 ai nostri parenti e amici. 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 Be willing to (to), volere, with the infinitive, 
 without a preposition, if the subject of the two verbs be 
 the same ; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 He would/?/ up the mind of 
 other people with a solid opi- 
 nion. 
 
 Why are you willing that she 
 should laugh, while she has 
 something else which troubles 
 her ? 
 
 Voile egli riempiere gli altrui 
 animi oVunaferma opinione. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 Perclie volete che rida, mentre 
 ha qualche cosa che la disturba ? 
 
 GOLDONI, 
 
BE— BE 79 
 
 Be a professor (to), fare, accusative. 
 
 He was a schoolmaster at In Messina eglifaceva il maes- 
 Messina. tro di scuola. goldoni. 
 
 Bear with a thing (to), sqffrire, accusative. 
 
 Nevertheless, the good youth II buon giovine nondimeno 
 patiently bore with every thing. sofferiva pazientemente ogni 
 
 cosa. SOAVE. 
 
 Bear that (to), soffrire che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 Charles Emanuel could not Carlo Emanuele non potea 
 
 bear that the court should ar- soffrire die quella corte s'arro- 
 
 rogate to itself the power of gasse di trattare, ec. dentna. 
 treating, &c. 
 
 Bear one a fair face (to), fare buon viso, dative. 
 See put on a fair face. 
 
 Bear one company (to), tenere compagnia, dative. 
 See KEEP com pan v. 
 
 Bear a part (to), aver e parte in. 
 
 The Counts of Marino and II Conte di Marino e delta 
 of Trinity bore a considerable Trinitd ebbero gran parte in 
 part in all the resolutions, &c. tuttele risoluzioni, ec. denin-a. 
 
 Bear one a grudge (to), voiere male, dative. 
 
 That young lady loved a young Questa donzella umava un 
 man who bore Don Diego a giovane, il quale voleva un gran 
 grudge, male a Don Diego. 
 
 eandello. 
 
 Beat down (to), demolire, abbattere, accusative. 
 
 Ah ! I wish all the senate, Ah ! fosse raccolto in quelle 
 
 &c. were assembled in those mura, che or la Particafiamma 
 
 walls, which the Parthian tire abbatte e dorna, tutto il Senato, 
 
 is now beating down and des- ec. metastasio. 
 troy in g ? &c. « 
 
80 BE BE 
 
 Beckon one to (to), fare segno a uno di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 As the clock struck twelve A mezza notte apparve Vom~ 
 the shade appeared, and beck- hra y e mi /e' segno di seguirZa. 
 oned me to follow if. 
 
 Becomes one (it), conviene, dative. 
 
 But what can we do? shall Ma che possiamo fare? do* 
 we murmur at his decrees? lerci del suo decreto? macibnon 
 but it does not become us. conviene a noi. tolomei. 
 
 Become of one (what to), che esserne, genitive ; 
 divenire: esserne is always impersonal; hut divenire is 
 personal, and requires the nominative, as, what will 
 become of Peter, I do not know. Non so eke ne sard di 
 Pietro ; or, non so che diverra Pietro. W hat will become 
 of you ? Che ne sard di voi, or che diverrete voi ? 
 
 Who, not seeing the paint- II quale non vedendo piu il 
 ing, asked, what was become quadro, domandb che ne fosse P 
 of it ? SOAVE. 
 
 Bed-time, tempo d'andare a letto, or a posare, or a 
 riposare. 
 
 Now it happened that as it Ora avenne die essendo tempo 
 was bed-time, &c. d'andare a posare. 
 
 FIORENTINQ. 
 
 Befall one (to), accadere, addivenire, awenire, da- 
 tive. These verbs are impersonal, and are used in the 
 third person, either of the singular or plural. 
 
 Dear friend, I should not like Caro amico, non vorrei die 
 any misfortune to befall you. vi accadessero delle disgrazie. 
 
 GOLDONf. 
 
 Which things always befall Le quali cose sempre addiven- 
 misers. gono agli avari. pandolfini. 
 
BE- 
 
 •BE 
 
 81 
 
 He then related what had be- 
 fallen him within the castle. 
 
 Egli allora racconto ciocche 
 dentro al casiello gli era avve- 
 
 nuto. SOAVE. 
 
 Before, preceding- a noun, dinanzi, dative, davanti, 
 dative, avatiti, genitive. 
 
 That as Leone was so cruelly 
 accused before you, O Judges, 
 &c. 
 
 Now you see me standing be- 
 fore the walls of my own coun- 
 try, &c. 
 
 All of them had knelt before 
 
 her. 
 
 Che essendo Leone si acerha- 
 mente dinanzi a voi o Giudici, 
 accusato, ec. tolomei. 
 
 Ora mi vedi stare davanti alle 
 mura della patria propria, ec. 
 
 FASSAVANT1. 
 
 S'erano gia tutti posti ingi- 
 nocchioni avanti di lei. gozzi. 
 
 Before, preceding a verb, prima e$, innanzi di^ avanti 
 di, with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 Mr. Fiorindo, I hope you will Signor Florindo prima di par- 
 call on me before you go. 
 
 And that physician is not 
 wise, who, before the disorder 
 arrives to maturity, tries, &c. 
 
 And yet we read that he sent 
 no punishment into the world 
 before he had threatened it. 
 
 I heg you will be pleased to 
 come, that I may see you be- 
 fore I die. 
 
 Belfegor an arch devil, but 
 before he fell from heaven, an 
 archangel. 
 
 tire, spero che vi lasciate da me 
 vedere. goldoni, 
 
 E quel medico e poco savio, 
 che prima che il malore sia 
 maturo, si fatica, ec. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 E pure niuno gastigo, leggia- 
 mo, aver esso mandato al mon- 
 do innanzi di minacciarZo. 
 
 SEGNERI. 
 
 Ti prego, che tu ti placcia di 
 venire, si ch 1 io possa veder te 
 innanzi ch' io muoja. 
 
 FIORENTINO. 
 
 Belfegor arcidiavolo, ma a- 
 vanti che cadesse dal cielo s 
 areangelo. macchiavelli. 
 
m 
 
 BE—BE 
 
 Beg a thing of one (to), pregareuno d'unacosa, 
 
 Go if you like, but I would Andate se vi aggrada, mcL 
 beg a favour of you, d'una grazia voleva pregarvi. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 D'una grazia ti prego. 
 
 I beg ajavour of you. 
 
 FIORENT1NO- 
 
 Beg one to (to), pregare uno di, with the infinitive, 
 or che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 So that, dear sister, I beg 
 you will shew yourself. 
 
 And 1 beg you will deign to 
 shew me, &c. 
 
 His Excellency sent to Rome 
 to beg Sister Beatrice to be sa- 
 tisfied with this lady. 
 
 Sicche soretla mia, ti prego di 
 lasciarti vedere. gozzi. 
 
 E priegovi * che vi degniate 
 di far mi vedere, ec. bembo. 
 
 Sua Eccellenza ha spedito a 
 Roma pregando suora Beatrice 
 che rimanga contenta di questa. 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 Beg one's pardon (to), chiedere, or domandare 
 perdono, dative. 
 
 A good father went to his Un buon padre andb da luu e 
 house, began to ask his par- incomincib a chiedergli f per- 
 son, dono. gozzi. 
 
 Begin to (to), cominciare, incominciare «, or ad, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 Consoled by this thought I 
 begin to hope. 
 
 You, Scipio, began to re- 
 ceive a great honor. 
 
 Con questo pensiero conforta- 
 tomi comincio a sperare. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Cominciasti tu, Scipione, ad 
 avere grand 1 onore, 
 
 PASSAVANTI. 
 
 * Priegovi, instead of pregovi, or vi prego, 
 \ Gli stands for a lui. 
 
BE— BE 
 
 83 
 
 Begin one's journey (to), metier si in viaggio. 
 But as it was daylight he 
 
 shut the housedooiv, and re- 
 commending himself to God, 
 he began his journey. 
 
 Ma fattosi giorno, chiude la 
 casa, e raccomandandosi a Dio 
 si mette in viaggio. 
 
 ALBERGATI. 
 
 Begin one's march (to), metier si in cammino. 
 
 The enemies began their La sera gVinimici si misero in 
 march in the evening. cammino. davila. 
 
 Begone, parti. 
 
 No more, begone, leave me Parti, non piu, lasciami in 
 alone. pace. metastasio. 
 
 Behave to (to), comportarsi verso, genitive, or con, 
 accusative. 
 
 When he heard in what man- 
 ner the Duke of Lerma be- 
 haved to the three princes his 
 sons, &c. 
 
 Behind, dieiro, dative. 
 
 They placed the princes be- 
 hind those, &c. 
 
 Allorche intese come il Duca 
 di Lerma si comportava verso 
 i tre principi, suoifigliuoli, ec. 
 
 DSNINA. 
 
 Eglino ponevano i principi die- 
 tro alle spalle di quelli, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Believe (to), credere, dative, either with a person 
 or thing. 
 
 Endeavour to learn their lan- 
 guage, and believe me, who 
 cannot deceive you. 
 
 And therefore we must. not 
 believe any fortune. 
 
 Studiati d'imparare il loro 
 linguaggio, e credi a me die 
 non tiposso ingannare, 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 E perb non e da credere a 
 qualunque fortuna. 
 
 PASSAVANTI, 
 
 G 2 
 
BE- 
 
 ■BE 
 
 Believe in (to), dare fede, prestarefede, dative. 
 
 Therefore I am resolved to 
 shew them, that if they will 
 not believe in thunders, &c. 
 
 And perceiving that she was 
 so innocent as to believe easily 
 in the words of others, &c. 
 
 Perb mi sono risoluto a inos- 
 trar loro che se non vogliono 
 dar fede ai tuoni, ee. 
 
 SEGNERI, 
 
 E veduto quella essere cost 
 schietta, che agevolmente presta- 
 va fede alle altrui parole, ec. 
 
 GOZZI. 
 
 Believe to (to), credere; for the construction of 
 which, see Think, to. 
 
 Belong to (to), essere, genitive; appartenere, dative. 
 Having recognised the young Avendo egli conosciuta la gio- 
 
 lady, and inquired to whom the 
 house belonged, he heard, &c. 
 Because temperance is a vir- 
 tue, which belongs to every 
 one. 
 
 vane, e spiato di chi fosse la 
 casa/intese, ec. bandello. 
 Perciocche la temperanza e 
 virtu, che appartiene ad ogni 
 persona. chiabrera. 
 
 Belong (to), preceding a conjunctive pronoun, essere, 
 and the said pronoun is changed into a possessive pro- 
 noun ; as, it belongs to me, to thee, to him, egli e mio, 
 e tuo, e suo, e nostro, &c. 
 
 Benighted, sopraggiunto dalla notie. 
 
 On his return he was be- Al ritorno egli fu soprag- 
 nighted. giunto dalla notte, soave. 
 
 Benumbed with, intiri%%ito, ablative. 
 
 They sent to her house, and Fu mandato alia di lei casaj 
 
 there they found the soldier, e la trovossi il sofdato j ma si 
 
 but so benumbed with cold, dal freddo intirizzito, ec. 
 
 &c. SOAVE. 
 
 Beseech one to (to), supplicare uno di, with the 
 infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
BE BE 
 
 85 
 
 I beseech you to inform me of 
 the motive of your resolution. 
 
 For which I beseech you to 
 excuse me. 
 
 Besides, oltre, dative. 
 
 Besides these, I could put 
 before your eyes, &c. 
 
 La supplico di farmi partecipe 
 del motivo della sua risoluzione. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Di che io supplico ch' ella mi 
 
 SCUSl. DELLA CASA. 
 
 Io potrel, oltre a questi, met- 
 term avanti ogli ocelli, ec. 
 
 BOGCACCIO. 
 
 Bestow upon (to), donate, conferire, dare, dative. 
 
 We behold in that privilege 
 bow Otho bestowed upon 
 Bandello's family the eagle on 
 the six sides of their arms. 
 
 The Popes bestowed the bi- 
 shoprics of Piedmont upon 
 their relations, in preference 
 to the subjects of the Duke of 
 Savoy. 
 
 And as the praises which may 
 be bestowed upon a language 
 are of two kinds. 
 
 In esso privilegio si vede come 
 Ottone alia fainiglia di Bandello 
 sovra le sei bande de Vinsegna 
 loro donb Vaquila. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 I Papi conferivano i vescovadi 
 del Fiemonte piuttosto ai pa- 
 renti loro, che ai sudditi del 
 Duca di Savoja. denina, 
 
 E perche le lodi che si possono 
 dare ad una lingua son di due 
 
 SOrt'l. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Between you and me, a anattr occhi. 
 
 Beyond, di la, dalV altra parte, genitive or ablative. 
 
 The royal city of Artassata is Vedesi di la dal flume la 
 seen beyond the river. reale citta d? Artassata. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 Beware of (to), guardarsi, ablative. 
 
 I know very well that youth So benissimo che la gioventu e 
 
 is the season of life, so inflamed quella eta cost fervida, in cui 
 
 with the ardor of passions, in si prova una gran pena a guar- 
 
 G 3 
 
86 BI *BL 
 
 which it is very difficult to darsi dal mondo. 
 
 beware of the world. i ganganellt. 
 
 Bid one farewell or adieu (to), dare addict, dative. 
 
 I will go and bid my father Andrb a dar V ultimo addio a 
 the last farewell. mio padre, ec. soavb. 
 
 Blame one for (to), biasimare uno, genitive. 
 
 And if the banquet has been E se il convito e andato al- 
 
 somewhat moderate, many peo- quanto moderato, molii ti bia- 
 
 pie blame you for not being simano di poca larghezza. 
 
 lavish. PANDOLFINI, 
 
 Bleach (to), imbiancare at sole. 
 
 And as she was bleaching her E mentre ella al sole imbian- 
 linen, she saw, &c. cava i suoi pannilini, vidde r ec, 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Bled one (to), caoare sangue, dative. 
 
 The apothecary bled him yes- Jeri lo speziale cavogM * san- 
 terday, gue. 
 
 He would load the infirm with Ei vorrebbe, die in vece di ca- 
 pills instead of bleeding him. vargli * sangue, gli si facesse 
 
 inghiottire pillole. goldoni. 
 
 Bled (to be), far si cavare sangue. 
 
 He was bled twice, and re- Si fece cavar sangue due volte, 
 ceived no benefit from it. e non gli ha fatto alcun bene. 
 
 Bleed (to), uscire sangue a uno, ablative. 
 
 This verb is impersonal, and it is construed by putting 
 the possessive pronoun or the genitive into the dative, 
 the substantive which accompanies it into the ablative, 
 and the verb is always to be a third person singular : as, 
 
 My nose bleeds ; turn, blood A me, or mi esce sangue dal 
 comes out horn the nose to me. naso. 
 
 * Gli stands for a lui. 
 
BL BL 
 
 87 
 
 His mouth bled j turn, blood 
 came out from the mouth to 
 him. 
 
 And not as it had done in the 
 East, where death was inevita- 
 ble for him whose nose bled. 
 
 A lui, or gli usciva sangue dalla 
 bocca. 
 
 E non come in Oriente aveva 
 fatto, dove a chiunque usciva 
 sangue dal naso era segno d'in- 
 evitabil morte. Boccaccio. 
 
 Bless one for (to), benedire uno, genitive. 
 
 May God bless you for your Possa Iddio benedirwi della 
 kindness. vostra bonta. 
 
 Blindfold one (to), bendare gli occhi, dative. 
 
 They now blindfolded him. Gia bendati gli son gli occhi. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Blot out (to), scancellare, ablative. 
 
 If I gave myself up to thee 
 as such (as a slave), neither my 
 disgrace nor thy glory would 
 be so illustrious, and my 
 punishment would blot out 
 of it every recollection. 
 
 Se io tale mi ti dava, non sa- 
 rebbe la mia disgrazia 9 tie la tua 
 gloria si chiara, e il mio suppli- 
 zio ne * scancellerebbe ogni me- 
 moria. chiabjrera. 
 
 Blow out (to), estinguere, spegnere, accusative. 
 
 He blows out the candle , and Spegne egli la candela^ equindi 
 hides himself. si nasconde. goldoni. 
 
 Blush to (to), arrossirsi di, or arrossire in, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 And perhaps you will blush Eforse voi vi arrossirete d'aver 
 
 to have had so bad an opinion pensato si malamente di me. 
 
 of me. GOLDONI. 
 
 I blush to think of it. Arrossisco in pensarZo. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 * Ne stands for the ablative. 
 G 4 
 
8S BO— BO 
 
 Boast (to), vantarsi di, gtoriarsi di. with the infinitive, 
 
 Your secretary boasted that II vostro segretario s'e vantaio 
 
 he would divulge the secret di voler divolgere i segreti mis- 
 
 mysteries, &c. terj, ec. xoLOMEr. 
 
 We can boast that we have a Noi possiamo gloriarci d'aver 
 
 beautiful language. una bella lingua, buommattei. 
 
 Born of (to), nascerc, ablative. 
 
 I wish that monkies were to Vorrei che si vedessero in qual- 
 
 be seen in some places, which che parte alcune scimie che pa- 
 might seem to be born of their jono nascere dal loro sangue. 
 
 blood. BORGHINI. 
 
 Borrow of (to), pigliare in prcstito, ablative. 
 
 He borrowed twenty pounds Piglib- dalla sua sorella venti 
 
 of his sister. lire sterline in prestito. 
 
 Both, Vuno e Faltro, ambo, the latter of which is 
 either indeclinable, or an adjective ; also tuiti e due, for 
 the masculine, and tutte e due for the feminine. 
 
 She pressed both my hands. Ella mi strinse ambo le mani, 
 
 or ambe le mani. 
 
 Where the battle of both Dove la battaglia e di ambe le 
 
 parties is., &c. parti, ec. caro. 
 
 Hence it comes that both Di qui nasce che tanto abbon- 
 
 countries are so abounding in dino di abitalori l'uno e l'altro 
 
 inhabitants. paese. bentivoglio. 
 
 Be not afraid, I will cure both Non dubitino, le risanerb tutte 
 
 of you. e due. goldoni. 
 
 Bow to one (to), fare riverenza, inckinarsi, dative. 
 
 Then they embraced one ano- Poi s'abbracciarono, efacendo 
 ther, and bowing to each other, riverenza Vuno all' altro : disse 
 the Judge said, &c. il Giudice, ec. fiorentino. 
 
 Mrs. Virtuosa, I bow to you. Signora Virtuoso, a lei m'tn- 
 
 chino. GOLDONI. 
 
BR BR 
 
 89 
 
 Brave (to), resistere bravamente, dative. 
 
 Benche e da sperare che il pic- 
 colo Maurino resistera brava- 
 
 Though it is to be hoped that 
 the little Maurino will brave 
 the malignant nature of the 
 small-pox. 
 
 Break (to), romper si. 
 
 They (eggs) may fall,, they 
 may break. 
 
 mentedWdi malignita deivajuolo, 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Possono eadere, sipossono rom- 
 pere. goldoni. 
 
 Break one's word (to), mancare di parola. 
 Friend, you broke your word. Amico, voi mancaste di parola. 
 
 Break into pieces (to), andare inpezzi 
 
 The first encounter was ter- 
 rible, the lances broke into a 
 thousand pieces. 
 
 GOZZI, 
 
 II primo incontro fit terribik 
 le lance andarono in mille pezzi. 
 
 SO AVE. 
 
 Break open (to), forzare, accusative. 
 
 Furnished with pincers to Provveduti di tanaglie per 
 draw nails, and to break open cavar chiodi, e forzar le porte 
 the doors, they, &c. eglino, ec. denina. 
 
 Break one's limbs (to), rompereun membro, dative. 
 
 And a little while ago he broke E pocofa egli ruppe una gam- 
 my butler's leg. ba al mio dispensiere. bembo. 
 
 Break forth into tears (to), prorompere inpianto, 
 mettersi a piangere. 
 
 Pippo could no longer resist 
 such generosity, and breaking 
 forth into a flood of tears, &c. 
 
 Hearing the true counsel, the 
 other brother broke forth into 
 a flood of tears. 
 
 A questo tratto di generosita 
 Pippo non pote resistere, e pro- 
 rompendo in dirotto pianto, ec. 
 
 SO AVE. 
 
 Udendo V altro fratello il vero 
 consiglio dirottamente si mise a 
 piangere, bandexlo. 
 
90 BR Bit 
 
 Breathe one's last (to), spirare, morire. 
 
 Ah ! perhaps my daughter is Ah ! forse adesso pero spira la 
 now breathing her last, &a figlia, ec. metastasio. 
 
 Bring up (to), nutricare, educate, accusative. 
 
 In those exercises,, in which In quegli esercizj, nei quali i 
 
 their parents have brought them padri e le madri le hanno nutri- 
 
 up, &c cate, ec. firenzuola. 
 
 The affectionate fatherthought Non uvea Vajfettuoso padre al- 
 
 of nothing but of his son, and tropensiero che questo fanciullo , 
 
 after he had brought him up e poiche con attenzione Veduco, 
 
 attentively, &c. ec. gozzi. 
 
 Bring together, or to reconcile (to), conciliate) 
 accusative. 
 
 When he had brought the Quando conciliate- ebbe i due 
 two brothers together, he told fratelli disse loro, ec. soave. 
 them, &c. 
 
 Bring to perfection (to), perfezionare, accusative. 
 
 I have now brought my work Ho gia perfezionata I 'opera 
 to perfection. mia. 
 
 Bring close to (to), accostare, dative. 
 
 1 know not a greater pleasure Io non conosco maggior diletto, 
 
 than to wish for a loaf of bread, che lo sperar un pane che meVf 
 
 which I bring close to my* accosto alia bocca, ec. gozzi, 
 mouth, &c. 
 
 Bring forth (to), in speaking of women, partorire, 
 or dare alia luce; in speaking of trees, produrre, accusa- 
 tive. 
 
 * My here is not expressed by mio, but it is changed into a 
 conjunctive pronoun, mi, which is joined to lo, making meV . 
 
 ■f MeV, this V is a repetition of che: instead of che mi ac~ 
 costo : che meV accosto is, as if it were, which I bring it close t &a 
 
BU BU 
 
 91 
 
 The father thinks be has done Pare al padre d'aver lavorata 
 
 the finest work in the world, la piu bella fattura del inondo, 
 
 and the mother to have brought e alia madre d'aver dato alia 
 
 forth a jewel. luce un giojello. gozzi. 
 
 Build with (to), fahhricare, genitive. 
 
 On that river they have built Su questojiume son fabbricati 
 
 diver si ponti di marmo. 
 
 ALGAKOTTI. 
 
 several bridges with marble. 
 
 Burn to ashes (to), ridurre in cenere. 
 
 The French entered the city, Entrarono nella citta i Fran- 
 pillaged it, and burnt it to cesi, la saccheggiarono, e quin- 
 
 ashes. 
 
 di ridusserla* in cenere. 
 
 But, in the beginning of a sentence, ma. 
 
 But, in the sense of except, fuorche. 
 
 She had no other fortune but Ella non avea altri beni, fuor- 
 her beautiful eyes. che quelli dei suoi vaghissimi 
 
 occhi. gozzi. 
 
 But, in the middle of a sentence, and in the sense of 
 only, non che, putting non before the verb and che 
 after it. 
 
 Speaking is only granted to 
 man but in order to express the 
 sentiments of his mind. 
 
 II parlare non e dato all'uomo 
 che per palesare i concetti delta 
 sua mente. buommattei. 
 
 Bury (to), dare sepoltura, dative, sepellire, accusative. 
 
 Now that the king has had 
 the corpse of that man hanged, 
 I command you to take it to 
 my house, for I intend to bury 
 it. 
 
 Ora che il re il corpo di quello 
 hafatto appiccare, ti comando 
 che melo rechi a casa, perche to 
 intendo di dargM sepoltura, 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 * Ridusserla, instead of la ridussero. 
 
m 
 
 BU- 
 
 BY 
 
 Buried in (to), sepoltotra, accusative. 
 
 Althought I write to you tins Se ben vi scrivo questa lettera 
 letter after supper, and buried dopo cena sepolto tra il vino, e 
 in wine and sleep, &c. il sonno, ec. redi. 
 
 Buy of (to), comprare, ablative. 
 
 You give to one, buy of ano~ A questo si da, da quest' altro 
 ther, &c. si compra, ec. pandolfini. 
 
 By, being the case of a passive verb, da, dallo, dal, 
 dalla, dagli, dai, dalle. 
 
 He was accused by some of his Fu egli da alcuni suoi segreti 
 secret enemies. nemici accusato. erizzo. 
 
 By, governed by no verb, or being a preposition, ex- 
 pressing the means; per, medianle. 
 
 Believe me, who am ac- Quesie cose credete a me il 
 
 quamted with these things as quale e per uso e per esperienza 
 
 well by use as by experience. intendo, ec. pandolfini. 
 
 Because he not only freed Perche, mediante la virtu e la 
 
 Italy by his virtue and goodness, bonta. sua, non solamente tenne 
 
 he. libera Vltalia, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 By water or by sea, by land, per acqua or per 
 mare, per terra. 
 As well by water as by land. Tanto per acqua come per 
 
 terra. 
 
 LODOLI. 
 
 By degrees, a poco, apoco. 
 The temperate but penetrating II caldo temperato ma pene- 
 
 heat of the bed recovered her 
 by degrees. 
 
 By far, di gran lunga. 
 
 That by far exceeds my 
 strength. 
 
 trante del letio a poco a poco la 
 rinvenne. manni. 
 
 Quello di gran lunga eccede le 
 forze mie. cavalcanti. 
 
CA CA 
 
 93 
 
 Call (to), chiamare, appellate, accusative. 
 
 Jf God created her noble? who 
 will dare to call her not noble } 
 
 Achilles finally calls him a 
 drunkard. 
 
 Se Dio Vha fatta nobile, chi 
 sara oso chiamarla ignobile? 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Achille finalmente Yappella 
 ubbriaco. chiabreea. 
 
 Call upon one (to), essere a visitare, accusative; 
 
 andare a fare visila, dative. 
 
 You might have wondered 
 that since I called upon you, 
 &c. 
 
 Mr. Giovanni called upon him 
 last week. 
 
 Vox vi potete essere maravig- 
 liato, die dappoiche io fui a 
 visitarvi, ec. bembo. 
 
 Ando Messer Giovanni a fargli 
 visita la settimana scorsa. 
 
 bembo. 
 
 Called (to be), chiamarsi, nomarsi, appellant, avere 
 
 nome. 
 
 He heard that the master of 
 the house was called Clisterdo. 
 
 There was in the camp a son 
 of the Emperor, who also was 
 called Carlo. 
 
 Because from time to time he 
 is obliged to think how that 
 thing is called. 
 
 On the contrary, I wish you 
 would go to your godfather 
 who is called Mr. Ansaldo. 
 
 Egli intese it padrone delta 
 casa chiamarsi Clisterdo. 
 
 bandello. 
 
 Trovavasi al campo un figlio 
 dell' imperadore die pur noma- 
 vasi Carlo. soave. 
 
 Perche tratto tratto gli bisogna 
 pensare come quella cosa s'ap- 
 pelli, ec. BUOMMATTEI* 
 
 Anzi voglio die tu tene vada a 
 un tuo santolo, die ha nome 
 Messer Ansaldo. fiorentino. 
 
94 
 
 CA CE 
 
 Care to (to), avere rispetto, curarsi di, with the in- 
 finitive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 Alexander not caring to dis- 
 please that woman, &c. 
 
 I do not care to obtain the 
 name of a witty person. 
 
 A letter could not enter that 
 head, nor did he care it should. 
 
 Non avendo Alessandro avuto 
 rispetto di dispiacere a quella 
 donna, ec. castiglione. 
 
 Io non mi euro d'acquistar 
 nome di spiritoso. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 In quel capo una lettera non ■ 
 poteva entrare, ne anco egli si 
 curava ch'ella v' entrasse. 
 
 EEMBO. 
 
 Care for (to), curarsi, genitive. 
 
 I do not care for ill founded 
 criticisms. 
 
 E non mi euro delle critiche 
 mal fondate. goldoni. 
 
 Cease to (to), risiare^ restare, lasciare, cessare^jimre ; 
 all these verbs govern an infinitive with di before it. , 
 
 And as he found that Solima- 
 no had marched on several 
 days before, he ceased to pur- 
 sue him. 
 
 The Prince de Conde, with 
 one knee on the ground, never 
 ceased to resist valiantly. 
 
 She never ceases to remember 
 her friends. 
 
 The heart softens, we cease 
 to be on our guard against 
 treachery. 
 
 Come then, cease to weep for 
 once. 
 
 E trovato che Solimano era 
 marciato innanzi di molte gior- 
 nate, ristette di perseguitarlo. 
 
 SEGNI. 
 
 Non restb mai (il principe di 
 Conde) con un ginocchio in 
 terra divalorosamente resistere. 
 
 DAVILA. 
 
 Ella non lascia mai di ricor- 
 darsi de" suoi amid. bembo. 
 
 11 cuore s'ammollisce, cessiamo . 
 di stare avvertiti contro le in' 
 
 Sldie. ALBERGATI. 
 
 Su via, finite una volta di 
 piangere. goldoni. 
 
CE CH 
 
 95 
 
 Certain to (to be), essere certo, or sicuro, render si 
 certo di, with the infinitive ; or che with the subjunctive 
 with the last verb only. 
 
 An old man then is certain to 
 die. 
 
 That his ministers were cer- 
 tain to be severely punished. 
 
 But I am not certain that it 
 may have moved you, &c. 
 
 Adunque un vecchio e certo 
 d'aver a morire. gelli. 
 
 Che i suoi ministri erano sicuri 
 di ricevere severissimo castigo. 
 
 BOCCALINI. 
 
 Ma io non mi rendo certo che 
 cib vi possa aver mossi, ec. 
 
 EUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Certain of a thing (to be), aver e una cos a in pu 
 gno, or inmano, accusative. 
 
 When Lady Gravely and Ma- 
 dam Jasy, who were certain of 
 the approbation of that assem- 
 bly, had finished speaking, &c. 
 
 It is easy to remember that 
 John, the son of Renato, was 
 certain of the victory. 
 
 Charge one with (to), 
 auno, genitive. 
 
 The steward then spoke to 
 his master, and charged his 
 wife with adultery. 
 
 As to the chamber of the 
 fiat vault, for at present he 
 has charged me with nothing 
 else, &c. 
 
 Finito ch' ebbero di parlare 
 Miladi Gravely, e Madama di 
 Jasy, che di quelV assemblea 
 avevan inpugno l'approvazione, 
 
 ec. ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Efresca la memoria che Gio- 
 vanni, Jigliuolo di Renato, aveva 
 in mano la vittoria. bembo, 
 
 accusare uno, dare carico 
 
 II maggiordomo adunque parlb 
 al Signore, e accusb la moglie 
 d'adulterio. bandello. 
 
 Quanto alia camera della volta 
 piatta, die d'altro per ora non 
 m'ha dalo carico, ec. caro. 
 
 Charge one to (to), dare il peso ad uno di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 He, I say, being resolved to Egli, dico, risoluto a tacere, 
 
96 CH CO 
 
 remain silent, charged me to ha datq il peso a me di parlar 
 speak for him. ■ per lui. tolomei. 
 
 Charge one for (to), fare p agar e, dative. 
 
 The tailor charged me five II sarto mxfece pagare cinque 
 pounds for a coat. lire sterline perun vestito. 
 
 Cheap, huonmercato. 
 
 The immortality of people In Parnaso Vimmortalita al- 
 was not sold so cheap in Par- trui non si vendeva per cos\ buon 
 nassus. mercato, boccalini* 
 
 Choose to (to), eleggere di, with the infinitive. 
 
 The man who is really brave, L"uomo veramente forte veden- 
 
 when he perceives his life in dosi in rischio mortale elegge di 
 
 imminent danger, chooses to morire. chiabrera. 
 die. 
 
 Close by, .appresso, genitive; allato, accanto, dative. 
 Close by him (Endimion) was Jppresso di costui era Paris. 
 
 Paris. SANNAZZARO. 
 
 Close by the fortress of Havre Accanto alia fortezza di Avre 
 
 de Grace. di Grazia. davila. 
 
 There is a Christ of marble Un Cristo di marmo e nella 
 
 in the Minerva close by the Minerva accanto alia cappella 
 
 principal chapel. maggiore. borghini. 
 
 Clothed with, vestito, genitive. 
 
 But when we entered the Ma entrati net tempio, tr&- 
 temple we found a priest vammo un sacerdote di bianca 
 clothed with a white dress. veste vestito. sanazzaro. 
 
 Cold (to be), axere freddo, speaking of a man; fare 
 freddo, speaking of the weather. 
 
 It was in the month of De- Egli eranelmese di Decembre } 
 cember, and we were very enoiavevamogranfreddo. 
 cold. 
 
CQ. CO 97 
 
 This morning was very cold. Faceva gran freddo sta mat- 
 
 Una. 
 
 Come to (to), venire per or a, with the infinitive. 
 
 Then hearing, that King Dapoi sentendo che il re Catlo 
 Charles IT. was coming by sea II. veniva per mare per cacciar/o 
 to drive hhn out of Sicily, &c. di Sicilia, ec. bandello. 
 
 Likewise his precursor, who Similmente il suo precursore, il 
 came before Christ to prepare, quale venne innanzi Cristo ad 
 &c. apparecchiare, ec. passavanti. 
 
 Come to see (to), venire a trovare, accusative. 
 
 Roderigo, I have come Jto see Roderigo, io son venuto a tro- 
 you. varti. macchiavelli. 
 
 Come near (to), accostarsi, dative. 
 
 The galley, on board of which La galea, sopra la quale Vim- 
 the Emperor was, came near peratore era, s'accostb al porto. 
 the port. varchi. 
 
 Come back (to), ritornare. 
 I shall come back directly. Ritornerb presto. 
 
 Come from (to), venire? genitive. 
 
 And his business being in a Ed essendo il caso suo tenero, 
 bad way, news suddenly came vennero in un subito di Levante, 
 from the East and West-Indies. e di Ponente novelle. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Come to pass (to), axrcerdre. 
 
 What you have several times Qnello, chetu hai predetto piu 
 foretold, is at last come to volte, e alia fine avvenuto. 
 pass. SOAVE. 
 
 Come together (to), radunarsi. 
 
 The members of Parliament I membri del Parlamento si 
 are come together. sono radunati. 
 
 H 
 
98 CO CO 
 
 Come and meet (to), venire incontro, dative. 
 
 In the first place, the whole Primkramenie, gli venrie in- 
 Clergy came in a procession contrq in processione tutto il 
 and met him. Chiericato. varchi. 
 
 Command (to), comandare, dative. 
 
 Who are induced to go to . I quali s'inducono ad andar in 
 Court with a secure hope of corte con sicura speranza di 
 commanding others. comandare ad altri. boccalini. 
 
 Command one to (to), ordinate, comandare ad una 
 di, with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 Where they commanded the Dove per poter far guerra 
 soldiers to be paid, in order to lungamente, eglino ordinarofto* 
 be able to make a long war. di pagar i soldati. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Having commanded one of his Avendo ordinato ad un suo 
 ministers to cut his throat. ministro che lo scannasse. 
 
 SEGNI, 
 
 Commit a thing to one (to), commeitere una cosa 
 in lino. 
 
 You well know that your Se- Voi ben sapete che non per 
 
 cretary has committed his de- diffidenza ha il Secretario vos- 
 
 fence to others, not through tro commessa in altri la difesa 
 
 diffidence, &c. sua, ec. tolomei. 
 
 Compare (to), fare par a gone, genitive. 
 
 I repeat to you, I do not com- Torno a dire, che io non fo 
 pare Jerusalem with the Iliad. paragone dell a Gerusalemme 
 
 con Vlliade. algarotti. 
 
 Compassionate one (to), avere pieta, genitive.. 
 
 The love I bear you, obliges L'amor che vi porto mi sforza 
 me to compassionate you* aver pieta di voi. firenzuola. 
 
 * The dative is understood here. 
 
CO- — GO 99 
 
 Compel one to (to), fare a uhb, with" an infinitive 
 without a preposition ; costringere : di, with the infinitive. 
 
 After so much toil, who could Chi dopo tante fatiche farebbe 
 
 compel the poor labourers to ai poveri lavoratori rigettare 
 
 throw the grain in the ground il grano nelle terre senza la 
 
 without hope? speranza? eoccaccio. 
 
 Compensate one for (to),, compensare ww, genitive. 
 
 Oh! if I could find a Teal Oh se potessi trovare un vero 
 
 friend ! that alone could com- amico ! questo solo basterebbe a 
 
 pensate me for the loss of my comvensarmi della perdita del 
 
 father. genitore. altanesi. 
 
 Complain for (to), dolersi di, with the infinitive, if 
 the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise eke, 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 So that, Giusto, do not com- Sicche non ti dolghi, Giusto> 
 
 plain/or being old. d'esser vecchio. gelli. 
 
 The celebrated Roman poet, 11 gran poeta ~Roma.no, die si 
 
 who complains that it (Cre- duole ch'ella (Cremona) fosse 
 
 rhona) was too near his Mantua., alia sua Mantua troppo vicina. 
 
 BORGHINI. 
 
 Comply with one's wishes (to), conformarsi al 
 volere, genitive. 
 
 I cannot deny but that she al- Negar non posso che ella non 
 ways complied with the wishes si sia sempre al volere del suo 
 of her husband. sposo conformata. 
 
 Conceal from (to), celare, occultare, dative. 
 
 He concealed from every one Celava agli occhi altrui il 
 
 the sad temper which tormen* tetro umore che lo molestava. 
 
 ted him. albergati. 
 
 Dear Colombine, I cannot A te, cara Colombina, non 
 
 conceal/rom you the truth. posso occultare il vero. 
 
 GOLDONL 
 
 H 2 
 
100 
 
 CO CO 
 
 Concern (to), appartenersi, dative. 
 
 Every one speaks of what Ciascuno ricorda quello che 
 
 s'appartiene alia cultura. 
 
 PANDOLFINI. 
 
 concerns cultivation. 
 
 Concerns one (it), tocca, dative. See Be, in the 
 sense of one's turn. 
 
 Concern (that does not), before a personal pronoun, 
 such as, to me, to thee, to him, &c. Non in 1 importa, or 
 fion importa a me ; non f importa, or non importa a te> ec\ 
 
 Conclude (to), concludere di, with the infinitive, if 
 the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise, che 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 They concluded to speak to 
 his father about it. 
 
 The creditors of Roderigo 
 assembled, and thinking it was 
 over with him, concluded that 
 it would be a good thing to 
 watch him. 
 
 Conclusero di parlar-we at 
 padre. bembo. 
 
 I creditori di Roderigo si rw- 
 irinsero insieme, e giudicanda 
 che fosse spacciato, conclusero 
 che fosse bene osservarlo, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI, 
 
 Condition that (on), con paito che % with the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Caesar said he would do it, on Cesare disse che lo farebbe con 
 
 condition that she would re~ patto cKella del suo incommodo 
 
 compense him for his trouble. lo ricompensasse. banjjello, 
 
 Confer on (to), confer ire a or in. 
 
 Thus the kind of the Repub- In questo modo si annichila la 
 
 lie is annihilated, in as much as 
 the power of conducting affairs 
 of secrecy not being conferred 
 on it, &c. 
 
 I am certain that you will 
 confer on it that honour, &c. 
 
 spezie delta Repubblica, che non 
 essendo conferite a lei le cose 
 private, ec. montemagno. 
 
 Sono certo che conferirete in 
 lei quell' onore, ec. 
 
 MONTEMAGNO* 
 
CO CO 
 
 101 
 
 Confide in (to), jidarsi, genitive. 
 
 I have sometimes thought, Ho pensato talora che sia ben 
 that it is well never to confide non fidarsi mai di persona nel 
 in any man'm the world. mondo. castjglione. 
 
 Comfort with (to), confortarc, genitive. 
 
 And if you like to stay there, E se ti diletta di star seco, la 
 the country will comfort you villa ti conforta di splendido 
 with a brilliant sun, sole. pandolfini. 
 
 Congratulate one upon, or for (to), congratu- 
 larsi con uno, genitive, or per, before an infinitive. 
 
 I congratulate you upon it. 
 
 I continually congratulate 
 my own country for having al- 
 ways had literary women. 
 
 Me ne congratulo con esso vol* 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 To mi congratulo sempre colla 
 mia patria per aver essa sempre 
 avuto delle feminine letterate. 
 
 GAN6ANELLI. 
 
 Consent (to), consentire a or di, with the infinitive, 
 if the subject of the two verbs be the same; otherwise 
 che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 He would not consent to marry 
 her. 
 
 And we consent that all those 
 things, which gave rise to the 
 war, should be your's. 
 
 Non voile egli consentire di 
 maritar-ta. 
 
 E noi consentiamo che tutte 
 quelle cose, per le quali la guerra 
 ebbecominciamento, swnovostre. 
 passwanti. 
 
 Consequence (to be the), seguire, ablative. 
 
 Imagine a city unguided by Proponete nelli * animi vostri 
 
 the helm of justice , and con- una citia guidata senza governo 
 
 sider all the effects which are di giustizia, e considerate tutti 
 
 the consequence of it. gli effetti che ne f seguono. 
 
 MONTEMAGNO. 
 
 * Nelli for negli, according to the modern orthography, 
 f Ne stands for from it, 
 
 H 3 
 
102 CQ—C0 
 
 Console one's-self for (to), consolarsi, genitive. 
 
 But he could never console Mai perb non pote consolarsi 
 himself for the death of Bel- della morte di Belfiore. soave, 
 fiore. 
 
 Construction upon things (to put a good or a 
 bad), vol g ere tut to in bene, or in male. 
 
 Why will 'you put a bad con- Perche voleta voi volgerz tutto 
 struction upon all she does ? cio che fa ella in male ? 
 
 Contented with, contento, genitive. 
 
 Contented with the little he E piil non volea contento del 
 had, he wished for nothing poco che aveva. pas savant*. 
 else. 
 
 Contented with (to be), contenlarsi, genitive. 
 
 He would commit the same Farebbe il medesimo errore, 
 fault, as those who were con- che chi si contentasse della pro- 
 tented with the probability of babilita de" flosqfi. varchi. 
 philosophers. 
 
 Contradict one (to), contraddire, dative. 
 
 Shew me how do they con- Mostratemi in che modo con~ 
 tradict themselves. traddicono a se stessi. varchi. 
 
 Contrary (on the), per, or al contrario. 
 
 And thus on the contrary E cosi per contrario dove questa 
 where this holy virtue reigns, santa virtii regna, ec. 
 
 &C. MONTE MAGNO, 
 
 Converse upon (to), ragionare, genitive. 
 
 I often heard you converse Di pittura io vi sentiva spesso 
 upon the art of painting, with ragionare con Eustachio Man- 
 Eustachio Manfredi. fredi. algarotti, 
 
 Copious in (to be), copioso, genitive. 
 
 Abounding in provisions, and Pompeo abbonddnte di viverij 
 
105 
 
 copious in money, Pompey e copioso di denari poteva dis- 
 could defeat the enemies. truggere Vinimico. chiabrera. 
 
 Correspond (to), tenere corrispondenza con. 
 
 He attended to bis study, and Egli attendeva ai suoi stud], 
 corresponding with the Albini, e tenendo corrispondenza GOgli 
 Hailed, and Morgagni, &c. Albini, cogli Halleri, e co* 
 
 Morgagni, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Covered with, coperto, rivestito, genitive. 
 
 The leafy elder trees covered Ifronzuti sambuchi coperti di 
 
 with odoriferous flowers. fiori odoriferi. sannazzaro. 
 
 I see here fields, hills, trees Io veggio qui campi colli ar- 
 
 covered with green leaves and bori di verdi frondi, e di fiori 
 
 flowers. . rivestiti. Boccaccio. 
 
 Could is generally the sign of the conditional. 
 
 Then the knights, sword in Allora i Cavalierly col brando 
 hand, could gain victories,&c. in mano, guadagnerebbera vit~ 
 
 torie, ec. chiabrera. 
 
 Could, having a signification of its own, is expressed 
 by the imperfect or the definite tense of potere, which 
 governs an infinitive, without a preposition. 
 
 A letter could not enter that In cfuel capo una lettera non 
 head. poteva entrare. bembo. 
 
 Court one {to), fare corte, dative. 
 
 In vain do ' our poets court Invano _ i nostri poeti fanno 
 the muses, &c. cor te alle muse, ec. 
 
 CHIABRERA. 
 
 Crave for (to), implorare, accusative. 
 
 In the meantime pray to God Intanto voi pregate Dio per 
 for me, which is the only help me, che e Vunico soccorso che 
 that I crave for. imploro. zeno. 
 
104 CR- DA 
 
 Cross oneself (to), farsi il segno delta croce. 
 
 She crossed herself, saying, . Ella si fece il segno delta 
 &c. croce, dicendo, ec. 
 
 FIORENTINO. 
 
 And being frightened he eras- E spaventato si fece il segno 
 sed himself. della croce. manni. 
 
 Crowned with flowers, ghirlandato difiori. 
 
 Bat as I am old, I did not Ma a me gia canuto salire qui 
 
 think that it became me to ghirlandato di freschi Jiori di 
 
 ascend this place, crowned Parnaso, pareami mat conve- 
 
 with, flowers newly gathered nevole. chiabrera. 
 on Parnassus. 
 
 Crowned with, coronato, genitive. 
 
 Having entered the temple of Entrati nel tempio della Dea, 
 the Goddess, we saw a priest trovammo un sacerdote di verdi 
 crowned with green leaves, frondi coronato. sannazzaro. 
 
 Curiosity to, curiosita di, with the infinitive. 
 
 And as he had the curiosity E avendo mostrato curiosita di 
 to see that which your highness vedere qnello che Valtezza vos- 
 sent to Menagio, &c. tra ha mandaio ad esso Mena- 
 
 gio, ec. MAGALOTTI. 
 
 D. 
 
 Dally with (to), beffare, accusative. 
 
 Consider in how many places Considerate in quanti luaghi 
 they dally with them. gli beffano. VARcm. 
 
 Danger in (there is a), v'e pericolo <z, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 They say there is a danger n Si dice che v e pericolo a par- 
 speaking of it only. lar-we solamente. 
 
DA DA 
 
 105 
 
 Dare to (to), ardire, avere ardire, avere il coraggio, 
 osare di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Because nobody dares to com- 
 pel great masters. 
 
 Who (Lucretia) in order to 
 escape the impure desires of 
 your tyrant dared to poison her- 
 self. 
 
 As he never dared to com- 
 plain of that which, &c. 
 
 You who dared to enter these 
 horrible places, &c. 
 
 Perciocche nessuno di costrin- 
 gere ardisce i gran maestri. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 La quale per fuggire le diso- 
 neste voglie del vo'stro tiranno 
 ebbe I'ardire di prendere il ve- 
 leno. FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Non avendo egli mai avuto il 
 coraggio di lagnarsi di quello 
 che, ec. altanksi. 
 
 Tu che osati di penetrare in- 
 questi luoghi terribili, ec. soave. 
 
 Dash against (to), pernio t ere in. 
 
 And he answered, my ship Ed egli rispose, la mia nate 
 dashed against a rock. percosse in uno scoglio. 
 
 riORENTINO. 
 
 Dated the, in speaking of letters, de\ del, or in 
 data, with the genitive. 
 
 I received your letter dated 
 the I2feh of this month. 
 
 Your dear letter dated Au- 
 gust the 20th. 
 
 I received the letter you 
 wrote to me, dated the eighth 
 of the present January. 
 
 lo ricevei la vdstra lettera de* 
 dodici di questo. caro. 
 
 La carissima vostra lettera del 
 venti d'Agosto. metastasio. 
 
 Mi e giunta la lettera che mi 
 scrivete in data degli otto del 
 Gennajo corrente. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 Dazzled with, abbagliato, ablative. 
 My eyes were dazzled with Dallo splendore abbugliati 
 
 splendor. 
 
 eran gli oechi miei. 
 
106 BE— DE 
 
 Dearly, a cm^o prezzo. 
 
 Skilful men have given them Gli uomini accorti le hanno 
 
 such a reputation, that they paste in coil gran credito che 
 are purchased very dearly. a molto caro prezzo sono com- 
 
 perate. boccalini. 
 
 Decide to (to), disporsi di, with the infinitive. 
 This have I already decided Questo m'ho gia disposto di 
 t0 do. fare. gelli. 
 
 Deck one with (to), adornare una di. See Adorn. 
 Decline to (to), ricusare di } with the infinitive. 
 
 I was invited to the bali^ Fui invitato al hallo, ma ri- 
 but I declined to go* cusai di andarvi. 
 
 Decorated with, ornato, genitive. See Adorned. 
 
 Decree (to), decretare che } with the -subjunctive. 
 
 The king decreed that they Decretb it re, che si facesse 
 should make a law. una legge, ec. 
 
 Defer (to), diferiredf, aspeitare a, with the infinitive. 
 
 Do not defer to tell him your : Non diferite di dir-gli la 
 
 mind. v " vostra intertzione. bembo. 
 
 Defer going till to-morrow. Aspettate a partire finq a 
 
 domani. goldon^i. 
 
 Defraud one of a thing (to), frodare, defraudare 
 una cosa, dative. 
 
 The bread of which you de- II pane che tu frodavi ad un 
 f ! auded a 'poor old man, he. vecchio languido,, ec. soave. 
 
 Deign to (to), degnarsi, with the infinitive, with or 
 without di before it, when the subject of the two verbs is 
 the same; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 He only begs he will deign Solo lo prega a degnarsi di 
 ■to receive and accept him as a ricever-Zo ed accettar-fo per 
 servant. servitore. bembo. 
 
DE— DE 
 
 107 
 
 If nature did not deign to 
 adorn their minds, &c. 
 
 I wish for nothing else but 
 rest, if our lord would deign 
 to permit me to enjoy any. 
 
 Se la natura non s'e degnata 
 ornar Vanimo loro. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 lo altro non desidero che ri- 
 poso quando N. S. si degnasse 
 che io lo pigliassi. BEMBo. 
 
 Delay a thing (to), dare iniugio, dative. 
 
 Which Mark Antony know- 11 che da Marco Antonio sa- 
 ing, proposed to delay the 6m- puto, si propose di dar indugio 
 
 siness, 
 
 alia cosa. 
 
 BANDELLO, 
 
 Deliberate about (to), deliberare, ddiberarsi di 9 
 with the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the 
 same ; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 And as she could not kill her 
 sister, she deliberated about 
 burying her alive. 
 
 And as he could not bear his 
 ardent passion, he deliberated 
 about putting an end to his 
 existence. 
 
 E non potendo uccidere la 
 sorella delibero di sotterrar-Za 
 viva, gozzi. 
 
 E non potendo piu sopportar 
 le acute fiamme si deliberb di 
 morire. fortini. 
 
 Delight (to), dare gusto, dative. 
 
 Francis Berni said, with a Francesco Berni con piacevo- 
 kindness that delighted Vene- lezza che diede gusto alia li- 
 tiau liberty. berta Veneziana disse. 
 
 BOCCALINI. 
 
 Delight in (to), dikttarsi, pigliare, or prendere, 
 piaeere, genitive, or di, with the infinitive. 
 
 He associated with those who Trattava con coloro che ricchi 
 
 were rich, and delighted in erano, e di mangiare delle 
 eating good things. ) buo^ie cose si dilettavano. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
108 
 
 DE- 
 
 DE 
 
 He soon began to delight in 
 the honours and pomp of the 
 world. 
 
 He was a shameful spectacle 
 to those who delighted in his 
 misfortunes. 
 
 Subiio comincib a pigliar pia* 
 cere degii onoii e delle pompe 
 del mondo, macchiavelli. 
 
 Fu opprobrioso spettacolo di 
 coloro che de* suoi mali pren- 
 devano piacere. boccaccio. 
 
 Demand of (to), domandare, dative. See Ask 
 
 Demolish (to), porre in terra,, accusative. 
 And the Germans having de- 
 
 molished a great part of the 
 fortress of Rovere with their 
 artillery, &c. 
 
 E avendo i Tedeschi eon le 
 
 artiglierie huona parte delta 
 
 rocca di rovere posta in terra, ec. 
 
 bembo. 
 
 Deny to (to), negare di, with the infinitive, provided 
 the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che, 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 I do not deny that I have not 
 attempted, &c. 
 
 Do you deny that she is beau- 
 tiful and amiable } 
 
 Non niego gia di non aver 
 tentatOj ec. varchi. 
 
 Negherete cKella si a bella, 
 cti ella sia amabile? golooni. 
 
 Depart (to), in the sense of to die, passare, trapas- 
 sere, genitive. 
 
 He departed this life the ele- 
 venth of May. 
 
 But there were great many 
 people who departed this life 
 without witness^ &c. 
 
 Agti undid di Maggio egli di 
 questa vita passb. bembo. 
 
 Ma assai nerano di quelli 
 ehe di questa vita trapassa- 
 vano senza testimonj, ec. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Depart from (to), partire, genitive. 
 
 The Phenicians having de- I Fenici, pariiti di Siria, ec. 
 parted/row Syria, &e. boccacciq. 
 
DE— DE 
 
 109 
 
 Depend on or upon (to), pendere, dipendere, ablative, 
 fare capitate^ genitive. 
 
 His whole plan depends upon 
 you. 
 
 We may therefore say that it 
 (the Italian language) depends 
 OTi the Latin. 
 
 If you want protection, as- 
 sistance; advice, depend on me. 
 
 Da voi pende tutto il suo fine, 
 
 BSMBO. 
 
 Si potrd, dunque dire cKella 
 dipenda dalla Latina. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Se vi occorre protezione, as- 
 sistenza, consiglio, fate capitate 
 di me. goldonj. 
 
 Derive from (to), trarre, genitive. 
 
 Who is the man who does 
 not derive a great pleasure 
 from the country ? 
 
 Quale uomo e che non tragga 
 gran piacere della villa ? 
 
 pandoleini. 
 
 Derived from (to be), nascere, ablative ; trarre, 
 genitive ; derware, ablative ; provenire, ablative. 
 And although painting is E benche diversa sia la pittura 
 
 different from sculpture, yet 
 both of them are derived from 
 the same source, which is draw- 
 ing. 
 
 From which great utility is 
 derived. 
 
 And shall this hope be vain, 
 which is derived from such 
 compassionate hearts, so desi- 
 rous of true glory ? 
 
 So that when we can prove 
 that a language is derived from 
 another noble language, &c. 
 
 dalla statuaria, pur Vuna e 
 Valtra da un medesimo fonte, 
 eft e il buon disegno, nasce. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Delia quale si traggono molte 
 ut'dita. CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 E fa * vana questa speranza, 
 la quale da cosi pietosi animi, 
 di vera gloria cotanto cupidi, 
 deriva ? 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Talche, qua?id' ei si pub 
 provar che una lingua derivi 
 da un' altra nohile, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI, 
 
 Fia for sara, better used in poetry. 
 
110 
 
 BE DE 
 
 I believe Mr. Giaciato has a 
 good heart, and that all the 
 evil is derived from his preju- 
 dices. 
 
 Credo die nel Signor Giacinio 
 vi sia un fondo buono, £ che 
 tutto il male provenga da' pre- 
 giudizj suoi. goldoni. 
 
 Deserve to (to), meritare di, with the infinitive, if 
 the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che 5 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 And she very much deserved 
 to be loved by you. 
 
 Although I write to you this 
 letter after supper, buried in 
 wine and sleep, it deserves 
 nevertheless that you should 
 reckon it among those, &c. 
 
 Ed ella molto meritava d 'es- 
 sere da voi amata. bembo. 
 
 Se ben vi scrivo questa letlera 
 dopo cena> sepolto tra'lvinoe 
 tra 'Z sonno 3 contutto cib ella si 
 merita che la noveriate jra 
 quelle , ec. redi» 
 
 Design to (to), designare dL with the infinitive. See 
 Intend. 
 
 Desire one to (to), pregare uno di 9 with the in- 
 finitive. See Beg. 
 
 Desire to (to), desiderare di, avere desiderio dz, with 
 the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 I desire to have a full account 
 of the state of the bishopric of 
 Adria. 
 
 Your silence and attention, 
 &c. make me clearly see that 
 you desire nothing but to listen 
 to me. 
 
 I only desire thai he will put 
 him under the care of any of 
 his conductors. 
 
 Desidero d'aver plena informa- 
 zione del vescovado a" Adria. 
 
 DEL LA CAS A.. 
 
 II vosiro sihnzio, V attenzione, 
 ec. mi fa chiaramente conoscere 
 che voi non avete altro desiderio 
 che d'ascoltarmi. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Solo desidero, eh' egli lo dia 
 in cura ad alcuno de' suoi con- 
 duttori. BEMBO. 
 
DE DI 111 
 
 Desirous to, hramoso, desidevo&o di, with the in- 
 Snitive. 
 
 Therefore desirous to know >Onde bramdso di sapere chi 
 who was her father, &c. fosse il padre di quella, ec. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 The men, who, desirous to Gli uomini, che desiderosi di 
 listen to the ladies, had fol- ascoltare, seguito aveano le 
 lowed them, &c. dame, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Despair to (to), disperare di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Because there are many peo- Perche moltl sono, die, dis- 
 
 ple, who, despairing to find it perando di poterla trovare in' 
 
 (truth) in all questions, never ogni quistione, in niuna la cer- 
 
 seek for it in any of them. cano. bembo. 
 
 Despised by (to be), divemre in despregio, genitive. 
 
 But who knows not that Ma chi non sa che Lodovico e 
 Ludovico is despised by every divenuto in dispregio di cias- 
 one. ciino. guicciardini. 
 
 Die with (to), morire, genitive. 
 
 And a few months after he E pochi mesi dopo e morto di 
 died with grief. rammarico. soave. 
 
 Different in... from, diverso, genitive... ablative. 
 
 Therefore man is different in Onde Vuomo per lo essere egli 
 
 species from all other animals, razionale e diverso di spezie 
 
 on account of his being ra- da tutti gli aitri animali. 
 
 tional. varc'h'i- 
 
 Diligent in, diligente a, with the infinitive. 
 
 Ke is diligerit in serving his Egli e diligente a servire i sum 
 friends. amicL 
 
 Disappoint (to), ventre meno, dative. 
 
 He (God) never disappointed Egli non venne mai meno ad 
 anybody that hoped in him. alcuno, che in ly.% sperosse. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
112 M DI 
 
 Disappointed in (to be), trovarsideluso, genitive, 
 
 Charles III. was disappointed Carlo III. si trovfo deluso delis 
 in the hope he bad of acquiring speranza che aveva di acquistar 
 a province. unaprovincia. denina. 
 
 Discover (to), fare palese, dative. 
 
 He resolved to discover all Deliherb ad un suo fidato 
 his love to an intimate friend aniico tutto il suo amore far 
 of his. palese* bandello. 
 
 Disgusted with, disgustato, genitive. 
 
 She was really disgusted with Ella era in realta del mondo 
 the world, disgustata. 
 
 Disobey (to), disubbidire, dative. 
 
 Disobey not your parents and Non disubbidite ai vostri geni- 
 superiors. tori, e ai vostri superiori. 
 
 Displease (to), dispiacere^ dative. 
 
 Being totally unsolicitous as Non curandosi di dispiacere a 
 to displeasing that woman, quella donna che sommamente 
 whom he tenderly loved. amava. castiglione* 
 
 Distrust (,to), diffidarsi, genitive. 
 
 That it may not appear that Accib non possa parere che io> 
 1 distrust your virtue, mi diffidi della vostra virtu. 
 
 bembo, 
 
 Display (to), farepompa, genitive. 
 
 With the greatest attention I Colla piu esatta attenzione ho 
 
 read the manuscript, in which letto il manoscritto y in cui si 
 
 you have so nobly displayed all nobilmente ha ellafatto pompa 
 
 the beauties of our language. di tutte le beilezze della nostra 
 
 lingua* GANGANELLI, 
 
 Displeased with, disgustato di, with the infinitive. 
 And the Chevalier, displeased E il Cavaliere disgustato da 
 
DI DO 
 
 US 
 
 with his being ill received, has 
 thought badly of her. 
 
 essere mat accollo, avra peri' 
 sato mal di lei. goldont. 
 
 Dispute about (to), disputare, genitive, or per. 
 
 I do not care to dispute about 
 
 a trifle. 
 
 Per una bagattella disputar 
 non euro. 
 
 Do (to), fare: when do and did are accompanied with 
 another verb, such as 1 do speak, we did walk, Sec. they 
 are to be omitted in Italian, and the verb is put in the 
 same tense in which do and did are ; saying ioparlo, not 
 camminavamo, as if it were, I speak, we walked, and not 
 iofoparlare, noifacevamo eanlminare.. 
 
 Do one a favour to (to) 5 fare grazia, or fare piacere 
 a uno. with an infinitive with or without di before it. 
 
 When you have an opportu- 
 nity, you will do me the favour 
 to kiss his hand in ray name. 
 
 You will do me the favour to 
 write to me one day of his 
 opinion about it. 
 
 Quando verra a proposito a V t 
 Sig. mifara grazia di baciargli 
 la mano a nome mio. 
 
 DELLA CASAi 
 
 Mifara piacere scriver-mene 
 un d"i la sua opinione. 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 Doubt (to), dubitare, genitive 
 
 To distrust Pamela, is the 
 same as to doubt the light 
 of the sun. 
 
 Diffidar di Pam.ela, e lo stesso 
 che dubitar della luce del sole. 
 
 GOLDONIe 
 
 Doubt (to), dubitare di, with the infinitive, when the 
 subject of the two verbs is the same ; otherwise, che non 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 lo d'ingannarmi quasi dubi- 
 terei. metastasio. 
 
 La quale modestia, benche vif- 
 tuosa sia, dubito nondimeno che 
 non gli sia dannosct, tolomei. 
 
 I almost doubt I was mistaken, 
 
 Which modesty, although it 
 is a virtue, I doubt, it may be 
 hurtful to him. 
 
114 BR EA 
 
 Dress one's-sElf with (to), rivestirsi, genitive. 
 
 And he told me you dressed E mi disse che voi vi r'westiste 
 yourself with the clothes of d'aitri panni. bemBo. 
 
 others. 
 
 Dressed in, vestiio, genitive. 
 
 And his boy Was all dressed Ed il suo ragazzo fa vestito 
 in white satin. tutto di raso bianco, varchi. 
 
 Driven from, cacciato, genitive. 
 
 Cadmus, king of Thebes, Cadmo, re di Tebe, di quella 
 driven from that very city medesima citta ch'egli avea 
 which he had built, &c. edificata, cacciato, ec. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Drop (to), lasciarsi cadere di mano, accusative. 
 
 Perhaps I shall imprudently Forse mi lascero cadere inavve- 
 drop my fan. dutamente il ventaglio di mono. 
 
 CELESIA. 
 
 During, durante^ which is generally understood. 
 
 Which river during that day II qualfume corse quel oTt piic 
 increased on account of the grosso di sangue degV inimici. 
 enemies' blood. guicciardint. 
 
 E. 
 
 Each, being by itself, or followed by a personal pro- 
 noun, ciascuno. 
 
 His other knights were the Gli altri suoi cavalieri furon® 
 Count of, &c. each of them, il conte di, ec ; e ciascuno di 
 &c. essij ec. caro. 
 
EA EI 115 
 
 Each other, relating to two persons only, Vuno 
 Valtro ; to more than one person, gli uni, gli altri ; and 
 the verb to which they are united becomes a reflec- 
 tive:* as, we love each other, not ci amiam Vuno Valtro. 
 All those people love each other like brothers, tutti 
 guelli s'amano gli uni gli altri comefratelli. 
 
 Each other, preceded by a preposition,t Vuno Valtro^ 
 gli uni, gli altri; putting Vuno, or gli uni y before the 
 preposition. 
 
 They speak for each other. Parla Vun per Valtro. 
 
 They buy from each other. Comprano gli uni dagli altri. 
 
 If it be true that the state, S'egli e vero che la situazione, 
 
 in which men are, of standing in cui gli uomini sono costituiti, 
 
 in need of each other's help, d'aver uno bisogno dell 'ajuto 
 
 &c. dell* altro, ec. altanesi. 
 
 Echo with (to), risonare, eccheggiare, genitive. 
 
 Whilst Tully thus spoke to Mentre in tat guisa Tullio mi 
 me, those caverns echoed with tfattenea, risonarono quegli an- 
 divers low voices. tri di varie sommesse vocL 
 
 NOTTI ROMANE. 
 
 Every one made the air on Ognuno di lieti viva ed ap- 
 every side resound with merry plausi faceva Varia echeggiar 
 cheers and applauses. d'ogni parte. soave. 
 
 Either, preceded by a preposition, o Vuno, o Valtro, 
 
 * Sometimes each other are not expressed j but the verb is to 
 be a reflective. Which (friendship) is nothing but a promise 
 between two people to love each other mutually, che non e che 
 un contratto fra due persone ad amarsi scambievolmente. altanesi. 
 
 f We 6nd in some authors uno, without an article. 
 12 
 
116 EI EN 
 
 Ivhich require the preposition should be repeated in 
 Italian. 
 
 I brought this book for either Io ho portato questo libro d 
 of you. per Vuno o per Valtro di voi. 
 
 Either on, o vero, sia che...o, o...o, with the 
 
 subjunctive. 
 
 Either he had that instruction Sia che avesse cib nelle sue 
 
 from Rome, or it came into istruzioni di Roma, o che gliene 
 
 his mind, &c. 7iascesse il pensiero^ ec. denina. 
 
 The intention of him who Vintenzione di chi fa guerra 
 
 makes war either through choice per elezione o vero per ambi- 
 
 or ambition. zione. macchiavelli. 
 
 Where is that faith, in the Qual ' e oggi quella fede sz 
 
 present day, of so persevering perseverante, che combattuta 
 
 a nature, as not to be subdued dalV avarizia non soccomba o 
 
 by the attacks of avarice, ei- per accrescere la facolta, o per 
 
 ther to increase power, or in- Vingiustizia 3 o per V ambizione? 
 
 justice, or ambition? montemagno. 
 
 Elect one for (to), eleggere uno, dative. 
 I thank them for having Io ringrazio le Signorie loro 
 thought of electing me for this che pensato abbiano d'eleggermx 
 enterprize. a questa impresa. eembo. 
 
 Employ in (to), impiegare a, with the infinitive. 
 He never employed an hour Non mai impiegb del suo tempo 
 of his time in rendering a ser- un y ora a servire i suoi amici. 
 vice to his friends. soave. 
 
 Empower one to (to), dare il potere a uno di, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 The king empowered his fa- Diede il re alia innammorafa 
 vorite mistress to do what she favorita il potere di far cib che 
 liked. le piacesse. bandello. 
 
 Enable one to (to), mettere uno in istato di, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
EN- EN 117 
 
 He said, he had enabled Egli disse che in venti lezioni 
 
 the governess of Lord N's aveva messo la governante della 
 
 daughter to teach Italian in fig lia di Milord. . , in istato d'in- 
 
 twenty lessons. segnar Vltaliano. 
 
 Enamoured with, inammorato, amante, genitive. 
 See Love with. 
 
 Enamelled with, ingemmato, smaltato, genitive. 
 
 But seeing a little path ena- Ma scoprendo un picciol sen- 
 melled with beautiful flowers, Hero ingemmato di vaghi fto- 
 &c. retti, ec. albergati. 
 
 Encourage (to), animare, accusative; mettere animo , 
 dare vigore, dative. 
 
 For this was an act capable of Perche questo fu un alto da 
 
 encouraging the most timid per- mettere animo a ogni timida 
 
 son, persona. bembo. 
 
 Neptune is represented under Si rappresenta Nettuno sotto 
 
 the appearance of Calcante, sembianza di Calcante a dare 
 
 in order to encourage them. loro * vigore. chiabrera. 
 
 End that (to the), accioeche, with the subjunctive. 
 See Order that. 
 
 End of (at the), in capo, dative. 
 
 So that at the end of a few Sicche in capo a poche setti- 
 weeks, &c. mane, ec. denina. 
 
 Endanger (to), porre inpericolo, mettere in pericolo, 
 accusative. 
 
 I indeed think it is a very A me certo par cosa dura, che 
 hard thing, that people should con una pruova cos\ incerta, si 
 
 * Loro here is a dative, instead of a loro. 
 I 3 
 
118 
 
 EN EN 
 
 with such ease endanger the 
 honour of honest men by such 
 an uncertain proof. 
 
 Three bills of exchange which 
 become due this day, endanger 
 my credit and my life. 
 
 debbia agevolmente porre in 
 pericolo Vonore degli uomini 
 dabbene. tolomeI. 
 
 Tre lettere di cambio che sca- 
 dono in questo giorno mettono 
 in pericolo il mio credito e I'esser 
 mio. GOLDONI. 
 
 Endeavour to (to), prendere fatica,* studiarsi, sfor- 
 zarsi, ingegnarsi, procurare. These verbs govern the 
 infinitive with di before it, if the subject of the two verbs 
 be the same; otherwise, che with the subjunctive. 
 
 Nor shall I endeavour to shew 
 you, that friendship is a de- 
 lightful thing. 
 
 Endeavour then, my son, to 
 learn their language. 
 
 If the Catholics endeavoured 
 to pass over, &c. 
 
 Let one of those girls be 
 painted, whom poets endea- 
 vour to describe with words. 
 
 Endeavour to get that money, 
 &c. 
 
 Which (nature) I will en- 
 deavour shall not disobey your 
 commands in future, &c. 
 
 Ne per mostrar-m che Vamici- 
 zia sia cosa dilettevole prenderb 
 falica. salviati. 
 
 Studiati dunque, figliuolo, 
 d'imparar il loro linguaggio. 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 Se i Cattolici si sforzassero di 
 passare, ec. davila. 
 
 Facciasi adunque unafanciulla 
 di quelle che i poeti s'ingegnano 
 d'esprimere con parole, caro. 
 
 Questi denari procurate di ris- 
 cuotere, ec. bembo. 
 
 La quale, sforzandomi per lo 
 futuro che non si discosti dai 
 tuoi comandamenti, ec. gelli. 
 
 Endowed with, dotato, genitive. 
 
 Although we find some (wo- 
 men) endowed with virtue in 
 the times of the virtuous 
 
 Sebbene «' tempi de" virtuosi 
 Greci, e dei trionfanti Romani, 
 sene ritrovb alcuna dotata di 
 
 * Prendere fatica governs di or per. 
 
EN EN 119 
 
 Greeks and triumphing Ro- qualche virtu, ec. 
 
 mans, &c. firenzuqla. 
 
 Endued with, vestito, genitive. See Endowed 
 with. 
 Enemy to, nimico, genitive. 
 
 These are called prodigal Questi si dicono prodighi, ni- 
 people, enemies to their own mici del loro ben proprio. 
 
 good. PANDOLFINI, 
 
 Enjoy (to), godere, gustare, genitive and accusative. 
 
 It (the Italian language) not Ella non solo gode della no- 
 only enjoys the nobility of bilta di quelle, ec. 
 
 those, &C. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 And I tell you I should wash* E vi dico che io mi crederei 
 
 gine myself to enjoy here <m qui di gustare dell' eterna feli- 
 
 everlasting happiness, if God, citav, se Dio, ec. Boccaccio. 
 &c. 
 
 It will not be sufficient for Ne bastera agli uomini godere 
 
 men to enjoy the honest fruits i frutti onesti della libertd. 
 
 of liberty. guicciardini. 
 
 Enough for (to be), bastare, dative. 
 
 As the sacred ground was not Non bastando la terra sacra 
 enough for burials, alle sepolture. boccaccio. 
 
 Enough to (to be), bastare per, with the infinitive. 
 
 Some painters made a present Alcuni pittori donavano le 
 
 of his works, as they thought opere sue parendo loro che non 
 
 neither gold or silver was bastasse ne oro ne argento per 
 
 enough to pay for them. pagar-Ze. castiglione. 
 
 Enquire about a thing (to), informarsi, genitive. 
 
 Did you enquire about that Avete domandato di quello di 
 we spoke of yesterday ? cui parlammo jeri P goldoni 
 
 Enquire after one (to), domandare, genitive. 
 After Pandolfi was gone, sl^e Dopo che fu andato Pandolfi 
 enquired after him. ella di lui domandb. bembo 
 
 I 4 
 
V2Q 
 
 EN- 
 
 EQ 
 
 Enraged at, arrabbiato, sdegnato contra. 
 
 He could not speak, for he Nonpotevaparlare,perche era 
 
 was so enraged at him, &c. tanto contra lui sdegnato, ec. 
 
 Enrich one with (to), arricchire unoj genitive. 
 
 You praise that beneficent Voi date lode a questa madre 
 
 mother (nature) that was benefica, che ha v#luto ar- 
 
 pleased to enrich we with such ricchir-mi di quel potere. 
 a pouier. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Enter (to), entrare, penetrare in. 
 
 For a letter could not enter 
 that head. 
 
 You who dared to enter these 
 terrible places, fly thee hence 
 &c. 
 
 Cke in quel capo una lettera 
 non poteva entrare. bembo. 
 
 Tu che osasii penetrare in 
 questi luoghi terribili, sgombra 
 di qua, ec. soave. 
 
 Enter in a book (to), regis tr are in un libro, ac- 
 cusative. 
 
 I entered this morning in Ho registrato questa mattina 
 my book all that I received from 
 my customers. 
 
 Entreat one to (to), supplicare imo, or a uno di, 
 with the infinitive ; or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 Since you are so good to me Giacche ha tanta bonta per 
 
 tutto cio che ho riscosso dai 
 miei avvantori. 
 
 I entreat you to grant me a 
 favour. 
 And the cray-fish, having 
 some suspicion, one day en- 
 treated the bird to take him., 
 &c. 
 
 Equal in, pari, genitive. 
 
 They- certainly were equal in 
 perseverance and in boldness, 
 
 &c. 
 
 me la supplico di farmi una 
 grazia. goldoni. 
 
 E il gambero entrato in qual- 
 che sospetto, supplico all' uccelfo 
 che lo menasse, ec. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA, 
 
 Erano essi pari certamente di 
 costanza e d'ardire, ec. 
 
 DAVILA. 
 
EQ EV 121 
 
 Equal in (to), pareggiare, genitive. 
 
 The river increased so much Crebbe tanto iljiume, che p«- 
 as to equal in height the city reggib d'altezza le mura della 
 walls. - citta. villani. 
 
 Escape (to have a narrow), scapparla bene. 
 
 He indeed had a narrow es- Egli Vha davvero scappata 
 cape. bene. goldoni. 
 
 Esteem (to), avere in pregio, accusative. 
 
 But the ancients very much Perb gli antichi e Varte e gli 
 esteemed this art, and the artifici avevano in grandissimo 
 artists. pregio. castighone. 
 
 Esteemed (to be), essere in pregu tenersi in onore. 
 
 And he who is a great man E colui che e da molto, deve 
 must be certain, that virtue is esser certo, che in ogni parte e 
 everywhere much esteemed. in grandissimo pregio la virtu. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 I advise you to have your Io Vesorto a fare stampare 
 work printed, were it only to questa sua, opera, se non fosse 
 shew strangers that the sciences altro per provare agli stranieri, 
 are very much esteemed by us. che le scienze tra di noi si ten- 
 
 gono in grand 1 onore. 
 
 GANGANELLI. 
 
 Every one, ognuno, with the singular. 
 
 Oh, sweetness of Italy, how Oh dolcezza d' Italia quanto 
 abundant art thou ! every one sei grande ! ognuno cerca di 
 endeavours to taste of thee. gustarti. b. tasso. 
 
 Every other, preceding a noun of time, uno si, e 
 uno no, by either repeating the noun, or putting altro the 
 second time : As every other day. Un giorno si, e un 
 giorno no ; or un giorno si, e un altro no. Every other 
 week. Una seftimana si, e una settimana no; or una 
 settimana si, e un 1 altra no, Sec. 
 
122 EX FA 
 
 Example from (to take), imitare, accusative.' 
 
 Why should we not rather Perche non dobbiamo noi piut-- 
 take example from the Latins ? tosto i Latini imitare ? 
 
 B. TASSO. 
 
 Except, in fuor che ; da, . An fuora. 
 
 I like every thing you said, Tutte queste cose che hai detto, 
 
 except one. in fuor che una, mi piacciono. 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 In short I tell you, that, were In somma to ti dico, se io 
 I to choose a city for my resi- dovessi scegiiere alcuna cittaper 
 dence, I, exeept Bologna, &c. mio soggiorno, che io, da Bo~ 
 
 logna in fuora, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Expected from (to be), sperarsi, genitive. 
 And what can be expected E che si pub sperare di voi ? 
 
 from yOU ? MONTEMAG«5e = 
 
 Expel from (to), cacciare, genitive. 
 
 It was not a custom to expel Ne fa auesto costume di cat- 
 men from their own country. dare gli uomini del p*oprio 
 
 natio terrene boji©hini. 
 
 Experience (to), fare esperienza, genitive. 
 
 If your Highness had not Se VJltezza vostra non avesse 
 experienced both conditions, fatto esperienza dell' una e delT 
 &c. altra fort una, ec. .imsnina*. 
 
 Face one (to), fare fronte, fare faceia y dative. 
 
 Uggero then was in England, Uggero allota trovavasi irt 
 
 3*Nl every one knew he alone Inghilterra, e tutti ben viddero 
 could face the terrible, enemy. ch'egU solo poteva far f rente a I 
 
 terribil nemico, 
 
 so AVE. 
 
FA FA 123 
 
 Fail to (to), mancare di, with the infinitive, or only 
 the infinitive without any preposition. 
 
 And as this is your intention, E avendo vol quest" animo, non 
 
 I wiil not fail to tell you the voglio mancare di dir-viil modo, 
 
 way, &c. ec. caro. 
 
 Begging he would not fail to Pregandolo che non mancasse 
 
 let her know the time of set- far-Ze sapere il tempo di partire. 
 
 ting OUt. BANDELLO. 
 
 Faint away (to), venire meno. 
 
 Ginevra wept, and sobbing Pianse Ginevrae singhiozzan- 
 she resolved to go, &c. before do, all' espediente si apprese 
 she should faint away, &c. prima di venir meno di conduni, 
 
 ec. mann- I. 
 
 Fall asleep (to), addormentarsi. 
 
 Whilst the sun was setting, Mentre il sole immergevasi 
 
 she went in her arbour, and nelV oceano, ella andossene nella 
 
 as soon as she was seated, she sua pergola, e tosto che si fu 
 
 fell asleep. seduta addormentossi. 
 
 Fall in love with (to), innammorarsi, genitive. 
 
 It happened that as he saw a Avvenne che veggendo egli una 
 very handsome young woman, giovane oltre misura hello,, di 
 he fell in love with her. lei s'innammorb. bandello. 
 
 Fall a sacrifice, or a victim (to), essere vittima, 
 genitive. 
 
 And after two months she E due mesi dopofu vittima del 
 fell a victim to her grief. suo dolore. soave. 
 
 Fall under (to), soccombere, dative. 
 
 Despairing of his safety he Disperato delta sua salvezzafu 
 was nearly falling under his presso a soccombere alia sventu- 
 m/fortunate situation^ &c. rata situazione, ec. 
 
 ALBERGATI. 
 
124 FA— FA 
 
 Fall a laughing (to), mettersi a ridere. 
 
 On seeing him sTae fell a Al vederlo essa si e messa a 
 
 laughing. ridere. gold on i. 
 
 / 
 
 Fall upon (to), rimboccare addosso, dative. 
 
 But such a storm broke forth Ma tantaforza di tempesta si 
 in those places surrounded by levb in quel luoghi circondati 
 hills., covered with snow, that da poggi carichi di nevi, che 
 falling upon the army, it, &c. rimboccando addosso all' eser- 
 
 cito, ec. SEGNI. 
 
 Far from, non che. 
 
 But those words, far from Ma tali parole non che mi- 
 mitigating her grief, increased tigar la doglia sua vieppiii in 
 it still more. lei Vaccrescevano. soave. 
 
 Far hence, lungi di qui, lontano di qui. 
 
 We had an example of it not Un esempio ne abbiamo avuto 
 far hence, non lungi di qui. soave. 
 
 Far as (to), sino, insino, jino, infino, dative. See 
 Untill. 
 
 Far (by), di molto, di gran lunga, d'assai. 
 
 You must know, that I found Sappi, ch'io ho trovata Verona 
 
 Verona so magnificent, that it cost magnijica, cKella ha passato 
 
 has by far surpassed my expec- d'assai la mia aspettazione. 
 
 tation. algarotti. 
 
 Fatigued with, stanco, genitive. 
 
 Fatigued with the world, she Del mondo stanca, voile finir 
 put an end to her existence^ di vivere, ec. 
 &c. 
 
 Favour (in), ad utile, a pro, genitive. 
 
 Good citizens are wont to Sogliono i buoni cittadini es- 
 express in favour of the Repub- primer e ad utile della Repub- 
 lie, &c. blica, ec. montemagno. 
 
FA 
 
 FE 
 
 125 
 
 We beg you then to represent 
 our sincere sentiments in favour 
 of our Catholics. 
 
 La preghiamo dunque di rap- 
 presentare i nostri sinceri senti- 
 menti aprb dei nostri Cattolici. 
 
 BENEDETTO. XIV. 
 
 Favour (to), dare favor e, arridere, dative. 
 
 You will speak of it to Mr. 
 Dominic Bembo, that he may 
 favour my lawsuit. 
 
 Ferocious Parthians, heaven 
 has happily favoured our bold- 
 ness. 
 
 Vox ne parlerete a Messer 
 Domenico Bembo, che dia fa- 
 vore alia mia causa. bembo. 
 
 Feroci Parti, al nostro ardir 
 felice arrise il del. 
 
 METASTASIO, 
 
 Favourable (to be), essere andato diritto, dative. 
 
 Fortune has been very favou- 
 rable to you,, Scipio. 
 
 Motto Ve andata diritta la for- 
 tuna, Scipione. passavanti. 
 
 Fear (to), iemere, avere timore, paventare, genitive. 
 
 Non temevano di niuno, per- 
 che niuno avevano offeso. 
 
 CHIABRERA. 
 
 E di questo teme quel buon 
 vecchio. eembo. 
 
 They feared nobody for they 
 had offended no one. 
 
 And the good old man fears 
 that. 
 
 If we dispute, they are the 
 first who hold their tongues, 
 and fear us. 
 
 Here it is shewn, that the 
 danger which they feared was 
 less than they imagined. 
 
 Se si grida sono i primi' a 
 tacere, edhanno timore di noi. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Mostrasi qui come il pericolo, 
 di che paventavano, era minor e 
 cKessi non lo immaginavano. 
 
 CHIABRERA. 
 
 Fear to (to), avere paura, tremare, temere, all 
 govern the infinitive, with di before it, provided the 
 subject of the two verbsbe the same ; otherwise, che with 
 the subjunctive. 
 
126 
 
 FE FE 
 
 And the cray-fish pretending 
 that he feared to fall, &c. 
 
 1 hasten impatiently to see 
 her, and I fear to present my- 
 self to her. 
 
 Ah ! I fear J am the cause of 
 such an evil. 
 
 I fear your youth will make 
 you more proud and ferocious. 
 
 E facendo vista il gambero 
 d'aver paura di cadere, ec. 
 
 FIRENZUOI.A, 
 
 M'affretto impaziente a rive" 
 derla, e tremo di presentarmi a 
 
 lei. METASTASIO. 
 
 Ah, temo d'esser-e io la causa 
 di questo male. goldoni. 
 
 Ben temo che la tua gioventude 
 non faccia te piu altero eferoce. 
 
 FASSAVANTI. 
 
 Feed on (to), nutrirsi, nudrirsi, genitive. 
 
 Whoever would feed on acorns 
 to imitate the ancients, &c. 
 
 Dutchmen feed on milk and 
 fish. 
 
 Chi volesse, per imitare gli 
 antichi nutrirsi di ghiande, ec. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Nudrisconsi gli Olandesi di 
 latticinj e di pescagione. 
 
 BORGHINJ. 
 
 Feed with (to), pascere, genitive. 
 To feed him with a vain hope. 
 
 Per pascerlo di vana speranza. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Feel cold (to), averefreddo. See Be cold. 
 
 Feel for (to), aver e pie fa, avere compassione, genitive. 
 
 She felt for the poor man's Ella ebbe pieta della sciagura 
 misfortune. del pover uomo. 
 
 Feign to (to), fin gere, fare vista di, with the infinitive. 
 
 And feigning he was afraid E facendo vista d'aver paura 
 of falling, &c. di cadere. firenzuola. 
 
FE- 
 
 FI 
 
 127 
 
 Few (a), pochi, for the masculine, poche, for the femi- 
 
 nine, and a is omitted. 
 
 The foundation of this intelli- 
 gence may perhaps be a single 
 authority of Cicero, who with 
 a few words, &c. 
 
 II fcndo di questa notizia sara 
 una sola autorita di Cicerone 
 che con poche parole, ec. 
 
 BORGHINI. 
 
 Fight (to), fare la giornata. 
 
 They used to go and meet the Egli uscivano fuori con gli 
 enemy with their army, and eserciti, efacevano la giornata. 
 
 fought. MACCHIAVELLI.. 
 
 Fill with (to), empiere, riempiere^ricolmare, genitive 
 
 Oh ! listen to the verses of 
 Sappho, that fill all Greece with 
 their sweetness. 
 
 And the Asiatics, who had 
 
 filled their treasury with the 
 treasures of Antiocus, &c.' 
 
 The real and unaltered cha- 
 racters (of Jerusalem Deliver- 
 ed) filled me with a new pleasure, 
 &c. 
 
 uomini, uditei versi di Saffo 
 empiere di dolcezza tutta la 
 Grecia. firenzuola. 
 
 E VAsiatico, che de' tesori 
 oV Antioco aveva riempiutofera- 
 rio loro, ec. boccacgio. 
 
 1 caratteri veri e costanti mi 
 ricolmarono d'un nuovo diletto* 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 Filled with, pieno, ripieno^ cohno, genitive. 
 
 The nymphs now come with Le ninfe vengono ora con 
 
 baskets filled with flowers and 
 apples, &c. 
 
 They threw iron balls filled 
 with pitch and bitumen. 
 
 canestri pieni di fiori e di pome, 
 
 ec. SANNAZZARO. 
 
 Essi palle diferro di pece e di 
 bitume ripiene gittavano, 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Finish (to),^mre, terminare di, with the infinitive. 
 
 She finished speaking and Fint ella di parlare e quindi 
 then burst into tears. proruppe in pianto. soave.. 
 
128 
 
 FI- 
 
 FL 
 
 But since I am alone, I will 
 finish writing this letter. 
 
 Ma giacche son sola voglio 
 terminare di scrivere questa 
 lettera. goldoni. 
 
 Fired with, infiammato, genitive. 
 
 Fired with rage he ordered, Ordirib egti di sdegno infiam- 
 &c. mato, ec. soave. 
 
 Fit one (to), in speaking of a dress, andare bene, 
 dative. 
 
 This dress fits your sister very Va molto bene alia sorella 
 
 well. 
 
 vostra questo vestito. 
 
 Fix one's eyes on (to), tenere gli occhijissi in. 
 
 And those who are endowed E coloro a cui e data di meglio 
 
 with a better judgment do not discernere, non tengono gjti 
 
 fix their eyes on mortal beau- occhijissi ntlle bellezze mor- 
 
 tiesy unless, &c. tali, se non, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Flatter one's-self (to), lusingarsi di, with the in- 
 finitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise die with the subjunctive. 
 
 He flattered himself he could 
 atone, &c. 
 
 For I would willingly flatter 
 myself that the right path 
 will one day or other be open- 
 ed and allotted to you by Pro- 
 vidence. 
 
 Ei lusingavasi di poter ripa- 
 rare, ec. soave. 
 
 Che mi lusingherei che dalla 
 Providenza ti si aprisse una 
 volta e ti venisse assegnato il 
 retto sentiero. aleergate. 
 
 Flee a person* (to), fuggire, accusative. 
 She flees him as a serpent. ^fagge eZ/a come un serpente* 
 
 This expression is better used in poetry. 
 
FL- FO 129 
 
 Flee a country, a city, &c. (to), fuggire, geni- 
 tive, ablative. 
 
 He was so overcome with Tanto di debiti era egli ag- 
 
 debts, that he was obliged to gravato, che gli convennefuggir 
 flee his country, dalla patria. gozzi. 
 
 Flourish with (to), fiorire, genitive. 
 
 Italy flourished with men of Italia fioriva di uomini pres- 
 genius in the administration tantissimi nelle amministrazioni 
 of public business. delle cose pubbliche, bembo. 
 
 Fly at one (to), lanciarsi sopra, accusative, genitive. 
 
 When her husband came Quando venne a casa suo ma- 
 home she flew at him, &c. rito ella si lancib sopra di lui, ec. 
 
 Fond (to be), before a verb, essere vago di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 They (young people) also are Sono ancora tanto vaghi d'es- 
 fond of being praised,, &c. ser lodati, ec. gelli. 
 
 Fond of (to be), amare^ accusative. 
 
 I cannot deny I am fond of Negar non saprei che lo amo. 
 him. 
 
 Follow (to), andare dietro y andare appresso, tenerd 
 dietro, dative. 
 
 Oh, how foolish is the opi- 0h } quanto stolta cosa e Vopi- 
 nion of men, who follow nione de" mortali, la quale va 
 blindly their desire, &c. dietro al desiderio loro, ec. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 When Biondello went away, Partitosi* Biondello,Ciaccog\i 
 
 Ciacco followed him. andb appresso. Boccaccio. 
 
 The phantom fled, Villars fol- Fugge il fantasma, Villars gli 
 
 lowed him. tien dietro. soave. 
 
 * Partitosi is a participle passive ; it is not translated literally. 
 
 K 
 
130 FO— FO 
 
 For, before a noun, per,* accusative; verso, genitive. 
 
 A father feels within himself Sente il padre nascere dentro 
 so tender a compassion for his di se una pieta tanto dolce verso 
 son, &c. del figliuolo, ec. gelli. 
 
 For what purpose, a che fine. 
 
 I will tell you , gentlemen, Voglio dirvi, Signori, a che 
 
 for what purpose it is designed, fine e ordinata, ec. 
 
 &C. MONTEMAGNO. 
 
 Forbid one to (to), proibire a uno di, with the infi- 
 nitive. 
 
 Did I not forbid you to speak Non vi f ho io proibito di par- 
 te her of it ? lar-rae a lei? goldoni, 
 
 Forbid (God), tolga Dio, Dio non voglia che, with the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 | God forbid you should be Tolga Dio, che vol in sifatta 
 reduced to such an extremity. estremita venuto siate. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Forget (to), dimenticarsi, scordarsi, genitive; porre 
 in obblio, mandare in obblio, metier e in obblivione, accusa- 
 tive. 
 
 Will they forget the still living Dimenticherannosi dell' ancor 
 
 Lucretia, who was born at viva Lucrezia entro a Roma 
 
 Rome ? nata ? firenzuola. 
 
 Who, as soon as he recog- II quale come conobbe il padre 
 
 nised his father and children, e ifigliuoli, della impresa con- 
 
 forgetting the enterprize against tra la patria scordandosi, ec. 
 
 his country, &c. erizzo. 
 
 * Per is very often understood. 
 
 Because we do not fight for the preservation of the glory we 
 acquired : Perche non si combaite la conservazione della gloria 
 acquistata. guicciardini. 
 
 •j* Vi here stands for a vol. 
 
FO FR 131 
 
 As if tliey had forgotten the Quasi avessono* posto in obblto 
 last capture of Genoa. l'ultima presura di Genova. 
 
 varcht. 
 
 You did not forget your of- Voi non avete mandato in ob- 
 fection for me. blio l'affezione die mi poria- 
 
 vate. BEMBO, 
 
 He forgets the great number Mette egli in obblivione tante 
 of victories he has obtained. vittorie da lui guadagnate. 
 
 CHIABRERA. 
 
 Forget to (to), scordarsi, dimenticarsi di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 A very common defect of Difetto assai comune in tutti 
 those, who wish to instruct quelli che vogliono istruire e si 
 and forget to please, scordano di dilettare. 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Forgive (to), perdonare, dative. 
 
 He honours his friends, for- Oli amici onora, perdona ai 
 gives the conquered, &c. vinti, ec. metastasio. 
 
 We have forgiven those who Noi per i prieghi vostri, a chi 
 burnt the houses, at your en- ha arse le case, abbiamo perdo- 
 treaties. nato. macchiavelli. 
 
 Fortify with (to), munire, genitiVe. 
 
 He did not spare money to Non risparmib denaro per mu- 
 fortify the state with good for- nire lo staio di buone fortezze. 
 tresses. denina. 
 
 Free from, libero, genitive. 
 
 And now I am in town, but E stommi ora incitta, e quan- 
 when I am in the country free do in villa di tutte le cure li- 
 from all cares, &c. bero, ec. bembo. 
 
 * Avessono (for avessero), rather obsolete. 
 K 2 
 
1S°2 FR FR 
 
 Frighten (to), arrecare spavento, dative 
 paura, accusative ; ess ere in paura, genitive. 
 
 We shall find we have so Noi troveremo di aver offeso 
 
 many times offended God, that tante volte Dio, che ci * arre- 
 
 the thought of our past life chera spavento il pensare alia 
 
 will frighten us. vita passata. gelli. 
 
 That those things shall not Che non sifacciano quelle cose, 
 
 be done, by which 1 so much colle quali io gia mist in grande 
 
 frightened your city. paura la vostra citta. 
 
 PASSAVANTI. 
 
 That illustrious city, the name Quella citta illustre, il cut 
 of which was wont to frighten nome in paura soleva essere di 
 all nations. tutte le genti. montemagno. 
 
 Frightened by, spaveniato, genitive. 
 
 The plague reigns on every La peste e per iutto, la quale, 
 
 side, which being neither ne di forza d'armi, ne di furia 
 
 frightened by force of arms d' artiglieria spaventata, potra, 
 
 nor by the fury of artillery, ec. segni. 
 will be able,, &c. 
 
 From, before a personal pronoun, not governed by 
 any verb, is expressed by per parte, da parte, and tbe 
 said personal pronoun becomes a possessive pronoun 5 as, 
 from me, turn, from my part, da parte mia ; from thee, 
 da parte iua ; from him, da parte sua, &c. 
 
 I wish you would tell her Voglio che le diciate da parte 
 from me, &c. mia, ec. goldont. 
 
 From, before a substantive, not governed by a verb, 
 per parte, da parte, genitive. 
 
 We came to tell you from our Siamo venuti a dirvi per parte 
 Republic^ &c. della nostra Repubblica, ec. 
 
 varchi. 
 
 * Ci here stands for a noi. 
 
FR FR 
 
 133 
 
 From, before a substantive, meaning time, jino, sino, 
 infino, ablative ; which may drop the last vowel. 
 
 To which (to the fishes) the 
 bird said, the great affection I 
 bear you on account of my 
 having lived in this lake from 
 my infancy, &c. 
 
 We had an example of it, 
 which ought to teach every 
 one to restrain its motions 
 from their beginning. 
 
 Ai quali Vuccello disse, V 
 amor che io vi porto per esser- 
 mi jino da fanciullo creato in 
 questo logo, ec. firenzuola. 
 
 Un esempio ne abbiamo avuto, 
 che deve istruire ciascuno a sa- 
 perne frenare i moti infin da' 
 primi principj. soave. 
 
 From... to, preceding* a noun that refers to the limbs 
 of one's body, da.,. jino, da...sino, dative. 
 
 A cloak descended from his 
 shoulders to his knees. 
 
 Gli scendeva un mantello dagli 
 omeri fino alle ginocchia. 
 
 From... to, with a substantive that is declined with 
 the definitive article, del, dello, della...jino or sino, dative; 
 but if the substantive be taken in an undetermined 
 sense, di...in. 
 
 Beginning to speak of you 
 from the first day in which 
 you arrived to the last. 
 
 And I expect from day to day 
 good news of my affairs. 
 
 Going from one bad thought 
 to another worse, &c. 
 
 Principiando a parlar di voi 
 del primo di, che voi giungeste 
 fino all' ultimo. bembo. 
 
 Ed io delle cose mie aspetto di 
 giorno in giorno buone novelle. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Passando d'un tristo pensiero 
 in un altro peggiore, ec. 
 
 GOZZI, 
 
 Front one (to), fare faccia, dative. 
 
 There was nobody who could Non v'era chi far facciapotes- 
 front such a terrible enemy. se ad un nemico tanto terribile. 
 
 K 3 
 
134 FU— GE 
 
 Full speed or gallop, di or a tutta briglia. 
 
 As soon as the captain per» Come si fu accorto il capitano 
 ceived the passage of the ene- del transito de' nemici corse di 
 my, he rode full speed to in- tutta briglia ad avvisar Vam* 
 form the admiral. miraglio. davila. 
 
 And galloping full speed, &c. E prendendo a tutta briglia il 
 
 galoppo f ec. DAVILA. 
 
 Furnish with (to), fornire, genitive. 
 
 And he said you had furnish- E diceva che avevate fornita 
 ed the land with all kinds of la terra d'ogni sorta d'ammo- 
 ammunition. nizioni. bembo. 
 
 Furnish one's self with (to), provvedersi, genitive. 
 
 At this time the Germans In questo tempo i Tedeschi 
 furnishing themselves with provvedutosi delle cose di cui 
 things they wanted, &c. aveyano bisogno, ec. bembo. 
 
 g. 
 
 Garnish with (to), guarnire, ornare, genitive. 
 
 They garnished the table with D'ogni sorta d'argenteria 
 
 all kinds of plate. guarnirono la mensa. 
 
 Get by heart (to), hnparare a mente. 
 
 He could not learn a single Non pote apprendere un sol 
 verb by heart. verbo a mente. 
 
 Get acquainted with (to), fare conoscenza con. 
 
 As soon as he arrived at court Arrivato chefu alia corte } fe* 
 hegot acquainted withtheCount col Conte di.... conoscenza } ec. 
 of, &c. BEMBO. 
 
 Get friends (to), farsi amici. 
 
 It is not very easy to gtt true Egli non e mica facile il farsi 
 friends. veri amici. albergati* 
 
GE GI 135 
 
 Get a thing done (to), fare fare, accusative. 
 
 I will get your coat done for II vostro abito lo farb fare per 
 to-morrow. domani. 
 
 Get ONE's-SEiiF ready (to), allestirsi per, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 Now then I am going to give Orsu io vado a dar alcuni 
 some orders, get yourself ready ordini, allestitevi per uscire. 
 
 to go OUt. GOLDONI. 
 
 Get a coach ready (to), attaccare la carrozm. 
 
 Get my coach ready directly, S'attacchi subito la mia car- 
 &c. rozza, ec. albergati. 
 
 Gird with (to), cingere, genitive. 
 
 They then girded the city with Allora le citta si cinsero di 
 defensive walls. difendevole muro. bembo. 
 
 Give one (to), dare, porgere, dative. 
 She gave the poor all she had. Diede ella ai poveri tutto cib 
 
 che avea. soaVe. 
 
 Because reason is that which Perche la ragione $ quella che 
 
 gives the law life, spirit, and da fiato e spirito e movimenio 
 
 motion. alia legge. tolomet. 
 
 Where the Duke Alexander, Dove il Duca Alessandro, il 
 who was riding by his majesty, quale era a cavallo appresso a 
 gave him the keys, &c. suamaesta, gli* porse le chiavi^ 
 
 ec. VARCHI. 
 
 Give one joy for (to), rallegrarsi con una, genitive. 
 Illustrious Sir, I give you Mene rallegro di vero euore 
 joy with all my heart. con Vossignoria lllustrissima. 
 
 bembo, 
 
 * Gli stands for a lux. 
 K 4 
 
136 
 
 GI GI 
 
 Give one leave (to), dare il permesso a two di 7 
 with the infinitive. 
 
 Her father would not give II padre won voile dar-le* 
 her leave to speak to ber own permesso di parlar alia sua pro- 
 mother, pria madre. 
 
 Give oneVself up (to), darsi in preda \ \abban- 
 donarsiy dative. 
 
 Sometimes I have thought it 
 is well not to give one's-self up 
 to a friend, however dear. 
 
 Ethelred soon gave him- 
 self up to imprudence and 
 errors, &c. 
 
 Ho pensato talora che sia ben 
 non darsi in preda ad un amico 
 per caro che sia. castiglione. 
 
 Etelredo per tempo si abban- 
 dorib all' imprudenze e agli 
 errori, ec. soave. 
 
 Give one's love to one (to), salutare, riverire 
 
 uno a nome, or per nome, with a possessive pronoun ; 
 
 as a nome mio, tuo, suo, nostro, vostro, loro ; or per with 
 
 a disjunctive pronoun, as per me, te, lui, lei, noi, voi, loro. 
 
 Give my love to all. 
 
 Give my love to my mother, 
 my sister-in-law, &c. 
 
 Give my love to her. 
 
 Salutate a nome mio tutti di 
 casa. METASTASIO. 
 
 Salutate per me la signora 
 madre, la signora cognata, ec. 
 
 ZENO* 
 
 Riveritela per mio nome. 
 
 ZENO. 
 
 * he stands for a lei. 
 
 f We find in Frugonfs letters abbandonarsi with the prepo- 
 sition in, instead of the dative. 
 Idleness is to me an enchantress, who easily seduces me ; I am 
 very often obliged to give myself up to her arms : La pigrizia 
 e per me un incantatrice, che mi seduce facilmente ; debbo tratto 
 tratlo abbandonarmi nelle sue braccia. 
 
GI GL 
 
 137 
 
 Give one order to (to), ordinare ad uno di? with 
 the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. See Order 
 one, for examples. 
 
 Give up (to), abbandonare, cedere, accusative. 
 
 Disgusted with the world, he Del mondo disgustato cedette 
 gave up his fortune and title to al fratello e la sua fortuna ed 
 
 his brother. 
 
 il suo titolo. 
 
 Give vent to (to), sfogare, accusative. 
 
 E per isfogare la sua rabbia, 
 ec. soave. 
 
 And to give vent to his rage, 
 &c. 
 
 Glad to (to be), avere placer e, avere caro, avere a 
 caro, godere di, with the infinitive, when the subject 
 of the two verbs is the same ; otherwise che with the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 I am glad 1 shall not remain 
 alone. 
 
 Are you glad to overcome your 
 enemies ? 
 
 Which I shall be glad to 
 know. 
 
 Having entered a monastery 
 she was glad to divide the 
 hours, &c. 
 
 I should almost be glad that 
 it were so. 
 
 I am gla'd that my drama, 
 the Asylum of Love, is praised 
 in Italy. 
 
 10 hopiacere di non restar sola. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Avete voi caro di vincere i vos- 
 tri nemici ? cavalcanti. 
 
 11 che avrb caro di sapere. 
 
 . CARD. 
 
 Entrata inun monistero godea* 
 (juivi di dividere le ore, ec. 
 
 soave. 
 
 Quasi avrei piacere che fosse 
 cosl. GOLDONI. 
 
 Godo che il mio Asilo d" Amove 
 faccia la sua figura in Italia. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 * Godea for godeva. 
 
138 GL— GO 
 
 Glad of (to be), rallegrarsi, genitive. 
 
 Now I am glad of your mo- Ora io mi rallegro delV arrivo 
 ther's arrival. di vostra madre. caro. 
 
 Glad (to be), esserecaro, dative. 
 
 This verb is impersonal in Italian, and it is construed 
 by putting the English nominative in the dative, and the 
 infinitive becomes a nominative, with z/or Io before it. 
 
 For you ought to be very glad Perche vi* deve esser molto 
 
 to be separated from them ) caro Vessere separato da loro. 
 
 turn, for to be separated from boccaccio. 
 them ought to be dear to you. 
 
 Glad for, lieto di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Villars, glad for having been Lieto Villars di aver potuto 
 able to escape, &c. scamparne, ec. soave. 
 
 Glance at (to), gettar lo sguardo su, or sopra. 
 
 On glancing at that famous Nel gettar lo sguardo su quel 
 Tiber you will remember those famoso Tevere le sovverra di 
 ancient Romans, &c. quegli antichi Romani, ec. 
 
 GANGANElLI. 
 
 Glory in (to), gloriarsi, vantarsi, genitive, or di 
 with the infinitive. See Boast. 
 
 Go to, or and (to), andare a, with the infinitive; 
 but if to go is separated from the infinitive by a noun^ 
 perh to be used. 
 
 And he often went to dine E con questi a desinare andava 
 with those people, although he sovente, ancorche chiamato non 
 was not invited. fosse. boccaccio. 
 
 * Vi stands for a vol. 
 
GO GO 
 
 139 
 
 We must then do like a mer- 
 chant, who, going to some 
 province to gain, &c. 
 
 Bisogna dunque che facciamo 
 come quel mercatante, il quale 
 andato in qualche provincia per 
 guadagnare, ec. gelli. 
 
 Go to (to), in speaking* of beginning a journey, 
 mettersiin cammino per, with the infinitive. 
 
 In the mean time Tacmas Tacmas intanto si messe in 
 went to meet him. cammino per affrontarsi seco. 
 
 SEGNI. 
 
 Go to A city, a village, &c. (to), andare, dative. 
 
 The youth Dell' Isle, went 11 giovine DelV Isle prima di 
 to London before he travelled passare in Moscovia andb a 
 to Moscow. ^ Londra, algarotti. 
 
 Go to a country, island, &c. (to), andare, con- 
 dursi in. 
 
 Therefore Soliman arrived at 
 Tunis, and without doing the 
 city any harm he went to Sul« 
 tania. 
 
 Elated by these hopes, gui- 
 ded by Ulaman, a Persian, he 
 went to Armenia. 
 
 Onde Solimano arrivb a Tunisi 
 e senza far alcuno danno alia 
 citta sen "andb in Sultania. 
 
 SEGNI. 
 
 Da quesie speranze sollevato 
 colla guida di Ulamanne, Per- 
 siano, si condusse in Armenia. 
 
 SEGNI. 
 
 Go to somebody's house (to), andare da una, andare 
 in casa, or a casa d'uno. 
 
 Now then, do me a favour, 
 go to Signora Rosaura. 
 
 I 3hall go to Mr. John's to- 
 morrow. 
 
 Orsil,fatemi un piacere andate 
 dalla Signora Rosaura. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Andrb in casa (or a casa) del 
 Signor Giovanni domanL 
 
140 GO GO 
 
 Go to, or and meet (to), andare all' incontro, dative, 
 uscire incontro, dative. 
 
 And having heard who he E inteso chi era, gli* andb all' 
 
 was, he went to meet him. incontro. bandello. 
 
 . And the following day all of Ed il giorno segnente uscirono 
 
 them went to meet his majesty. tutti incontro a sua Maesta\ 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Go about one's business (to), andare alle sue 
 faccende. 
 
 It is my wish you shall get up In questo buon proponimento 
 with this good resolution, and vogllo che ti lievi,-[ e vadi alle 
 go about your business. tue faccende. ge-lli. 
 
 Go in search of (to), andare cercando, accusative, 
 
 andare in traccia, genitive. 
 
 That as Truth could no longer Che non ritrovandosi piil in 
 
 be found on earth, they went terra la Verita Vandavan cer- 
 
 in search of her, &c. cando, ec. gozzi. 
 
 And will you go in search of E vuoi con tanto rischio an- 
 
 a cruel husband with so much dare in traccia d'un barbaro 
 
 risk? consorte ? metastasio. 
 
 Go out (to), uscire, ablative, genitive. 
 
 Hardly had this prince gone Non cost tosto usci, questo prin- 
 out of the shop, when a per- cipe dal fondaco che entrb uno, 
 son entered, &c. ec. boccalini. 
 
 Go on (to), pas save innanzi, tirare innanzi. 
 But let us go on. Ma passiamo innanzi. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 But I cannot go on in this Ma non posso tirar innanzi 
 manner. c °m- goldoni. 
 
 * Gli here stands for a lui. 
 
 f Lievi, for levi, rather obsolete. 
 
GO GR 141 
 
 Good as to (to be so), avere la bonta di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 If you had been so good as to Se aveste avuto la bonta di 
 suffer a little more. soffrire anche ten poco. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Good as one's word (to be as), mantenere la sua 
 parola, attenere la sua parola. 
 
 Think on being as good as Pensate a mantener la vostra 
 your word. parola. goldoni. 
 
 In fact he was as good as his Egli attenne infatti per alcun 
 word for some time. tempo la sua parola. soave. 
 
 Grant one (to), concedere, dative. 
 
 It would have been well that Ben sarebbe stato che gli Dei 
 the Gods had granted our fore- avessono conceduto ai nostri 
 fathers such a mind. padri talmente. passavanti. 
 
 Grant to (to), concedere, with an infinitive with or 
 without di before it, if the subject of the two verbs be 
 the same ; otherwise che with the subjunctive. 
 
 The last letter, in which you Vultima lettera dov" ella de- 
 wish that God may grant you sidera che Dio le conceda di 
 to speak to me. potermi parlare. bembo. 
 
 Thus may heaven grant me to Cosl mi conceda il cielo poter 
 live a great many years. vivere molti anni. bembo. 
 
 Let us grant, that Leon has Concediamo, che Leone abbia 
 divulged your mystery, &c. divolgato i vostri misteri, ec. 
 
 tolomei. 
 
 Grasp (to), porremano, dative; afferrare, accusative. 
 
 Without being afraid, Villars Villars senza atterrirsi pon 
 grasped his arms } &c. mano alle arnii, ec._ soave. 
 
142 GR — ~GU 
 
 Giieat or large, grande. This word is not altered 
 before nouns of both genders beginning with the letter 
 s, when s is followed by a consonant. 
 
 What is the man who does not QuaV uomoe die non tragga 
 derive a great amusement from grande spasso della villa ? 
 the country ? pandolfini. 
 
 A large looking-glass. Un grande specchio. 
 
 Before noons of both genders, beginning with a con- 
 sonant, gran.* 
 
 Great woman. Gran donna. 
 
 You have heard how many Voi avete sentito quante volte, 
 
 times, and by how many peo- eda quantie stato pianto elodato 
 
 pie, the great Duke of Tuscany il gran Duca di Toscana. 
 
 has been praised and lamented. davanzati. 
 
 Having put his feet on one of Montato sopra Vun de' capi co' 
 
 its ends (of a tree), he gave on piedi, dava sulV altro colla scure 
 
 the other great strokes with di gran colpi. firenzuola. 
 his axe. 
 
 Before nouns beginning with a vowel, grand\ % 
 
 Although it is dangerous to Quantunque d'un si grand? 
 speak of so great a man. uomo sia pericolo ilfavellare. 
 
 DAVANZATI. 
 
 Great soul. Grand' anima. 
 
 Grande however is not altered when preceded by the 
 substantive. 
 
 A water-foul was within a Stavasi un uccel d'acqua entro 
 very large lake. a un lago molto grande. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 * The above words are used as well with the singular as with 
 the plural j but in the plural they arc used ad libitum* 
 
GR HA 143 
 
 Grieve at (to), dolersi, genitive. 
 
 All his fellow citizens grieve Dolgonsi della sua morte tut? 
 at his death. i suoi cittadini. macchiavelli. 
 
 Guide one (to), fare guida, dative. 
 
 For it is written that one Perb e scritto che il cieco ai 
 blind man will guide another. cieco fara guida. dante, 
 
 Guided by, colla guida, genitive. 
 
 Elated by this hope, guided Da queste speranze sollevato, 
 by Ulaman, a Persian, &c. colla guida di Ulamanne Per- 
 
 siano. ec. segni. 
 
 ■ H. 
 
 Had it not been for. When the substantive follow* 
 ing this phrase is succeeded by the relative who, thai, 
 which, and a verb, the substantive becomes the nomina- 
 tive of the said phrase, been for who is not expressed, 
 and the verb becomes a participle, which joins with 
 had. 
 
 Had it not been for his friend, Se il suo amico non Vavesse 
 who saw him falling, &c,turn, veduto cadere, ec, 
 if his friend had not seen him 
 falling, &c. 
 
 This phrase may however be expressed by se non fosse 
 stato per, if not followed by a relative. 
 
 Had it not been for her, he Se non fosse stato per lei 3 egli 
 would have been ruined before sarebbe gia ruinato. 
 
 Half, mezzo, signifying an action half done, is in- 
 declinable. 
 
 Those ladies were half dead Mezzo morte di freddo eran 
 
 with cold. Quelle signore. 
 
1U HA HA 
 
 Half, mezzo, signifying half of the whole, agrees with 
 the substantive in gender and number. 
 
 He charged me half a guinea Mi fece pagar mezza ghinea 
 for my supper. per la cena. 
 
 Yet mezzo, although half of the whole, when preceded 
 by a numeral noun, is indeclinable. 
 
 The third (speaking of a re- La terza, tre ore e mezzo 
 medy that was to be used), avanti cena. redi. 
 
 three hours and a half before 
 supper. 
 
 I waited till the present hour Ho aspettato sino all' ora pre- 
 
 (which may be half past one sente (che sara Vuna e mezzo di 
 
 of the night), to receive your notte) per avere le vostre lettere. 
 
 letters. zanotti. 
 
 Hand (to be at), essere vicino. 
 
 Since you are at hand, help Jjutatelo, giacche siete vicino. 
 him. 
 
 Hang a' room with (to), tapezzare una camera, geni- 
 tive. 
 
 Hang my room with silk. Tapezzate la mia camera di 
 
 seta. 
 
 Hang (to), impiccare, accusative; mellere il capestro, 
 
 dative. 
 
 On the contrary, embracing Anzi abbracciandola stretta al 
 her neck with a heart that said collo con un cuore che le diceva : 
 to her, " hang you." metti-\e il capestro. gozzi. 
 
 Happen with (to), avvenire, genitive. 
 
 As it happens with men, who Come avviene degli uomini che 
 being born of a noble family, nascendodi nobilfamiglia, ec. 
 
 &C BUOMMATTEI. 
 
HA- 
 
 HA 
 
 145 
 
 Hasten (to), fare fretta a, with the infinitive. 
 
 And having arrived there in E giunto in quella a salva- 
 safety, I hastened to clean mento feci fretta a nettarmi, 
 myself. chiaramonti. 
 
 Hate (to), avert in odio, accusative ; portare odio, 
 dative. 
 
 God hates pride excessively. 
 
 In a word, call me any thing 
 but a sophist, for I hate this 
 name more than the headache. 
 
 These are the governments of 
 Mr. Marin Giorgio, who seems 
 to hate all those who, &c. 
 
 Iddio ha sommamente in odio 
 lasuperbia. passavanti. 
 
 E brevemente fatemi ogni altra 
 cosa che sofista, perche ho piU 
 in odio questo nome che il mat 
 del capo. varchi. 
 
 Quesii sono i governi di Messer 
 Marin Giorgio, che pare che 
 porti odio a tutti quelli che, ec. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Have done (to), averejinito di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Mr. Orazio, I am tired with Signor Orazio sono stanca di 
 standing, have you done prat- stare in piedi, avete finito di 
 tling ? chiacchierare ? goldoni. 
 
 Have to (to), avere a or da, with the infinitive; do- 
 vere with the infinitive without a preposition. 
 
 A great many women are 
 always ill without knowing 
 wherefore, and it is because 
 they have nothing to do. 
 
 I am tired, and I know not 
 how many more letters 1 have 
 to write. 
 
 Moltissime femmine son sempre 
 malaie senza saper perche, per 
 la ragione che non hanno niente 
 da fare. ganganelli. 
 
 Io sono stanco, e devo scrivere 
 non so quali altre lettere. 
 
 algarotti, 
 
 Have a thing done {to), fare fare una cosa. 
 
 I am at present in Venice to lo mi trovo al presente in Ve~ 
 have some of my observations nezia per fare stampare alcime 
 printed. o$servazio?ii, .galilei. 
 
 L 
 
146 
 
 HE — -HE 
 
 He, preceding a verb as its nominative, egii, e', ei, esso. 
 
 Having assembled an army, Egli ragutiato un esercito, 
 he went to, &c. 
 
 Because he knew how things 
 
 were, &e. 
 
 So that he would not have 
 done it, &c. 
 
 So that he were loved by 
 them. 
 
 n'andb a, ec. macchiavelli. 
 
 Perche e' sapeva come le cose 
 erano, ec. macchiavelli. 
 
 Cost che, non VavreW eifatto, 
 ec. eembo. 
 
 Di maniera che esso da loro 
 fosse amato. . cas^iglione. 
 
 He, and all its oblique cases, preceding the Relatives 
 who, whom, that, are expressed by, quegli, quel, colui. 
 
 Abrahim's opinion was dif- Abraim teneva opinione cow- 
 ferent from the women's, as he, 
 who was secretly a Christian, 
 &c> 
 
 He who was full of that false 
 ambition. 
 
 Because the difficulty fright- 
 ens him who speaks it, the 
 obscurity often deceives him 
 who listens to it, &c. 
 
 The fancy of him who hears 
 it, &c. 
 
 traria alle donne, come quegli 
 che segretamente fosse Cristiano, 
 ec. segni. 
 
 Quegli che pieno era di quella 
 falsa ambizione. altanesi. 
 
 Perche la difficolta sbigottisce 
 quel, che la par la, Voscurita 
 inganna spesso quel, che Vas- 
 
 COlta, ec. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 La fantasia di colui che la 
 sente, ec. salviati. 
 
 He, following than, or so ...as, lux. 
 
 You cannot deny but that she 
 is more handsome than he. 
 
 Ch* ella non sia piu bella di 
 lui negar non potete. 
 
 * Alfieri uses the nominative instead of the accusative as 
 above. 
 
 The Abbot of Caluso came to Florence, called there in order 
 to have the pleasure of being with him who loved him as much 
 as 1 did. V Abate di Caluso venne in Firenze, chiamatovi dal 
 piacere di essere con chi gli voleva tanto bene quanto io. 
 
HE—HE 147 
 
 His brother was not so tender Non era tanto tenero di citore 
 hearted as he* was. ilfratello quanta lui. soave. 
 
 He is very often expressed by questi and quegli, which 
 are plural of questo and quello, to give more strength. 
 
 He went the same day to bow Questi il di medesimo sen' andb 
 to King Peter. afar river enza al Re Piero. 
 
 BANDELEO. 
 
 He is a wretch, do not speak Quegli e un empio, non gli 
 to him. parlate. 
 
 Hear (to), when God or heaven is the nominative of 
 it, esaudire, accusative. 
 
 Heaven has heard my prayers, 11 Cielo ha esauditi i miei votL 
 
 Gozzr. 
 
 Hear of (to), udire novelle, avere nuove, avere notizie, 
 genitive. 
 
 Perhaps this is the cause for Questo sara il molivo, per die 
 which you have not heard of non avete avuto nuove della vos- 
 your family, tra casa. goldoni. 
 
 He heard of his friend two Due anni dopo della sua par- 
 years after his departure. tenza ud\ novelle dell' amico. 
 
 You will hear of my health DalV Illustrissimo Signor £e- 
 
 from the Illustrious Secretary gretario Vendramino Bianchi 
 
 Vendramino Bianchi, who is che di qua e gia partito avrete 
 
 just gone from hence. notizie del mio stato. zeno. 
 
 Hear (to), udire, with the infinitive without a pre- 
 position before it. 
 
 I hear nightingales and other Odo cantar gli usignuoli e gli 
 birds sing. altri uccelli. eoccaccio. 
 
 * Observe that the tenses of the verb to be in the above 
 case are omitted in Italian. 
 
 L 2 
 
148 HE HE 
 
 Hearten one to (to), incoraggire, animare uno a. 
 See Animate. 
 
 Help (to be able not to), non potere fare ammcno di 
 non, (or without wow), with the infinitive. See Able to 
 
 HE|>P. 
 
 Help (to), soccorrere, dare ajuto , prestare ajuto, donate 
 ajuto, mandarin buona, dative. 
 
 But it (the second army) was Met le conveniva soccorrere alia 
 obliged to help the first. prima. macchiavelli. 
 
 He swam as fast as he could A dar-]e *aita a nuoto corse. 
 to help her. metastasio. 
 
 By not helping the Republic Non prestando alia Repubbli- 
 as one ought. ca quell' ajuto che si deve pres- 
 
 tare. montemagno. 
 
 And art helping defenceless E donando ajuto Varte all' 
 nature. inerme natura. montemagno. 
 
 Heaven help me. II cielo mela mandi buona. 
 
 GOLDONL 
 
 Hence it comes, quindi e, di qui e. 
 
 Hence it comes, that if our Quindi e 7 che se la nostra I'm- 
 language makes use of vowels, gua si serve di vocali, ec 
 
 &C. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Hence it comes> that we have, Di qui e che noi abbiamo, ec. 
 
 &C. BUOMMATTEI 
 
 Her preceded by a preposition, lei, colei. 
 For her, per colei ; with her, con lei, con colei. 
 
 And I who have spent a great Ed io che speso tanto ho per lei. 
 4eal of money for her. goldoni. 
 
 * Aita is used in poetry instead of ajuto. 
 
HE HE 149 
 
 Her, preceding the relatives who, whom, that; quella, 
 colei. See He preceding the relatives who, whom, that. 
 
 Her, being the case of the verb that governs the 
 accusative in Italian, la or /', when the verb begins with 
 a vowel.* 
 
 Her, being the case of a verb that governs a dative 
 in Italian, le.\ 
 
 Her, being the case of a verb that governs either the 
 genitive or the ablative, in Italian ; di lei, da lei, or ne. 
 See Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accu> 
 sative for its construction and examples. 
 
 Her of it, lene, which is construed like il, lo. See 
 Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accusative. 
 
 Her of them, lene ale uno, to be construed like il, lo* 
 See Him, being the case of the verb that governs the 
 accusative in Italian. 
 
 Her (it), or it to her, glielo, gliela; them to her, 
 glieli, gliele, which are construed like il, lo. See Him, 
 being the case of a verb that governs the accusative. 
 
 Her, being a possessive pronoun, suo, suoi, sua, sue. 
 See His, for its construction and observations. 
 
 Her's, suo, sua, suoi, sue, are declined with the 
 definite article, except when preceded by the verb to be. 
 
 * La, or V , is construed like il, or lo. See Him, being the 
 case of a verb that governs the accusative. 
 
 f Le is construed like il, lo. See Him, being the case of 
 a verb that governs the accusative. 
 
 L 3 
 
150 HE HI 
 
 I will give you her's. Vi darb il suo : la sua. 
 
 You may take her's. Potete prendere i suoi : le sue. 
 
 It is her's. E' suo: sua. 
 
 They were her's. Erano suoi, sue. 
 
 Her's (of), suo, suoi, sua, sue, are to agree with the 
 preceding substantive, without expressing of. 
 
 I saw a friend of her's. Ho veduto un suo amico. 
 
 He spoke to several friends of Egll parlb a parecchj suoi 
 her's. amici: a parecchie sue amiche. 
 
 Hide from (to), ascondere, celare, dative. 
 
 The dark recess of those 11 cupo seno di quel concavi 
 rocks shall hide me from his sassi al suo sguardo m 'asconda, 
 
 loolcSj&C. eC. METASTASIO. 
 
 He used to hide from every Celava&gM occhi altrui il ietro 
 one the gloomy temper which umore che lo molestava, 
 tormented him. albergati. 
 
 Hide one's-self from (to), nascondersi, dative. 
 
 I cannot hide myself from lo non mi posso nascondere a 
 you, who know what I am able voi, che sapete cib cti io posso. 
 to do. BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Him, preceded by a preposition, lux, colui. 
 
 Every one owns,, that in him Ciascuno confessa in lui solo 
 alone is found, &c. ritrovarsi, ec. buommattei. 
 
 Him, preceding the relatives who, whom, that; quegli, 
 quel, colui. See He, preceding the relatives who, whom, 
 that. 
 
 Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accu- 
 sative in Italian, il or /o.* 
 
 * 11 is put before verbs beginning with a consonant ; lo, 
 before verbs beginning either with consonants or vowels : only 
 
HI -HI 151 
 
 II or lo 9 * is generally put before the verb. 
 
 Two friends, who were the Due amid, che soli eran rimas- 
 only ones of so many that sur- ti di tanti che il circondavano 
 rounded Aim at first. da prima. soave. 
 
 He was riding on an ass, and Egli era a cavallo sopra un 
 the goat followed him. asino, e la capra lo seguiva. 
 
 ANONIMO. 
 
 If the verb be in the gerund, infinitive, or imperative, 
 il or lo is to follow, making one word with them. 
 
 For every one admiring it as- Che ciascuno ammirando-lo 
 
 serts, &c. confessa, ec. buommattei. 
 
 He tried to appease him. Procurb d'ammansyr -lo. 
 
 ALTANESI. 
 
 when the verb begins with a vowel, the o of lo may be sup- 
 pressed, and an apostrophe inserted in the place of it. 
 
 His father would never have him share any thing : II padre di 
 lui non Vaveva di nulla voluto mettere a parte. soave. 
 
 * If the tense of the verb be accented, such as am&, he loved $ 
 vedrb, I shall see, &c. only lo may be put after the verb, and 
 then the I is doubled, and joined with the said verb, so as to make 
 one word with it. 
 
 And when he thought it was time, he went to Mr. Corso and 
 found him with his neighbours : E quando tempo gli parve, a casa 
 M. Corso sen' andb, e trovollo con alcuni suoi vicini, (instead of 
 lo trovb.) BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Observe, that this may be done with all conjunctive pronouns, 
 (but gli and loro) when the verb is accented. 
 
 Giannetto went to Venice : Giannetto andossene a Fenezia. 
 (sen'andd). Fiorentino.— No, no, I will tell you the truth, 
 never fear : No, no, dirovvi la veritanon temete (for vi dird). 
 
 ©OLDONI. 
 
 L 4 
 
152 HI HI 
 
 Love him, for lie deserves to AmateAo, poiche merita d'jss- 
 be loved. sere amato* 
 
 Him, being the case of a verb that governs a dative 
 in Italian, gli, which is construed like il or lo. See 
 Him, being the case of a verb that governs the ac- 
 cusative. 
 
 You are welcome, said she to Voi state pure il ben venuto, 
 him. gli disse. soave. 
 
 In the meantime he addressed Si volse pertanto a quel vallettd 
 
 himself to the valet of the inn, della locanda, in cui fgli 
 
 to whom he thought he could sembrava di potersi piu confi- 
 
 well trust. dare. lodoli. 
 
 Him, being the case of a verb that governs the genitive 
 or ablative, in Italian, dilui, dalui, ne. See Him, being 
 
 * 11 or lo is to precede the third person, both singular and 
 plural, of the imperative, when one addresses another in the 
 third person. 
 
 Give it to your sister : Lo dia alia sua sorella. 
 Observe, that if the negative now happen to be with the im- 
 perative, lo is to be put before the imperative. 
 Let us love him : Amiamolo. 
 Let us not love hirn : Non lo amiamo. 
 
 Observe, that when two or more pronouns are governed by a 
 single verb, they are to be put after. 
 
 And without saying any thing else, I pray to God that he may 
 confort you and them : E senza piii dire prego Dio che conforti voi 
 
 C loi'O. GOLDONI. 
 
 -\ Gli here is a dative, governed by sembrava, an impersonal 
 verb, which in English is translated by thought, a personal verb, 
 and for this reason him is changed into he, in English. 
 
HI HI 
 
 153 
 
 the case of a verb that governs the accusative, for the 
 construction of ne only. 
 
 I have not spoken to the lo non ho parlato con lo Spa- 
 Spaniard, nor do I make use gnuolo, ne mi vaglio di lui, ne 
 
 ho alcuno de" miei che se ne 
 serva* bembo. 
 
 of him, nor are there any of my 
 friends who do. 
 
 Questo Otrantoe tanto in odio 
 di questi scolarij che se ne ridono 
 con tsdegno,* bembo. 
 
 Vamico lo pregb che non si 
 partisse da lui.* gozzi. 
 
 This Otranto is so much 
 hdted by the scholars, that 
 they laugh at him with scorn. 
 
 His friend begged he would 
 not go away from him. 
 
 Him of it, gliene, which is construed like il or lo. See 
 Him, being the case of a verb governing the accusative. 
 I will give him the half of it. Gliene daro la meta. 
 
 Him of them, gliene alcuni or alcune. Gliene is 
 construed like il or lo. See Him, being the case of a 
 verb governing the accusative. As for alcuni, alcune, 
 they are put after the verb. 
 
 I bought a great many le- 
 mons, and gave him some of 
 them. 
 
 Comprai moltissimi Umoni, e 
 gliene diedi alcuni. 
 
 X was presented with a few Mifurono regalate delle pome s 
 apples,, and sent him some of e gliene mandai alcune. 
 them. 
 
 Him (it), or it to him, glido, gliela; them to him, 
 glieli, glide, which are construed like il or lo. See Him, 
 being the case of a verb that governs the accusative. 
 
 She gives it to him. Ella glielo, or gliela da. 
 
 * By these examples it is seen that vaglio, serva, ridono, par- 
 tisse, are the verbs that govern the genitive di lui, ne, and da lui. 
 
154 HI— HI 
 
 They gave them to him. Eglino glieli x or gliele dudero, 
 
 Hinder from (to), impedire di, with the infinitive. 
 
 The fear of offending so many II timore d'offendere tanti 
 
 people now hinders me from m'impedisce ora di riaprirlo. 
 opening it again. metastasio. 
 
 Hire (to), prendere ajitto, accusative. 
 
 And having called himself E fattosi chiamare Roderigo 
 
 Roderigo of Castile, he hired di Castiglia prese una casa a 
 
 a house in the suburb of All Jitto nel borgo d'Ognissaiiti. 
 
 Saints. macchiavelli. 
 
 His, suo, suoi, sua, sue,* possessive pronouns, are 
 declined with the definite articles il and la ; but when 
 they precede a noun of quality, such as Altezza, Highness ; 
 Eccellenza, Excellency ; Santitd, Holiness, &c. and also 
 padre, father ; madre, mother, the indefinite article di, 
 of; a, to ; da, from ; is to be used.+ 
 
 Yet the hope he had of an Pur la speranza d'un impiego 
 employment, consoled him in nel suo cordoglio Vandava rac- 
 his grief. consolando. soave. 
 
 * The possessive pronouns in English agree with the possessor ; 
 but in Italian they agree with the person or thing possessed : 
 Thus, his wife, her husband, are to be translated by sua moglie, 
 guo marito; and not suo moglie, sua marito. 
 
 f The possessive pronouns with other nouns of kindred, such 
 asfratello, brother 5 sorella, sister, &c. take the article definite 
 ad libitum. These are the rules which grammarians have always 
 set down ; yet I find in Firenzuola, the possessive pronoun 
 with the article definite before padre, father. 
 
 Arete of Gyrene who after her father's death ruled the school, 
 &c. Ai eta Cirenaica, che dopo la morte del suo padre resse le 
 
 scuola, ec. 
 
HI— HI 155 
 
 All his thoughts were of joy. TutV i suoi pensieri erano 
 
 allegrezza. gozzi. 
 
 He put into execution his Esegul egli la sua risoluzione. 
 resolution. 
 
 ALTANESI. 
 
 Till now sentiments of sound In sua Maesta si veggono sin 
 judgment have been seen in qui sensi di gran giudizio. 
 his majesty .* bentivoglio. 
 
 His, suo, suoi, sua, sue, and all other possessive pro- 
 nouns referring to something spoken of before, take an 
 article in Italian, except when preceded by a tense of the 
 verb to be. 
 
 Give her his. Dateleilsuo, la sua, ec. 
 
 It is his. JE' suo, sua. 
 
 They are her's. Son suoi, sue. 
 
 * His, and all other possessive pronouns are changed into 
 conjunctive pronouns, or omitted, whenever they are joined to 
 a noun, referring to the limbs of the body, or that denote a 
 part of one's dress. 
 
 Give him his hat ; turn, give to him the hat : Dategli it cap- 
 pello. I hurt my hand ; turn, I hurt to me the hand : Mi son 
 fatto male alia mano. He lost his senses : Ha perduto il senti- 
 mento. 
 
 Observe that his and hefs are expressed by di lui, di lei, when 
 they cause ambiguity. 
 
 Have you not seen her yourself sitting at his table: Non Vavete 
 veduta voi stesso sedere alia di lui tavola. (instead of sua tavola.) 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 I am afraid that you have received some offence from her father : 
 Dubito che qualche dispiacere abbiate ricevutodal di lei padre, 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
156 HI— HO 
 
 • Hit the mark (to), colpire net segno. 
 
 And the certainty of always ' E la certezza onde sempre col- 
 hitting the mark. pia nel segno. soave. 
 
 Honour one with (to), onorarc tmo y genitive ; fare 
 onore, dative. 
 
 Charles the Fifth having known Carlo Quinto eonosciutolo, 
 
 him, honoured him with the Vonorb del Tosone. 
 
 golden fleece. davanzati. 
 
 And wishing to honour you, at E volendo a sue spese far-\e 
 
 your expence. onore. bembo. 
 
 Honour to, onoredi ? with the infinitive. 
 
 Either the army of the Duke O Vesercito del Duca di Lob- 
 
 of Lobkowitz, or the Admiral kowitz, o V Ammiraglio Martin 
 
 Martin, has intercepted the ha intercettato le lettere che 
 
 letters I had the honour to ho avuto Vonore di scrivere a 
 
 write to you. voi. voltaire. 
 
 Honoured with, onorato, genitive. 
 
 With whose presence alone he Delia cui sola presenza esso 
 wouhlbe the more honoured. poscia rimarrebbe piu onorato. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Hope (to), sperare, with an infinitive with or without 
 di before it, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise che with the subjunctive. 
 
 When a young man may at Dove un giovane pub pure al 
 least hope to grow old. manco sperare d'invecchiare. 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 And I firmly hope I shall gain E spero fermamente doverne 
 honour and fame. conseguire onore efama. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Hoping, perhaps, that my Sperando forse, che la pere- 
 travelling for so many years, grinazion mia di tanti anni } la 
 
HO— HO 157 
 
 my conversing with an infinite conversazione da me avuta con 
 number of nations, have ren- infinite nazioni, m'abbia potuto 
 dered me such, &c. render tale, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 As he hoped that ijou knew too Siccome ei sperava che voi 
 well the truth, and that it was troppo bene conosceste il vero, 
 unnecessary to, &c. e non fosse bisogno di, ec. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 How, in a sentence of exclamation or admiration, 
 quanto, which is to precede the verb, and the adjective 
 with which it is joined is to be put after the verb. 
 
 For, who does not know how Perche, chi e quello che non 
 inferior he is in strength, &c. sappia quanto sia egTi inferiore 
 
 diforze, ec. tolomei. 
 
 How much, quanto, for the masculine ; quanta, for the 
 feminine. 
 
 Oh yes ! the sallad : how Oh, si, Vinsalata : quanta ne 
 
 much did you buy ? haipresa? goldoni. 
 
 How many, quanti for the masculine, quanie for 
 the feminine. 
 
 How many (eggs) did you Quante ne hai prese 9 
 buy ? goldoni. 
 
 How long since, in an interrogative sense, without 
 being joined to any other phrase, da quanto in qua. 
 
 What is the matter with you ? Che avete, siete forse stato 
 have you been ill ? Yes, I have. ammalato ? Si. Da quanto in 
 How long since ? qua? goldoni. 
 
 How long is it since, if the action spoken of has 
 begun some time past and is still continuing, quanto 
 
158 
 
 HO HU 
 
 tempo e che, da quanto tempo, e unpe%%oche, with the 
 indicative present, although it is a past tense in English. 
 
 How long is it since you 
 taught the Italian language ? 
 
 Quanto tempo e che voi inseg- 
 nate Vltaliano ? 
 
 How long is it since... last, quanto tempo e dipoi 
 che, or dacche. .... J ultima volta,* with the definite tense, 
 as it is in English ;-— and quanto tempo e che non, or da 
 quanto tempo non, without expressing last, with the com- 
 pound tense. 
 
 How long is it since you saw 
 your brother last ? 
 
 Quanto tempo e dipoi che ve- 
 deste il vostro fratello V ultima 
 volta ? or quanto tempo e che 
 non avete veduto U fratello 
 vostro ? 
 
 Hungry (to be), avere fame. 
 That poor man is very hun- Ha gran fame quel povero 
 
 gry. 
 
 uomo. 
 
 Hurt (to), nuocere, fare danno, pregiudicare, dative. 
 
 For this imprudence is so 
 foolish, that it cannot hurt 
 the innocence of the good. 
 
 Therefore Soliman arrived at 
 Tauris, and without hurting 
 the city, &c. 
 
 I have taught children reading 
 and writing, a profession which 
 neither hurts the birth nor the 
 decorum of an honest man. 
 
 Poiche essa imprudenza e cosi 
 sciocca, che non pub nuocere all' 
 innocenza del buoni. tolqmei. 
 
 Onde Solimano arrivb a Tau- 
 ris, e senza fare alcun danno 
 alia citta, ec. segni. 
 
 Ho insegnato a leggere e scri- 
 vere a' ragazzi, professione che 
 non pregiudica alia nascita, ne 
 al decoro d'un onesto uomo. 
 
 GOLDONf. 
 
 * Vultima volta, however, may be omitted without hurting 
 the sense of the phrase : and I think it sounds better. 
 
HU IF 159 
 
 Hurt one's-self (to) ,- far si male. 
 
 Provided you have not hurt Purche non fhaifatto male io 
 yourself I am contented. son contento. fiorentino. 
 
 I AND J. 
 
 I, being the nominative of a verb, io, or V with an 
 apostrophe; but the latter is seldom used in prose, ex- 
 cept in old authors. 
 
 I, being preceded by than or so.,, as, is expressed by 
 me y and the verb is omitted if there be any in English. 
 Nobody loveshim more than I. Nessuno Varna pin di me. 
 
 BEMBO, 
 
 Adieu, my beloved Zanottino, Addio, il mio amatissimo Za~ 
 whom certainly nobody loves nottino, il quale non avete cer- 
 as I do. iamente chi vi ami quanto me. 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Jealous of (to be), prendere gelosia, pigliare gelosia P 
 genitive. 
 
 I can trust to him ; I cannot Di lux mi posso fidare ; di lui 
 be jealous of him. non posso prendere gelosia. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Dr. Bernardin Guasconi, be- IlDottor Bernardin Guasconi, 
 ginning to be jealous of me, cominciando a pigliar gelosia 
 &c. di me, ec. magaeotti. 
 
 Idea of (to have an), immaginarsi, accusative. 
 
 Indeed I had not the least Davverononme-loimmagznava 
 idea of it. neppure. goldonx. 
 
 If, preceding the present tense se with the future ; 
 provided the second verb is in the future ; or otherwise 
 
160 
 
 IF IF 
 
 if the sense of the phrase means futurity ; but if it does 
 not, the verb, preceded by if is either put in the present, 
 as in English, or in the gerund. 
 
 If I do not obtain from you Spero, se da voi nome di bel 
 the name of a good speaker, I 
 hope at least I shall acquire 
 reputation and fame. 
 
 That if I have not celebrated 
 this solemn day as I should, I 
 shall certainly have shewn I 
 had a respect for it. 
 
 If it is so I thank you. 
 
 Jf an occasion presents itself 
 do not neglect to do my duty. 
 
 parlatore non riportero, opinio- 
 ne e fama doverne conseguire. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Che se io non *aro questo so- 
 lenne giorno> come si conveniva 
 celebrato, arb certamente dimo- 
 strato d'averlo in river enza. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Io se cost e vi ringrazio. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Presentandosi V opportunity 
 non trascurate di far le mie 
 
 parti. METASTASIO. 
 
 If, preceding the imperfect of the indicative sei with 
 the imperfect of the subjunctive, provided the sense of the 
 phrase means futurity ; otherwise, the imperfect of the 
 indicative is to be used. 
 
 And if any one, who is in- 
 clined to oppose my words, 
 said that such a mixture, &c. 
 
 And if those words, derived 
 from the Latin, had on the 
 contrary, &c. 
 
 E se alcunoy vago di opporsi 
 a' miei detti dicesse che un 
 miscuglio si fatto, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 E se quelle che avevan la ma- 
 teria Latina, avevan alV incon- 
 
 tro, ec. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 * Arb, for avrb, rather obsolete. 
 
 -j* Sometimes instead of se we find dove or ove, and very often 
 in poetry. 
 
 And if you did not find any, you might discern in what a 
 danger, &c. E dove non ne trovaste, potreste discernere in quanta 
 pericohj ec* boccaccio. 
 
IF -IM 
 
 161 
 
 If, preceding the pluperfect, se with the pluperfect of 
 the subjunctive, without exception. 
 
 E se non mi fosse si nota la 
 somma cortesia vostra, ec. 
 
 And if your great kindness 
 were not so well known to me ; 
 &c. 
 
 If the country were not di~ 
 vided into so many different 
 governments, &c. 
 
 BUOMMATTEJ.* 
 
 E se diviso non fosse il paese 
 in tanti governi diversi, ec, 
 
 GANGANELLI* 
 
 Ignorant of (to be), igncfare, accusative. 
 
 You are not ignorant of my Vol non ignorate l'ardente 
 fervent desire. mio desiderio. metastasio. 
 
 Ill, or well (to be), stare bene, or male, or amma- 
 taio ; sentirsi bene, or male. 
 
 One is tired, if I am allowed 
 to say, of being too well. 
 
 There was however nobody, 
 who dared to ask him whether 
 he was ill. 
 
 Mr. Romolo Cervini told me 
 you was not well. 
 
 Uno si stanca, per cos% dire, 
 di stare troppo bene. 
 
 GANGANELLI. 
 
 Non vi-fu percib chi ardisse 
 domandarlo se si sentiva male. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Messer Romolo Cervini m'ha 
 detto die non vi sentite bene. 
 
 BONFADIO. 
 
 Imagine (to), immaginarsi di, with the infinitive, if 
 the subject of the two verbs be the same : otherwise che 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 Having lost all hopes, I let 
 him stay, as I imagined I had 
 a madman in my house. 
 
 If I could imagine that he 
 had married you, &c. 
 
 Perduta ogni speranza la- 
 sciavalo stare, immaginandomi 
 d'aver un pazzo in casa. bembo. 
 
 Se immaginar potessi ch' egli 
 favesse sposata, ec. goldoni. 
 M 
 
162 IM IN 
 
 Impose upon (to), imporre, dative. In the sense of 
 taking in, infinocchiare, or ingannare, accusative. 
 
 Thus the Romans having Cos\ i Romani vinto la gior' 
 
 gained the victory, and im- nata, imponendo a loro piu 
 
 posed on them heavier condi- gravi condizioni, se ne ritorna- 
 
 tions, returned home. rono a casa. macchiavelli. 
 
 Impossible to, impossibile, or non possibile di, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 It was impossible for me to Non mi fu possibile di dire a 
 tell you that I found Boyle., &c. V, S. che trovai il Boyle, ec. 
 
 MAGALOTTI. 
 
 Improve (to), fare profitto, fare progressi. 
 
 In this time JBuonarroto im- Fece gran profitto in questo 
 proved very much, by drawing tempo il Buonarroto, disegnan- 
 the figures of Masaccio. do alle figure di Masaccio. 
 
 BORGHINI. 
 
 .In a short time the valiant II giovine valoroso wife" in 
 youth wonderfully improved breve tempo maravigliosi pro- 
 in it. gressi. soave. 
 
 In, is generally expressed by in. 
 In London, in Paris. In Londra, in Parigi. 
 
 In, preceding a noun, which takes the definite article 
 in Italian, or a possessive pronoun, nello, net, nella. 
 
 Nello* is put put before masculine nouns beginning 
 with the letter s, when s is followed by another consonant, 
 and it makes negli in the plural. 
 
 * Nello is also put before nouns of both genders, beginning 
 with a vowel, by suppressing the o, and inserting an apostrophe 
 in the place of it ; thus : nell\ which in the plural makes negli, 
 
IN— IN 
 
 163 
 
 To which however several 
 things are required, that are 
 not necessary in writing. 
 
 According to what we find in 
 old writings. 
 
 Nel is prefixed to all other 
 with a consonant, and makes 
 
 If they attempt to translate 
 into Latin, &c. 
 
 Which may be understood by 
 old writings, in which frequent 
 mention of the words are 
 made. 
 
 Ladies have very frequently 
 exercised themselves in those 
 fields. 
 
 Al qua! perb si richiedono 
 alcune cose, che non sono neces- 
 sarie nello scrivere. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Secondo cio che troviamo negli 
 scritti antichi. buommattei. 
 
 masculine nouns beginning 
 neiy ne > in the plural. 
 
 Se essi tenter anno di tradur nel 
 Latino, ec. buommattei. 
 
 II che si pub comprendere per 
 gli scritti antichi, nei quali sono 
 frequenti menzioni delle opere* 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 he donne si sono infinite volte 
 ne' campi di quelle esercitate. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Nella is put before feminine nouns beginning with a 
 consonant, and makes nelle in the plural. 
 
 That period of old age, in Qmsta eta delta vecchiaja,neU 
 
 which you are, being the last, la quale tu se" , essendo Vullima, 
 
 &c. ec. GELLI. 
 
 We see nothing else in their Non vediamo altro nelle loro 
 
 lives, &c. vite, ec* borghini. 
 
 for the masculine, when the i is not suppressed, unless the follow- 
 ing noun begins with an i, and nelle or nelV for the feminine, 
 without any exception. 
 
 In my earliest years when I frequented your house : Negli 
 anni miei primi f quand'io usava la casa vostra. algarotti. 
 
 But in both of them, my children, preserve a strong mind : 
 Ma, nell* una e nelV altre conservate, miei figli, un cuor forte. 
 
 padovani. 
 
 * Sometimes we find in lo, in la, in an old renowned author j 
 but they are to be avoided at the present time. 
 
 M 2 
 
1 64 
 
 IN 
 
 ■IN 
 
 In, before a noun of time, fra> ira. 
 
 When I see Cola, who is at Cola che e a Padova salutero, 
 
 Padua, I will salute him, come io il vegga, che *fia fra 
 
 which will be in two or three due o tre giorni. bembo. 
 days. 
 
 In the presence, al cospetto, genitive. 
 
 As I am no longer to speak Non avendo io piU a perorare 
 in "the presence of this bene- al cospetto di questo benigno 
 volent nation, &c. popolo, ec. montemagno. 
 
 In, preceding ray, thy, bis name, &c. a nome mio, a 
 nome tuo, a nome suo, or in nome mio, &c. 
 You may speak of it in my A nome mio potrete parlarne. 
 
 name. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 In time, a tempo. 
 
 I should perhaps have kept 
 him longer, if you had written 
 to me in time. 
 
 f Areilo per avventura potuto 
 ritenerlo piu, se voi m'aveste a 
 tempo scritto. bembo, 
 
 In, dentroj genitive; entro, dative; in the sense of 
 within or into. 
 
 Many of tbem, drinking along Molte, bevendo per le chiare 
 
 the chrystailine fountains, were fontane, si rallegravano di ve~> 
 
 rejoiced to admire themselves dersi dentro di quelle, 
 
 in them. sannazzaro. 
 
 A water fowl was in a lake. 
 
 Stavasi un uccel oVacqua entro 
 a un lago. firenzuola. 
 
 Incapable, incapace di, with tbe infinitive. See 
 Capable. 
 
 * Fia, for sara, better used in poetry. 
 
 f Areilo, for avrei-lo, rather obsolete. 
 
IN IN 165 
 
 Increase with (to), accrescerej genitive. 
 
 His noble mind was afflicted, Angustiava la grandezza dell* 
 
 because he thought he had not animo sno, nongli parere aVaver 
 
 increased the Florentine em- accresciuto limperio Fiorentino 
 
 pire with honorable acquisitions. d'uno acquisto onorevole. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Indebted to one for (to be), essere debitorc a 
 ttno, genitive. 
 
 And he was indebted to his E di tutto quel che al mondo 
 friend for all he possessed in possedeva al suo fratello era 
 the world. debitore. 
 
 Indulge one's own passions (to), abbandonarsi^ 
 or darsi in preda alle sue passioni. 
 
 A man, who more easily in- Non s'era mai visto un uomo, 
 bulged all his passions^ had che piu facilmente davasi in 
 never been seen before. preda alle sue passioni. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Inebriated with, ebbro, genitive. 
 
 All the people are inebriated 11 popolo n'e tutto ebbro di 
 with joy. gi°ja. soaye. 
 
 Infatuated with, infatuato, genkive. 
 
 Infatuated with a vain self- Di un vano amor proprio in- 
 love, &c. fatuata, ec. goldoni. 
 
 Inferior to. ..in, inferiors a..*di. 
 
 'For, as I am by far inferior Cheessendo io di etaf, tTingeg- 
 io him in age, genius, eloquence, no, di facondia, d'esperlenza 
 mid experience, &c. lungamente inferior e a lui, ec. 
 
 TOLQMET, 
 
 M 3" 
 
166 
 
 IN -IN 
 
 Inflame one with (to), accendere imo 3 genitive. 
 Where can that cowardly man Qual animo si pub trovare cost 
 
 be found, whom the extreme 
 dangers of his country may not 
 inflame with a just anger and 
 a valiant boldness ? 
 
 vile, il quale non accendesseno 
 d'un giusto sdegno, d'un valo- 
 roso ardire gli estremi pericoli 
 delta sua patria ? cavalcanti. 
 
 Inflamed with, infiammato, genitive 
 
 And to tell the truth, I am 
 quite inflamed with his glowing 
 virtue. 
 
 E gia per dir vero, sono tutto 
 infiammato della sua fervente 
 virtu. BEMBO. 
 
 Inspire one with a thing (to), ispirare una cosa 
 auno. 
 
 Who seemed to have been 
 created to inspire, (all * peo- 
 ple) with a love for friendship. 
 
 Ah ! you (Gods) who inspire 
 my soul with so muck virtue, 
 &.c. 
 
 II quale, parevafatto a posta 
 per ispirare 1' am ore delV ami- 
 cizia. salvini. 
 
 Ah ! voi che ispirate a quest' 
 alma tanta virtu, ec, 
 
 metastasio. 
 
 Inform one of (to), fare partecipe, dare awiso auno^ 
 genitive.. 
 
 I beg you will inform me of 
 the motive of your resolution. 
 
 Inform Mr. Andrew, our bro- 
 ther, of it. 
 
 f La supplico di far-mi parte- 
 cipe jdel motivo della f sua 
 risoluzione. goldoni. 
 
 Date-Tie $ awho al Signor 
 Andrea nostro fratello. zeno. 
 
 * All people is understood. 
 
 f La is translated by you, and sua by your, because they speak 
 in the third person. See General Rules of . different ways of 
 addressing, page 17. 
 
 % Ne is the genitive, and stands for di cib. 
 
IN- — IN 
 
 167 
 
 Inhabit (to), obit are in. 
 
 So that if the fear of wars 
 obliges them of their own 
 accord to inhabit strong places, 
 &c. 
 
 In the first ages, when inno- 
 cence inhabited the world. 
 
 Tale che dove la paura delle 
 guerre costrignequelli adabitare 
 volentieri ne' luoghi forti, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Nei primi secoli quando la in- 
 nocenza abitava nel mondo. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Intend to (to), disegnare, avere in animo, avere in- 
 tenzione di, with the infinitive. 
 
 But he, by always withdraw- 
 ing into the most difficult 
 places, and burning the pro- 
 visions, intended to defeat that 
 army. 
 
 I hear from several friends of 
 mine that you intend to pro- 
 pose, &c. 
 
 You will tell the Chevalier 
 from me, what I intended to 
 tell him myself. 
 
 Ma ritirandosi sempre ne* luo- 
 ghi piu difficili, abbruciando la 
 vettovaglia, disegnava di consu- 
 mare quell' esercito, segni. 
 
 Io iniendo da diversi amici che 
 V.S. Illustrissima ha in amnio 
 di proporre, ec. della casa. 
 
 Ella dira per me al cavalier e, 
 quello chHo aveva intenzione di 
 dirgli. gold oni. 
 
 Intent on, occupato a, with the infinitive, or eft with 
 a substantive. 
 
 He was sitting at the foot of 
 a tree, intent on reading a 
 book. 
 
 Intent on my studies, I did 
 not think, &c. 
 
 Era egli seduto appie oVun 
 albero, occupato a leggere un 
 libro. 
 
 Occupato dei miei studj, non 
 pensavo, ec. alfieri. 
 
 Intention to (with the), con animo di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 He would not believe that his Ne voile credere che un amico 
 
 friend could do any thing with suo potesse far cosa con animo 
 
 the intention to offend him. d'ofFender-fo. tolomei. 
 
 M 4 
 
168 IN IT 
 
 Interfere with (to) % ingerirsi, impacciarsi, genitive. 
 
 There was nobody then who Non aveva altrl ailora che 
 interfered with my business. s'ingerisse de' fatti miei. 
 
 ALFIERI. 
 
 Interrupted with, interroito, ablative. 
 
 Do not the frequent voices of Non vi traflggono il cuore le 
 
 the sacred virgins, interrupted continue voci delle sacre vergini 
 
 with bitter tears, pierce your da amaro pianto interrotte ? 
 
 heart? cavalcanti. 
 
 Intreat (to), supplicare. See Beseech. 
 
 It, being a nominative, egli, e\ esso, for the masculine; 
 ellcij essa, for the feminine. See He for its construction. 
 
 It, being the case of a verb that governs the accusative 
 in Italian, il or lo, for the masculine, and la for the 
 feminine. See Him, being the case of a verb that governs 
 the accusative in Italian for its construction. 
 
 I*r, being accusative, and accompanied with not, is 
 expressed by nol or nollo, which is put before the verb. 
 
 Poor woman ! I would lay a Povera donnina ! scommcito 
 wager you do not know it nol sapete nemmen voi ! 
 neither. celesia. 
 
 How many times have I not Quarite volte nollo dissi an- 
 said it ? cKio? cigna. 
 
 It, preceded by to, of, from,, hy, at, for, and other 
 prepositions, is expressed by ne, when the Italian verb 
 governs a genitive or ablative, and by ei, vi, when the 
 Italian verb governs a dative. See Him, being the case 
 of a verb that governs the accusative, for its con- 
 struction. 
 
IT IT 
 
 169 
 
 Which does not happen in the 
 art of painting; because one 
 can change and add to it a 
 thousand times, &c. 
 
 Thus I shall offer to yoli a 
 part of it. 
 
 And I hope I shall be freed 
 from it in two months. 
 
 The crime is discovered at 
 last, and the criminal is pu- 
 nished for it. 
 
 So that think of it } my son. 
 
 She (the quail) told him (the 
 hawk), without thinking any 
 more about it, to execute, &c. 
 
 Because the more I rejoice 
 and wonder at it. 
 
 II che nellapittura non aceade; 
 che mille volte si pub mutare, 
 giunger-v\, ec. castiglione. 
 
 Cosi io a vol ne offrirb qualche 
 parte. bembo. 
 
 E spero fra due mesi esser-ne 
 libero. bembo. 
 
 II delitto fnalmente si scuopre, 
 e il delinquente ne e punito, 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Sicclie pensa-cijfigliuol mio. 
 gozzi. 
 
 Gli disse ella senza piu pensar- 
 y\j che eseguisse s ec. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Per che tanto piil me wo. r alle- 
 gro, e me ne maraviglh. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 * It is, preceded by yes, are not expressed. f 
 
 Is your business settled? Yes., Son regolaii i vostri affari? 
 it is. St. 
 
 Was it done ? Yes, it was. Era fatto ? Si. 
 
 * It is, preceding a personal pronoun, is to agree 
 with the said pronoun ; that is to saj, it ought to be put 
 in the same person as the pronoun is; as, It is I, it is 
 
 * Observe that this rule extends to all the tenses of the verb 
 to be ; as, it was, it has been, it shall be, &c. 
 
 f Sometimes the question is repeated in answering. Son 
 regolati i vostri affari P Si, son rcgolati. Era fatto ? S\ era 
 fatto. 
 
] 70 IT IT 
 
 thou, it is he, &c. Sono io, sei tu, e egli, siamo not, siete 
 voi, sono eglino ; and so on of all other tenses. 
 
 Who is there ? It is I. Chi e la ? Son io. 
 
 Who was it ? It was he. Chi era P era egli.* 
 
 It is, preceding a personal pronoun, and the relative 
 pronoun who, such as, it is I, it is thou, it is he, &c. 
 are expressed by, quello sono, quello sei, quello e,+ quel 
 siamo, quel siete, quei sono; and so of all other tenses. 
 
 It is I who sung, &c. Quello son io che cantai, ec. 
 
 It was she who said so. Quellafu colei ch'il disse. 
 
 In phrases such as these, It is zoho, &c. maybe left out, 
 and the verb following the relative is to agree with the 
 personal pronoun. 
 
 It is I who pay for it, and Io lo pago, e non altri. 
 nobody else : turn, I pay, &c. 
 
 It was you who ordered it, I Son sicuro che voi Vordinaste. 
 am sure : turn, I ordered, &c. 
 
 It is, before one o'clock, e, before two o'clock, as 
 far as twelve o'clock, sono; and so on of all other 
 tenses. 
 
 It is one o'clock. E urt or a, or e Vuna. 
 
 It is two o'clock. Sono due ore. or sono le due. 
 
 „ * If the question is not a tense of the verb to be, the pronoun 
 alone is expressed in answering, and the verb is omitted. 
 
 Who told you so ? It was yourself : Chi veV ha detto ? voi 
 stesso. 
 
 Who knocks ? It is I : Chi picchia ? Io. 
 
 + Observe that the thirdperson of both numbers are expressed,, 
 quello e colui, quella e colei, quei son coloro, quelle son coloro ; and 
 not quello e egli, quella e ella, quelli son eglino, quelle sono elleno. 
 
IT JU 171 
 
 It was one o'clock. Era Vuna. 
 
 It was ten o'clock. Erano le died, &c. 
 
 It is, it was, it shall be, &c. preceding a passive 
 participle, are expressed by si, and the participle is put 
 in the same tense ; as, it is, it zntas, it shall be, &c. 
 
 It is said ; change it is into si : put said in the present 
 tense, (because is is a present tense,) and you will find, 
 si dice. And again, 
 
 It was spoken ; change it was into si : put spoken in the 
 imperfect tense, (because was is imperfect), and you will 
 find si diceva, and so on of all the other tenses. 
 
 Its, suo, suoi, sua, sue. See His for its construction. 
 
 Judge (to), giudicare, with an infinitive, with or 
 without di before it, provided the subject of the two verbs 
 be the same ; otherwise che with the subjunctive. 
 
 After which judging he had Dopo la audi cosa giudicando 
 satisfied his appetite, &c. d'aver soddisfatto al suo appeti- 
 
 to, ec. SEGNI. 
 
 He judged it was better, &c. Egli ha giudicato esser meglio, 
 
 ec. TOLOMEI. 
 
 I judge these three mountains Giudicherei che questi tre 
 
 ought to be made, &c, monti si dovessero fare, &c. 
 
 caro. 
 
 Judge about (to), giudicare, genitive. 
 
 Because he who is unac- Perche non pub giudicare de' 
 quainted with vices, cannot vizj chi non li conosce. 
 judge about them. ., pandolfini. 
 
172 JU KI 
 
 Judge of (lobe), dare giudicio, geiiitive. 
 
 Now not to lose your reputa- Ora per non perdere di riputa- 
 
 tiorjj put a bridle on your zione, tieni la lingua a te, e non 
 
 tongue, and be not judge of dar giudicio deli' opere e deli' 
 
 works and arts. art!. dati. 
 
 K. 
 
 Keep from (to), guardare, genitive. 
 God keep you from it. Iddio ve-ut guardi. 
 
 FANDOLFINI. 
 
 Therefore I without doubt Onde io senza folio credo che 
 
 think that God will keep our Iddio guardera la nostra citta 
 city from great adversity. di grande avversita. villani. 
 
 Keep good hours (to), ritirdrsf per tempo, ovdibuori* 
 ora. 
 
 You have nothing to say Voi non avete nulla da dire 
 against him ' } he keeps good contra di lui, egli si ritira per 
 hours. tempo. goldoni. 
 
 Keep one company (to), tenere compagnia, dative. 
 
 And she caused many Barons E fece invitare molti Baroni e 
 and Counts to be invited, that Conti, perclih e' tenessero com- 
 they might keep him company. pagnia a costui. fiorentino. 
 
 Kick one (to), dare de 1 calci, dative ; calcitrarc, accu- 
 sative. The latter is used in speaking of horses. 
 
 She kicked her husband, and Ella diede de' calci al marito, 
 then turned him out of doors. e poi lo caccib di casa. 
 
 My horse kicks. Calcitra il mio cavallo. 
 
 Kill one's-self (to), darsila morte, uccidersi. 
 
 ..Oh, how willingly would I. Oh, quanto volentieri mi da~ 
 kill myself. rei la morte. gold on J. 
 
K[— -KI 173 
 
 Kind to, cortese verso, con, accusative. 
 
 I have lived several years with Ho vissuto molti anni con lui, 
 him,, and have always found e Vho sempre trovato verso me 
 him very kind to me. cortesissimo , 
 
 Cassini, I think, might have II Cassini, potea mi pare esser 
 been kinder to him. pia cortese con lui. algarotti. 
 
 Kind as to (to be so), avere la bonta di, with the in- 
 finitive. 
 
 And remember that your un- E si ricordi* che il suo* signor 
 cie was so kind as to say he zio ha avuto la bonta di dire 
 trusted on me, &c. chesijidava a me, ec. goldoni. 
 
 Kind to one (to be), croere bonta per una. 
 
 And since you are so kind to E giacche ha ianta bonta per 
 me, I beg of you, &c. me, la supplico, ec. goldoni. 
 
 Kindle one with (to), accendere uno, genitive. 
 
 The glory of Uggero had no La gloria d' Uggero nonfi che 
 other effect, but that of kind- acccnder-lo d'un odio feroce. 
 ling him with a ferocious hatred. so aye. 
 
 Kindled with, acceso, genitive. 
 
 A soul sends forth to another Rimanda un anima ulValtro. 
 
 soul the rays of the same i raggi delta medesima stella di 
 
 star with which they are both cui sono accese ambedue. 
 
 kindled. algarottj. 
 
 Kiss one's hand (to), baciare la mano, dative. 
 
 Kiss the Duchess's hand for Voi alia signora Duchessa fra- 
 me, date la mano per me. bembo. 
 
 * Si ricordi stands for ricordatevi, and suo for vostro, because 
 the speaker addresses in the third person. See General Rules on 
 the different ways of addressing, page 17. 
 
174 KN KN 
 
 Knock down (to), atterrare, accusative. 
 
 He knocked her down with a Con un sol colpo atterroll&r. 
 single stroke. 
 
 Know (to), avere cognizione, genitive, sapere, accusa- 
 tive, in speaking of things ; conoscere, accusative, in 
 speaking of persons, and of things belonging to persons : 
 such as, one's heart, one's intention, one's thoughts, &c* 
 
 And this is to know the art of E questo e aver cognizione dell' 
 painting properly. arte propria del dipingere. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 I who have known you these Io che vi conosco da venfanni 
 
 twenty years. in qua. bembo. 
 
 I know her heart. Conosco il di lei cuore. gozzt . 
 
 You who well knew my in- Voi che ben conoscevate la mia 
 
 tentiom. intenzione. soave. 
 
 Know how (to), sapere y with the infinitive without a 
 preposition. 
 
 And this is to know how to E questo e il saper designare. 
 draw. CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 She knows not how to write Ella non sa neppure scrivere il 
 her own name. suo nome. 
 
 Know that (to), sapere, conoscere di, with the in- 
 finitive. 
 
 For she well knew that she Chi ben sapeva d'aver meritato 
 
 had deserved the punishment. il castigo. soave. 
 
 I know that I do not merit Conosco di non meritare tante 
 
 so many favours. grazie. goldoni. 
 
 * To know one's heart, one's intention, may however be ex- 
 pressed by sapere qual sia il suo cuore, la sua intenzione, &c. 
 
 I know not your intention : Io non so qual sia la vostra inten- 
 zione. GOLDONI. 
 
KN LA 
 
 175 
 
 Know one (to), by name, sight, reputation, &c. 
 wnoscere unodi nome, di vista, di reputatione, &c. 
 
 Know one to be (to), conoscereuno per. 
 
 The Jesuit is called Father II ?wme del gesuita e il Padre 
 
 Grammatica, whom Mr. Man- Grammatica, il quale il Signor 
 
 fredi knows to be the cle- Manfredi conosce per lo piil 
 
 verest of Jesuits. abile fra i gesuiti. 
 
 ALGAROTTI, 
 
 Laden with, carico or earco, genitive. See Loaded. 
 
 Lament (to), dolersi, genitive, 
 
 All his fellow citizens lament Dolgonsi della sua morte tutt'i 
 his death. suoi cittadini. macchiavelli. 
 
 Languish for (to), languire, genitive. 
 
 He languishes for love who Chi non sa metter freno alle 
 cannot govern his passions. sue passioni languisce d'amore. 
 
 Laugh at (to), farsi beffe, ridersi, genitive ; burlarsi, 
 heffare, accusative. 
 
 And as he thought that Bion- 
 dello, whom he was acquainted 
 with, would laugh at him, &c. 
 
 I cannot refrain, Judges, 
 from laughing at the impru- 
 dence of that accuser. 
 
 The infant Hercules plays in 
 the cradle, as if he laughed at 
 the great trial. 
 
 Consider in how many places 
 do they laugh at them. 
 
 E credendo che Biondello, il 
 quale, egli conosceva, sifacesse 
 beffe di lui, ec. boccaccdo. 
 
 Non posso contenermi, giu- 
 dici, che io non mi rida dell'im- 
 prudenza di questo accusatore. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 Scherza nella culla il bambino 
 Ercole, quasi che si burlasse del 
 gran ciment®. dati. 
 
 Considerate in quanti luogki 
 gli beffano. varchi. 
 
176 LA LE 
 
 Lavish upon (to), prodigare or prodigalizzare^ 
 dative. 
 
 Nature lavishes upon those A quei popoli la natura pro- 
 people, &c. , diga, ec. segni. 
 
 Lay eggs (to), fare Puovo. 
 
 Her goose laid a golden egg L'oca suafaceva un novo d'oro 
 every day. ogni gwrno. 
 
 Lay hold of (to), dare di piglio^ dative; afferrare, 
 accusative. 
 
 When he saw his enemy ap- Quando vidde accostccr il re- 
 proach him, he laid hold of a mico, die di piglio a una spada 
 sword that was on the table^ die sulla tavola stava, ec. 
 &c. 
 
 Lay out (to), scartare, accusative, in playing at 
 cards. 
 
 How many cards did you lay Quante carte avete scartate? 
 
 OUt ? GOLD ONI. 
 
 Lay aside (to), spoglktrsi, ablative. 
 
 And therefore you ought at E perb tu debbl premier amente 
 first to lay aside all passions, spogliarti da tutte le passioni., 
 &c. ec. GELLI. 
 
 Lead parties (to), cssere capo difazioni. 
 
 He who had led the parties in Quegli die capo difazioni era 
 the state, &c. nello stato, ec. 
 
 Lean on, or upon (to), appoggiarsi, dative. 
 
 Therefore if the guide "is Onde qualunque ora lo guida- 
 
 blind, it is necessary that he, tore e cieto, conviene ch' esso, e 
 
 and the blind man who leans quello anche cieco die a lui 
 
 upon him, should come, &c, s'appoggia, vengano 3 ec. 
 
 DANTE. 
 
LE— LE I77 
 
 Let her figure be that of a La sua forma sia oVuna donna 
 
 tall, active, and valiant woman, altaspedita e valorosa, con una 
 
 leaning on a stick with one of mano s'appoggi a un' asta, ec. 
 her hands, &c. caro. 
 
 Leap over (to), saltare, accusative. 
 She leaped over the wall. Ella salto il muro. 
 
 Learn of (to), apprendere, imparare, ablative. 
 
 That the youth of Florence Acciocche da quello la gio- 
 might learn Greek of him. ventu Fiorentina la lingua Greca 
 
 potesse apprendere. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Some of our gentlemen who Alquanti nostri gentiluomini 
 bad begun to learn Greek of die avevano cominciato ad im- 
 him. parare il Greco da lui. bembo. 
 
 Leave it to one (to), lasciarefare, dative. 
 
 If you have no courage leave Se non avete coraggio lasciate 
 it to me. fare a me* goldoni. 
 
 Leave off (to), cessare, finire, lasciate di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 She left off learning Latin. Ella cessb, or firh aV appren- 
 
 dere la lingua Latina. 
 And therefore I shall leave off E percib lascerb di narrare, ec. 
 relating, &c. boccaccio. 
 
 Leave a prey to (to), abbandonare in preda, 
 genitive. 
 
 But he was obliged to recall Ma gli conveniva richiamare 
 the infantry, which were placed lefanterie, che erano disposte in 
 in different stations, not to differenti luoghi, per non ab- 
 leave them a prey to the enemy. bandonarle inpreda del nemico. 
 
 davila. 
 N 
 
178 LE LE 
 
 Less than, me?2o, genitive. See Than. 
 
 Lest, per tcma, per paura y per timore che non^ with 
 the subjunctive. 
 
 He did not dare to discover Ei non ardiva alia fanciulla 
 his love to the girl, lest she scoprirsi per tenia ch' ella non 
 should be angry. si sdegnasse. bandello. 
 
 Let, being the sign of the imperative, is not expressed 
 in Italian. 
 
 Let him speak to you. Vi parli. 
 
 Let us go there. Andiamoci. 
 
 Let down (to), colore^ accusative. 
 
 And as the good pilot who E come il buon marirtajo 
 
 comes to the port, we shall quando s'appressa al porto, ca- 
 
 let down the sails of our worldly leremo le vele delle nostre moti- 
 
 actions. dane operazioni. gelli. 
 
 Let one (to), lasciare, dative, with an infinitive 
 without a preposition, or che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 Let me see those eggs. Lasciami veder quelle nova. 
 
 GOLDOiVI* 
 
 Let me go. Lascia ch' io parta. 
 
 metastasis 
 
 Let one hear of (to), dare novelle a uno, genitive. 
 Love me, and let me hear of Amatemi e date-mi* novelle 
 you and your health. di voi e della vostra salute. 
 
 algarotti, 
 
 Let one know (to), fare a sapere, fare sapere, fare 
 intendere, dative. 
 
 1 let you know that if, &c. Io f vifo a sapere che se, ec. 
 
 BEMBO, 
 
 * Mi here stands for a me. f Vi stands for a voi. 
 
LI_-Lr 
 
 179 
 
 Mr. Roderigo sent one of 'his 
 people to Don Diego, to let 
 him know all that was done. 
 
 You will then be pleased to 
 let the Marchioness know, &c. 
 
 II Signor Roderigo mando un 
 suo a Don Diego facendo-*g\i 
 sapefe quanto fat to s'era. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Sarete adunque contento fare 
 alia Signora March esa inten* 
 dere, ec. bembo. 
 
 Like, simile, pari, dative; 
 
 a semoianza^ 
 
 genitive. 
 
 By imitating the wonderful 
 order of those cities, you 
 made yours like them. 
 
 Oh ! noble master of all our 
 multitude ! where shall we 
 find another like you ? 
 
 Dante was rather haughty, 
 and almost like a philosopher, 
 &c 
 
 The female was painted like 
 a beautiful mare. 
 
 Delle quali citta i maraviglio&i 
 ordini imitando, simile a quelle 
 la citta vostta avete renduta. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 nobil maestro di tutto it 
 nostro stuolo, ove pari a te il 
 troveremo P sannazzaro. 
 
 Fa Dante alquanto disdegvioso, 
 e quasi a guisa di filosofo, ec. 
 
 „ VILLANI. 
 
 La femina era fatta a sera- 
 bianza d'una bellissima cavalla. 
 
 Like (to be), rassembrare. 
 
 And as he had grown thinner, 
 he was more like a wild man 
 than any thing else. 
 
 He acquainted him with the 
 manners of the Venetians, 
 which were not like those of 
 other countries. 
 
 somigliare, dative. 
 
 E divenendo piil magro, piu 
 a uomo selvaggio die ad altro 
 rassembrava. eandello. 
 
 Informollo dei costumi Vene- 
 ziani che non somigliavano a 
 quelli degli altri paesi, 
 
 LODOLT. 
 
 Gli stands for a lid. 
 
 N 2 , 
 
180 LI LI 
 
 Like a thing (to), piacere. This verb, being imper- 
 sonal, is construed by putting the English nominative in 
 the dative in Italian, and vice versa. 
 
 Those young men like every A quelli giovani place ogni 
 thing; turn, every thing pleases cosa.* Boccaccio. 
 
 to those young men. 
 
 We like study; turn, study CI place lo studio * 
 pleases to us. 
 
 If the English accusative be plural, the verb is to be 
 plural. 
 
 I like apples ; turn, apples Ml placclono le mele.* 
 please me. 
 
 Like to (to), amare di, with the infinitive, if the 
 subject of the two verbs he the same : otherwise che with 
 the subjunctive. 
 
 There are many people who Molti sono che amano plu 
 like to be considered as masters, d'essere tenutl maestri, che, ec. 
 in preference to, &c. dante. 
 
 Because they like to be ad- Amando egllno d'esser soli gli 
 mired alone. ammirati. salyjki. 
 
 Like to (to), piacere di, with the infinitive, if the 
 subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che with 
 the subjunctive. 
 
 Piacere, being impersonal, the English nominative is 
 put in the dative in Italian, and vice versa ; and the verb 
 is to be a third person singular. 
 
 * By the above examples it is plainly seen that the dative takes 
 the first place in Italian. It would not be proper to say, lo studio 
 mi place, le mele mi placclono. 
 
LI LI 
 
 181 
 
 You may take with you Bar- 
 badori, and whomsoever you 
 like to take-, — turn, and who- 
 ever it will please you tatake. 
 
 And I should like that the 
 time of this night were just 
 upon the dawn ; — turn, and to 
 me it should please, &c. 
 
 E poira menare il Barbadori, 
 e chi altri le piacera di menare. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 E mi placet ebbe die il tempo 
 di questa notte fosse in su Valba. 
 
 CARO. 
 
 Lined w it k, foderato, genitive. 
 
 Which city he entered wear- 
 ing a cassock of a golden tis- 
 sue, and a mantle of velvet 
 also lined with a golden tissue. 
 
 Nella quale citta entrb con 
 "un sajo indosso di teletta d'oro, 
 ed una cappa di velluto foderata 
 pure di teletta di oro. varchi. 
 
 Listen to (to), ascoltare, accusative; porgere orecchie, 
 prestare orecchj, dative. 
 
 Ascoltino costoro Amesia Ro- 
 mana. firenzuola. 
 
 La qual cosa non faranno 
 quegli uomini che me ascolte- 
 ranno. bembo. 
 
 Prestando voi alie mie parole 
 £ pazienti orecchj vostri, ec 
 
 CAVALCANTI* 
 
 Let them listen to Amesia a 
 Roman. 
 
 Which they, who will listen 
 to me, will never do. 
 
 You, listening patiently to 
 my words, &c. 
 
 Little, meaning a quantity, un poco, unpo' ; putting 
 
 the following substantive in the genitive. 
 
 Give me a little bread. 
 
 Datemi un poco, or un po' di 
 pane. 
 
 Little, as an adjective, piccolo, or it makes the 
 substantive a diminutive, by adding to it, ino> etto, ello. 
 
 A little bird. 
 
 A little, book, &c. 
 
 Un picciol uccello^ or un uc- 
 celleito, un uccellino* 
 
 Un libretto, eo. 
 
 N 3 
 
182 
 
 LI 
 
 LO 
 
 Live on (to), vitiere] genitive. 
 
 Because my works have pro-? 
 duced something on which I 
 can live. 
 
 And thus they remained there 
 for several days, living on wild 
 beasts, and very often on roots 
 and grass. 
 
 Perocche le mie faiiche nil 
 hanno partorito a poter vivere 
 de' loro frutti. bembo. 
 
 E cos\ sene stettero molti di, 
 vivendo di bestie selvagge e 
 assai sovente di radjci e d'erbe. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Live at one's (to), dimorare, ablative; dimorare in 
 casa, genitive, Jure dimora in. 
 
 Where do you live, Sir ? I 
 live at Mrs. Charlotte Hall's. 
 
 That in many months he 
 lived there, &c. 
 
 Load with (to), caricare 9 
 
 A man, who confronts death, 
 pretends to be fearless ; for 
 were he not to do so, the citi- 
 zens would load him with re- 
 proaches. 
 
 Dove dimorate, Signore ? Jo 
 dimoro dalla Signora Carlotta 
 Hall, or in casa della Signora 
 Carlotta Hall. 
 
 Che in molti mesi ch* egli vi * 
 fe* dimora, ec. boccalini. 
 
 genitive. 
 
 L'uomo, postosi a fronte della 
 morte, mostrasi franco ; perche 
 nol facendo i cittadini il cari- 
 cherebbero di biasimo. 
 
 CKIABRERA* 
 
 Loaded with, carico. carco. 
 
 And the Fauns likewise, loaded 
 with rural gifts, bring you what 
 they can. 
 
 Having then replaced the 
 
 stones as they were before, 
 
 (hey returned home loaded 
 with a booty. 
 
 E i Fauni similmente, cqrichi 
 di silvestri doni, quel die cias- 
 cuno puo ti portano. 
 
 SANNAZZABO. 
 
 Racconcie poi le pietre come 
 di prima stavano, carchi di 
 preda a casd se ne ritornarono. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 ■Vi stands for in quella (citta). 
 
LO LO 
 
 183 
 
 Long as (as), mmlrecche. See As long as. 
 
 Long to (to), avere voglia di, with the infinitive, if it 
 be a mere wish ; but if an ardent wish, non vedere Vora di, 
 with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive; also 
 parere miff anni a imo, cenf anni, un secolo. Parere 
 being- impersonal, is to be construed by changing the 
 English nominative into the dative, the verbis put in the 
 third person singular, and the particle to is changed into 
 di 9 with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 If they (fathers) are poor, 
 their children long for them to 
 die. 
 
 She always had before her 
 eyes the dazzling splendour of 
 those jewels, and longed to 
 adorn herself with them; — turn, 
 arid a thousand years appeared 
 to her of adorning herself, &c. 
 
 Mr. Gianetto said, I long to 
 see her ; turn, it appears to me 
 a hundred thousand years to, 
 &c. 
 
 Longer (no), nonpitt. 
 
 He went quickly out of that 
 tomb, ran to his palace : his 
 steps were no longer uncertain, 
 the way was no longer doubt- 
 ful, night was no longer dark, 
 &c. 
 
 Se son poveri, i figliuoli non 
 vedono Vora che crepino. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 V abbagliante splendore di 
 quelle gioje ella avea sempre 
 negli occhj, e mille anni pareale 
 d'adornar-seae, soave. 
 
 Messer Giannetto disse : ei mi 
 par cento mil' anni ch' io la 
 riveggia, fiorentino. 
 
 Esce veloce da quella tomba, 
 corre al palagio, non e piil in- 
 certo il suo passo, non e piil 
 dubbia la via, non e piil oscura 
 la notte, ec. albergatt. 
 
 Look at (to), vedere, guardare, accusative, volgere 
 gli occhj verso ) genitive. 
 X»ook at him. VedeteAo, goldoni. 
 
 N 4 
 
184 LO LO 
 
 O, ye men, look at Milesia O uomini, volgete gli occhi 
 Aspasia, &c. verso della Milesia Aspasia^ ec. 
 
 FIEENZUOLA. 
 
 Look (to), par ere. 
 She looks very handsome. Pare bellissima. soavb. 
 
 Look well, bad, or ill (to), avere buona, mala ciera. 
 You look very ill, my dear. Caro mio, tu hai mala ciera. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 She looks very well. Ella ha buona ciera. 
 
 Look for (to), cercare, accusative. 
 
 I do not know what he was Non so che cercasse. 
 looking for. 
 
 Look mercifully upon (to), riguardare con pietoso 
 occhio, accusative. 
 
 Who will deny that our Chi neghera che il nostro ce~ 
 
 heavenly king did mercifully leste unico Re con pietoso occhio 
 
 look upon this republic, when, questa sua Repubblica non ri- 
 
 &c. guardasse, quando, ec. 
 
 CAVALCANTl. 
 
 Look over (to), csaminare, accusative. 
 
 I have particularly looked over Ho particolarmente esaminato 
 the theatrical dialogue. il dialogo del teatro. 
 
 METASTASro. 
 
 Look upon (to), guardare, dative. 
 
 It you look upon their mise~ Se alle loro miserie guardate, 
 ries, &c. ec. boccaccio. 
 
 Lord over (to), signoreggiare, dominare, accusative. 
 
 We, Carthaginians, shall be Noi Cartaginesi staremo a 
 looking on you, who lord over veder voi signoreggiare gli altrui 
 the empires of other nations. imperj. passavanti. 
 
* LO MA 185 
 
 If you will lord over every one, Se voi voletedominare ognuno, 
 does it follow that every one is seguita che ognuno debba essere 
 to be your slave } schiavo ? algarotti. 
 
 Lose sight of (to), perdere di vista, accusative. 
 
 Never losing sight of her in Non perdendo qUesta di vista 
 assemblies, &c. in assemblee, ec. manni, 
 
 Love with (in), innam?norato 3 amante, genitive. 
 
 Indeed that lady seemed to be In verita quella Signora sem- 
 in love with you. brava innammorata di Vbssi- 
 
 gnoria. goldoni. 
 
 Love (to), amare, accusative; zolerebene, dative. 
 
 Let us love God above all Amiamo Dio sopra ogni cosa. 
 things. 
 
 If you loved Miss Emily you Se voi voleste bene alia Signo- 
 
 would not behave so. ra Emilia non lofareste. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 M. 
 
 Made illustrious by, illustrate, ablative. 
 
 But it (Italy) was made illus- Ma era illustrata dalla ma* 
 trious by the magnificence of gnificenza di molti principi. 
 great many princes. guicciasdini. 
 
 Made with, composto, genitive. 
 
 I said before, and now I say Prima dissi, e dico che non 
 
 that I do not think the lunar credo che il corpo lunafe sia 
 
 body is made with earth and composto di terra e d'acqua. 
 
 water, galtlei. 
 
 Make one do, or act (to), fare fare, fare agire, with 
 an accusative when the verb is a neuter, and with a da- 
 tive when otherwise. 
 
186 
 
 MA MA 
 
 The discords of intriguing Le discordie del briganti feee- 
 people made the captain retire. ro * ritirare il capitano. 
 
 DENTNA. 
 
 Saying that I made those 
 people speak too loudly. 
 
 Dicendo ctiio faceva troppo 
 altamente * parlare quelle per- 
 sone. ' EEMBO. 
 
 E il sacro Agostino, il quale 
 fa f dar risoluzione alia sua 
 santissima madre di cose impor- 
 tant di teologia. FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 La quaniita del pesce che vide 
 esposto, glifecef giudicare del 
 
 LODOLI. 
 
 And the holy Augustin who 
 makes his sainted mother re- 
 solve important things in theo- 
 
 lo gy- ; 
 
 The great quantity of fish, 
 which he saw exposed to 
 sale, made him judge of its §uo infimo prezzo, 
 low price. 
 
 Make much of (to), fare.civilld, dative. 
 
 Peter went to see her, and was Pielro andb a trovarla, e fa 
 astonished to see her make so sorpreso di veder die ella face- 
 much of her sister . va tante civilta alia di lei so- 
 
 rella, 
 
 Make a pen (to), iempcrarc una penna. 
 
 Have the goodness to make Jbbiate la bonta di tempcrar 
 this pen. questa penna. 
 
 Make sport of (to), burlare^ dcridcre^ accusative. 
 See Laugh at. 
 
 Make free with (to), non prendersi soggezione, 
 genitive ; non fare cerimonie con. 
 
 You see I make free with you. Lo vedete non prendomi sog- 
 
 gezione di voi. goldoni. 
 
 * Ritirare and parlare are neuter verbs, and consequently the 
 captain, and those people, are to be put in the accusative. 
 
 -jr. Dare and giudicare are active verbs, and consequently his 
 sainted mother, and him, are to be put in the dative. 
 
MA- 
 
 ■MA 
 
 187 
 
 Make way for (to), Jiberare il passo, fare strada, 
 dative. 
 
 At such a voice every one 
 looked back in suspense, and 
 made way for him. 
 
 A tal voce agnun si volge 
 sospeso, e 
 
 * gli libera il passo. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Make one laugh (to), dare di che ridei~e, dative. 
 
 That made several times his 
 companions laugh. 
 
 Quesla cosa diede piii volte di 
 che ridere a' compagni suoi. 
 
 GOZZI. 
 
 Make one bold (to), dare ardire, dative. 
 
 The other Greek and Latin 
 writers, and the Roman cus- 
 tom, which celebrated the fu- 
 nerals of renowned women, 
 make me so bold, &c. 
 
 Gli altri scrittori Greci e 
 Latini e il costume Romano, il 
 quale le esequie delle piii farnose 
 donne celebrava,-\ mi danno ^ 
 fatto ardire 3 ec. firenzuola. 
 
 Make one's self understood (to), farsi intendcre, 
 farsi capire. 
 
 Bastivi sapere, che coloro in 
 tutte le lingue meritano maggior 
 lode, i rjualipiu agevolmente si 
 fanno intendere. varchi. 
 
 It is sufficient for you to 
 know that they deserve the 
 highest praise, who have the 
 greatest facility in making 
 themselves understood in all 
 languages. 
 
 Make a presentof a thing (to), donare una cosa, 
 dative. 
 
 He painted a Castor and 
 Pollux issuing from an egg. 
 of which work he made Anto- 
 nio Mini a present. 
 
 Dipinse un Castore e Polluce 
 che escono dell' novo, la quale 
 opera ei dono ad Antonio Mini. 
 
 BORGHJNJ. 
 
 * Gli stands for a lui, 
 
 f Mi stands for a 
 
188 
 
 MA- 
 
 MA 
 
 Make use of (to), usare, accusative ; servirsi, geni- 
 tive. 
 
 When the citizens have not 
 made use of truth in councils, 
 &c. 
 
 Nevertheless he, who makes 
 use of those words, is blamed 
 by professors. 
 
 It is true, but rhetoricians 
 cannot make use of examples, 
 and yet they often do it. 
 
 Quando i cittadini non hanno 
 usato la verita ne' consigli, ec. 
 
 MONTEMAGNO. 
 
 Nondimeno chi usq quelle pa- 
 role e biasimato da professori. 
 
 VARCHI. 
 
 E vero, ma non possono i 
 retori servirsi, e sovente si ser- 
 vono degli esempli. varchi. 
 
 Marriageable (to be), da marilo. 
 
 Roderigo chose a beautiful 
 girl, daughter of Amerigo Do- 
 Dati, who had three other 
 girls almost marriageable. 
 
 Roderigo sce.lse una bellissima 
 fanciulla, figliuola d 'Amerigo 
 Donati, il quale ne aveva tre 
 altre quasi da marito. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Marry (to), prendere moglie, prender donna, togliere 
 moglie, accasarsi, without any case after it ; prendere per 
 moglie, sposare, with the accusative. 
 
 He swore he would never 
 marry. 
 
 From whence he departed to 
 come and marry in Italy. 
 
 All, or the greatest part of 
 them (of souls who went to 
 hell) were sorry to be so 
 miserable for no other reason 
 than for having married. 
 
 Are you married? 
 
 And he was very sorry he 
 should be obliged to marry 
 Ginevra. 
 
 Giurb che non prenderebbe 
 mai moglie. soave. 
 
 Donde s'era poi partito per 
 venire in Italia a prender don- 
 na. MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Tutte, o la maggior parte si 
 dolevano, non per altro, che per 
 aver tolta moglie, essersi a tanta 
 infelicitd condotte. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Siete accasato ? goldoni. 
 
 E spiacevagli altremodo ch* 
 egli dovesse prender per moglie 
 Ginevra. eandello. 
 
MA ME 189 
 
 Marry a second time (to), passare die seconde 
 nozze con. 
 
 A rich gentleman being a Un ricco cavaliero rimasto 
 widower, and having a son, essendo senza consorte e con un 
 married a second time a lady. figlio, passb alle seconde nozze 
 
 con una dama. altanesi. 
 
 Marvel at (to), maravigliarsi, genitive. See Won- 
 der at. 
 
 Master of (to be), saper perfettairiente, accusative. 
 
 He was master of the Ian- Sapeva perfettamente la lingua 
 guage he taught. ch' insegnava. 
 
 Matter with (to be), avere. This verb, being im- 
 personal in English, is construed by changing the noun 
 preceded by with into a nominative, and making the 
 verb agree with it. 
 
 No one was there, who dared Non vifu chi ardisse di doman- 
 to ask of him, what was the darlo che cosa cvesse. 
 matter with him ? — turn, what bandello. 
 
 had he ? . . 
 
 What is the matter with you? Che avete ? 
 — turn, what have you ? 
 
 May, when it is not the sign of the subjunctive, signi- 
 fies potere, which governs the infinitive without a prepo- 
 sition. See Be able. 
 
 Me, preceded by a preposition, me. 
 
 Do it for me. Fatelo per me. 
 
 He cannot go with me. Non pub venir con me. 
 
 Me, or to me, being a conjunctive pronoun, mi. See 
 Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accu- 
 sative in Italian, for its construction . 
 
190 
 
 ME ME 
 
 Me of it, mene. See Him, being the case of a verb 
 that governs the accusative in Italian, for its construction. 
 
 Me of them, mene alcuni. See Him, being the case of a 
 verb that governs the accusative in Italian, for its con- 
 struction. 
 
 Me it, them, melo, mela, meli, mele. See Him, being 
 the case of a verb that governs the accusative in Italian, 
 for its construction. 
 
 Mean (to), voleredire, accusative; intendere, genitive. 
 
 How ! what do you mean ? 
 
 If you mean those pleasures, 
 with which- eating and drink- 
 ing are attended, &c. 
 
 Come ! che vuol ella dire ? 
 
 GOMJQNI. 
 
 Se tu intendi di quei piaceii. 
 che arrecan seco il mangiare e 
 il bere } ec. 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 Means to, mezzo di, via da, with the infinitive. 
 
 He will always think more of 
 subjecting Florence than of 
 saving Rome, and of the 
 means to beware against trea- 
 chery. 
 
 Egli sempre pensera piu come 
 possa soitomettere Firenze, che 
 come debbe liber are Roma, e la 
 via dd guardarsi dalle insidie* 
 
 VAllCHT. 
 
 Meddle with (to), impacciarsi, genitive ; imbaraz 
 :arsi in. 
 
 Da not meddle with other's 
 business. 
 
 A rich widow may dispose of 
 her own wealth without being 
 subjected to the criticism of 
 those who must not meddle 
 with her business. 
 
 Non vimpacciate degli affari 
 altrui. 
 
 Una ricca vedova pub disporre 
 del suo senza essere soggetta alle 
 censure di chi non dece imba-- 
 razzarsi ne' fatti suoi. 
 
 GOLDONI, 
 
ME ME 191 
 
 Meditate on (to), meditare di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Adding, that the Marquis of Soggiungendo che il Marchese 
 Saluzzo, who meditated on di Saluzzo, il quale meditava 
 passing, &c. di passare, ec. denina. 
 
 Meet with (to), abbattersi in or a; incontrarsi in; 
 incontrare, accusative. 
 
 He was not two miles from Non era due miglia dalla sua 
 his village, when he met with terra che s'abbatte in tre ladri. 
 three thieves. anonimo. 
 
 I went out of Venice, and To sono uscito di Fenezia, e 
 met one of this kind. mi sono abbattuto a uno di 
 
 questi tali. gozzi. 
 
 By chance he met a Captain Per caso incontrossi in un 
 Anderson. certo Capitano Anderson. 
 
 LODOLf. 
 
 She also met her mother. Incontrb ella anche la madre. 
 
 MANNI. 
 
 Mention (to), fare menzione, genitive. 
 
 He first instituted the order Primieramente istitiii Vordine 
 of St. Maurice without men- di San Maurizio senzafar men- 
 -. tioning its first founder. zione del suo fondatore. 
 
 DENINA. 
 
 Merciful to^ miseracordioso verso, accusative. 
 
 He was merciful to his ene- Fu miser icordioso verso i suoi 
 mies. nemici. 
 
 Merit to (to), meritare di, with the infinitive. See 
 Desehve. 
 
 Methinks that, mi pare che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 See Seem. 
 
192 
 
 MI- 
 
 MI 
 
 Mind (to), darsi pensiero, genitive ; meltere a mente, 
 accusative ; badare, abbadare, dative. 
 
 Nevertheless without mind- 
 ing the calash j &c. 
 
 Hear me, Ginevra, and mind 
 what I am going to tell you. 
 
 Indeed, according to modern 
 custom, husbands but very 
 little miud their wives. 
 
 If I did not mind every thing, 
 poor me ! 
 
 Nientedimeno senza darmi pen- 
 siero del calesso, ec. 
 
 CHIARAMONTI 
 
 Intendimi, Ginevra, e metti a 
 mente quanto ti dice 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Veramente, secondo Vuso mo- 
 demo, i mariti badano poco alle 
 mogli. GOLDONJ. 
 
 Se nonfossi io che abbadassi a 
 tutto, povero me ! goldoni. 
 
 Mind one's own business (to), impacciarsi de J fatti 
 suoi. 
 
 Why will you not mind your Per che nan n" hnpacciate de' 
 business ? fatti vostri ? 
 
 Mine, mio* miei, mia, mie. These pronouns are de- 
 clined with the definite article, except when preceded by 
 a tense of the verb to be. See His. 
 
 Miss, Signorina, Madamigella. The former is declined 
 with the definite article /«, and is properly joined with 
 Christian names ; the latter is declined with the indefinite 
 article, and is accompanied with the surnames. 
 
 Miss Elizabeth is gone out. 
 
 Do you know who died ? 
 The Abbot Battaglini, the 
 same who introduced me to 
 Miss Edwin. 
 
 La Signorina Eluabetta e 
 uscita. 
 
 Sapete voi chi e morto? 
 L' Abate Battaglini, quegli che 
 m'inirodusse nella buona grazia 
 di Madamigella Edwin. 
 
 G. ZANOTTI. 
 
MI MO 193 
 
 Mister, Signore, Messer e.* The former is declined 
 with the definite article il, and the latter with the inde- 
 finite. 
 
 Mr. John. II Signor-f Giovanni, Messer 
 
 Giovanni. 
 
 Mistress, Signora, Madonna.* The former is declined 
 with the definite article /«, and the latter with the inde- 
 finite. 
 
 Mrs. Cleaver. La Signora, or Madonna 
 
 Cleavert 
 
 Mix with (to), mescolare, dative. 
 
 One evening the wretched Una sera la trista giovine 
 
 girl, after she had got some avuto un veleno segretamente ai 
 
 poison, mixed it secretly with cibi lo mescolo. soave. 
 her food. 
 
 Mixed with, tessuto, misto, genitive. 
 
 In that time theology was A tal tempo la teologia era 
 
 mixed with fables, and morality tessuta di favole, e la morale 
 
 with allegories. di allegoric algarotti. 
 
 Although the grief he felt Benche I'ajfanno ch'ei sentiva 
 
 was mixed with joy and sweet fosse misto digioja e di dolcez- 
 
 emotion. za. albergati. 
 
 Mock (to), farsi giuoco 9 far si beffe, genitive. 
 
 To mock unfortunate people II farsi giuoco degl' infelici e 
 is a cruel pleasure. un barbaro diletto. metastasio. 
 
 * Observe that Messer e and Madonna are seldom used at 
 present. 
 
 f Signore and Messere lose their last letter before a noun 
 beginning with a consonant and with a vowel \ but before a noun 
 beginning with s followed by a consonant they are not altered. 
 
 O 
 
194 MO MO 
 
 So that all those who were Talche, chiunque vi era pre- 
 there mocked the Jew. sente si faceva beffe di questo 
 
 Giudeo. fiorentino. 
 
 More than. See Than. 
 
 Most. ..in (the), it* piic, genitive. 
 
 The father thinks he has Pare al padre d'aver lavorata 
 wrought the finest work in the lapiu bellafattura del mondo. 
 world. gozzi. 
 
 Most who (the). See Who, That, Which, pre- 
 ceded by the most. 
 
 Most times, il piu delle volte. 
 
 For, most times it would be Che, il piil delle volte sarebbe 
 better to lose than to win. meglio perdere che guadagnare. 
 
 PANDOLFINI. 
 
 Most, in the sense of the greatest part, la maggior 
 parte, and the following substantive is to be put in the 
 genitive. 
 
 Most men. La maggior parte degli uomini. 
 
 Most women. La maggior parte delle donne. 
 
 Moved with, commosso, mosso, genitive or ablative. 
 
 I think, my auditors, I see Ei mi par di vedervi, uditori, 
 
 you somewhat moved with my alquanto dell© mie parole com- 
 
 words. mossi. 
 
 Count Giovanni of Miran- II conte Giovanni delta Mi- 
 
 dola, moved with the magni- randola, mosso dalla magnifi- 
 
 ficence of Lorenzo, went to cenza di Lorenzo, pose la sua 
 
 live at Florence. abitazione in Firenze. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 * Observe that the article is always to agree with the substan- 
 tive which follows piitf as, il piti, la piil, ipiii, lepiil. 
 
MU MY 
 
 195 
 
 Much moue, molto piu^ assaipiit,* viappiii, vieppiii, 
 
 I know how insignificant are 
 the gifts I have received from 
 nature, and much more so the 
 fruits of my industry. 
 
 I found it was written in 
 
 Conosco quanta sien deboli in 
 me le doti delld natiira, ma 
 molto piii quelle delV industria. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 Io Vho trovata scritta in gran 
 
 great haste, very short, and fretta essa pure, e brevissima e 
 
 assai piu in verita che non mi 
 facea d'uopo. algarotti. 
 
 E vieppiu s'accresce il mio 
 err ore consider undo, ec. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 much more so indeed than I 
 wished. 
 
 And my error increases much 
 more when I consider, &c. 
 
 Must, bisogna. This verb, being impersonal, has only 
 the third person singular throughout all its tenses, and 
 governs an infinitive without a preposition, or che with 
 the subjunctive; but then the English nominative of must 
 becomes in Italian the nominative of the second verb. 
 
 But I must saij that some 
 words, Sfc. 
 
 I wish you had considered, 
 that he who accuses, must 
 come armed with clear proofs, 
 &t.;turn,it must that he comes, 
 &c. 
 
 Pero bisogna dire che alcune 
 parole, ec. buommattei. 
 
 Vorrei che tu avessi conside- 
 rate che colui lo quale si fa 
 accusatore bisogna che venga 
 armato di manifeste pruove, ec. 
 
 TOLOMEI. 
 
 My, mio y miei, mia, mie. These pronouns are declined 
 with the definite article. See its construction under the 
 head of His. 
 
 * Viappiu and vieppiii may also be spelled via piu, vie piii. 
 O 2 
 
196 NA. NE 
 
 N. 
 
 Name (in), accompanied with a possessive pronoun. 
 such as in my name, in thy name, in his name, &c. per 
 mio nome, a nome mio, in nome mio. 
 
 Salute all at home in my Salutate in mio nome tutti di 
 name. casa. metastasio. 
 
 Tell her in my name. Ditele a nome mio. zeno. 
 
 Near, vicino,* propinquo, presso, accanto, allato. 
 dative. 
 
 I met him near the city gate. Vho incontrato vicino alia 
 
 porta della citta. goldonh. 
 
 The Florentines are near the I Fluentini sono propinqui ad 
 flowing Arno. Arno fluente. macchiavelli. 
 
 For, if we are near death, Che se not siam presso alia 
 we are also near the end of morte, noi siamo presso alia 
 our pilgrimage. fine della per egrinazion nostra. 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 For accanto and allato , See By. 
 
 Necessary (to be), essere necessario, essere mestieri f 
 fare mestieri, essere di'uopo di, with the infinitive, or che 
 with the subjunctive. These verbs, being impersonally 
 construed, are used in the third person singular through- 
 out all their tenses. 
 
 It is necessary we should have Una sola cosa ci e mestieri 
 
 * Boccaccio makes use of the genitive. 
 Near the terrace, vicino della loggia. 
 
NE NE 
 
 197 
 
 one single thing ; turn, one 
 single thing to us is necessary 
 to have. 
 
 Therefore as it is necessary to 
 overcome by art those difficul- 
 ties, &c. 
 
 But it also was necessary io 
 persuade Doiia, 
 
 And what } is it necessary/or 
 me to mention Athens, to praise 
 Sparta to you } 
 
 I do not think it is necessary 
 for me to write to you, how 
 much I have lamented for the 
 death of your father. 
 
 Need (to), avere bisogno, 
 
 The doubt is a very fine one, 
 and so apparent, that it needs 
 a very speedy resolution. 
 
 d' avere. 
 
 PASSAVANTI. 
 
 Nevertheless I know 
 every thing needs favor. 
 
 that 
 
 Per la qual cosa facendo 
 mestieri di superar con Varte 
 quelle difficolta, ec. davila, 
 
 Fu perb anche d* uopo di per- 
 suadere il Doria. denina. 
 
 E che ? e necessario ch' io vi 
 nomini Atene, vi lodi Sparta ? 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Quanto mi sia doluta la morie 
 di vostro padre, non credo 
 faccia mestieri ch' io* il vi 
 scriva. bembo. 
 
 genitive. 
 
 II dubbio e bellissimo, e tanio 
 apparente ch' egli ha bisogno 
 di prestissimo scioglimento. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Nondimeno conosco che ogni 
 cosa ha bisogno di favore. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Neglect to (to) 5 trascurare, lasciare, essere negligenle 
 
 di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Then I should know the 
 number of reprehensible faults, 
 which he neglects to remark in 
 Demofoonte. 
 
 Allora conoscerei quel moltissi- 
 mo di reprensibile cJiegli iras- 
 cura di notare net Demofoonte. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 * This il, which in English means it, is only a repetition of 
 quanto: because the sentence begins with quanto; but if quanto 
 should be put after the verb, il would have been omitted : as 
 non credo faccia mestiere che io vi scriva quanto mi sia doluta, ec. 
 
 O 3 
 
198 
 
 NE NE 
 
 Which I will not neglect to 
 do. 
 
 And he who neglects to ac- 
 quire a reputation,, or to keep 
 the one already gained, &c. 
 
 11 die noil lascerb di fare. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 JE chi d'acquistar fama, o 
 guardar Vacquistata e negli- 
 gente, ec. boccagcio. 
 
 Neighbour, in speaking of one who lives in one's 
 neighbourhood, vicino : but in speaking of our fellow- 
 creatures, prossimo. 
 
 Vicino makes vicini in the plural, for the masculine, 
 and vicina, vicine for the feminine ; but prossimo has no 
 feminine nor a plural. 
 
 My neighbour came this 
 morning to see me. 
 
 My dear children, let us love 
 our neighbours as we do our- 
 selves. 
 
 Questa mattina e venuto a 
 farmi visita il mio vicino, or 
 la mia vicina. 
 
 Amiamo, cari figliuoli miei, 
 il nostro prossimo come noi 
 stessi. 
 
 Neither... nor, non...ne: Non is put before the 
 verb, and ne in the place of nor. 
 
 We must neither call judges, Non bisogna chiamare ne giu- 
 nor notaries, nor witnesses. diet, ne notai ne testimonj. 
 
 PANDOLFINI. 
 
 Never, either mai which is put before the verb, or 
 non mai, putting non before the verb and mai after it. 
 
 Misers are never happy, never 
 enjoy any part of their fortune. 
 
 Therefore the wine can never 
 return to its first state. 
 
 Gli avari mai son lieti, mai 
 godono parte alcuna delle loro 
 fortune. pandolfini, 
 
 Onde non pub il vino ritornar 
 mai alV esser primiero. 
 
 varchi. 
 
Ni NO 199 
 
 Night (by), di nolle tempo. 
 
 They assailed the enemy by Assalirono il nemico di notte 
 night. tempo. davila. 
 
 No, in answering, no. 
 Will you come ? No. Volete venire ? no. 
 
 No, preceding a substantive accusative, non alcuno, 
 putting wow before the verb and alcuno in the place of wo. 
 
 Although the reasons are so Benche le ragioni sono tanto 
 clear, that they admit of no chiare, che non ammettono 
 doubt, &c. alcuna dubitazione, ec. 
 
 GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 No longer, non piicy putting non before the verb 
 and piii after it. 
 
 Were we to pour a barrel of Se noi versassimo sopra un 
 
 water on a jug of wine, it boccale di vino un barile d'ac- 
 
 would no longer be wine, but qua, ei non sarebbe piu vino, 
 
 water. ma acqua. varchi. 
 
 Nobody, non veruno^ putting non before the verb 
 and veruno after it. 
 
 Who will forgive nobody, as I quali, come gia vi ho detio 3 
 I have already told you. non la perdoneranno a veruno. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 None, being at the end of a sentence, non ne, putting 
 non ne before the verb. 
 
 Give me some bread 5 I have Datemi del pane ; non ne ho. 
 none. 
 
 None, when followed by a genitive, non alcuno > y non 
 nessunoy putting non before the verb and alcuno after it^ 
 or only nessuno which is to precede the verb. 
 
 O 4 
 
200 NO— NO 
 
 To invent fables is so erro- Questojingere lefavole e cosi 
 
 neous, that we can read none vizioso, che non si pub leggere 
 
 of his poems without being alcuno de y suoi poemi senza 
 
 disgusted. stomaco. bembo. 
 
 Now, none of us can doubt Ora che questa repubblica sia 
 
 that this republic is infirm. inferma, non pub alcuno di not 
 
 dubitare. varchi. 
 
 None of them wished that Nessun di loro bramava ch' 
 
 he, &c. egli, ec. bembo. 
 
 Not, non, which Is put before the verb. 
 I know not what to do. Non so che fare. 
 
 Not, preceded by a verb in answering, di no, 
 I am afraid not. Ho paura di no. goldoni. 
 
 Not, being in a sentence where him or it is, joins with 
 them thus, nol, instead of non lo, and it is put before the 
 verb. 
 
 And I beg you also will not E priego* voi a nol volere sop- 
 hem him, portare parimente. bembo. 
 
 Nothing, non nulla, or niente, putting non before 
 the verb, and nulla, or niente, after it. 
 
 He uncovered his head, lis- Trae il capo fuor delle coltri, 
 
 tened, and heard nothing else. tende Vorecchio, e non ode plu 
 
 nulla, soave. 
 
 Nothing preceding an adjective, nientedi. 
 
 Nothing frivolous, licentious, Niente difr'wolo, di licenzioso, 
 foolish, &c. distolto, ec. salvini. 
 
 * Priego stands for prego, present tense of pregare. That i is 
 put generally before the letter e in the first pet son singular and 
 third person plural of the present tense of several verbs -, as, siedo 
 siedono, for sedo sedono ; sieguo sieguono, for seguo seguono, &c. 
 
NO NO 
 
 201 
 
 Nothing but, preceding a verb, non altro se non 
 che* 
 
 Your king wishes nothing Altro da voi non vuole il vostro 
 from you, but your soul in- re, se non che gli animi vostri 
 flamed with love of him. del suo amore infiammati. 
 
 CAVALCANTI, 
 
 I wish nothing but that you Io non desidero altro, se non 
 would proceed, &c. che si proceda, ec. varchi. 
 
 Nothing but, preceding a noun, non altro che.* 
 
 Because the vulgar language Perche la lingua volgare non 
 is nothing but the Latin corrup- e altro che la Latina guasta. 
 
 ted. VARCHI. 
 
 Notice to (to give one), avvisare uno di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 Did you give him notice to L'avvisaste di lasciar la vostra 
 leave your house ? casa f 
 
 Notice (to take), in speaking of a thing, osservare, 
 accusative ; in speaking of a person, salutare, accusative. 
 
 Did you take notice of her Avete osservato il suo vestito ? 
 dress? goldoni. 
 
 Though there was such a Benche vi fosse gran folia, 
 crowd, Mr. Giannotto took pure il Si%nor Giannotto salutb 
 notice of my little boy. il mio fanciullino. 
 
 * Observe that we may however make use of both these two 
 expressions before a verb and a noun, without incurring a fault. 
 
gOt OB— OB 
 
 O. 
 
 Obey (to), tihbidire, dative* 
 
 The hands and feet which Le mani e i piefll che servono 
 serve and carry the body, do e portano il corpo, non ubbidis- 
 they not obey their head ? cono al capo ? montemagno. 
 
 Francisco Sforza T>egan to Francesco Sforza si mosse per 
 move to obey Luigi your ubbidire a Luigi vostro padre. 
 father. guicciardini. 
 
 Objection to (to have no), essere contento di> with 
 the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise che with the subjunctive. 
 
 I have no objection to lend Sono contento di prestargli 
 him all he wants. quel che vuole. 
 
 See Contented for more examples. 
 
 Oblige one to (to), obbligare, sforzare uno^ with 
 an infinitive, with or without di before it.* 
 
 I did not oblige you to do so. Io non v' ho obbligato di 
 
 farlo. GOLDONI. 
 
 Which rash words oblige me Le quali inconsiderate. parole 
 to remind you of, &c. mi sforzano ridur-rerce alia 
 
 memoria, ec. firenzuqla. 
 
 * We findoftener the infinitive with di before it^ than without.* 
 and sometimes with a. 
 
OB OB 
 
 203 
 
 Obliged to (to be), esscre costretto, cssere in ne- 
 cessita, essere in obbligo, esserforzato, trovarsi in necessita, 
 avere obbligo, all of them governing an infinitive with 
 eft* before it.* 
 
 And when he, overcome by 
 Pompey, was obliged to flee. 
 
 Madam, I am obliged to set 
 out. 
 
 And you are obliged to love 
 me in return. 
 
 My republic was obliged to 
 fall into a state of slavery. 
 
 In which he lost so much 
 time, as to be obliged to fight. 
 
 Every one is obliged to help 
 his fellow creatures when he 
 can, and I especially am 
 obliged to assist you out of 
 gratitude. 
 
 E quando egli da Pompeo su- 
 per atofu costretto di fuggire. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Signora sono in necessita di 
 partire. goldoni. 
 
 E siete in obbligo di corrispon- 
 dere alV amor mio, goldoni. 
 
 La mia repubblica fa forzata 
 di cadere nella infer mita della 
 servitu. boccalini. 
 
 Nella qual cosa percle tanto 
 tempo che si trovb in necessita 
 di combattere. davila. 
 
 Ogni uomo e in obbligo di aju- 
 tar Valtro quando pub, ed io 
 principalmente ho obbligo di 
 farlo con V.S. per gratitudine. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Obliged to one for (to be), essere obbligatG, s entire 
 obbligo, sapere grado, avere obbligazione a uno, genitive. 
 
 I am obliged to you for the -j-Vi sono obbligato della gra- 
 
 favor, &c. zia, ec. gozzi. 
 
 He has been a prudent re- Egli w' e stato prudente reci- 
 
 peater of your thoughts, for tatore de" vostri pensieri, di che 
 
 * Bembo makes use of a instead of di, with the verb essere 
 astretto. 
 
 Then I shall always be obliged to praise your architecture : 
 Adunque io sarb sempre astretto a lodare le vostre architetture. 
 
 f Vi stands for a voi. 
 
04 
 
 OC OF 
 
 which I am very much obliged 
 to him. 
 
 Although I am obliged to Mr. 
 Commendone for it. 
 
 My brother would be very 
 much obliged to you. 
 
 gliene * sento molto obbligo. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Se ben ne f so grado a Mon- 
 signor Commendone, 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Mio fratello avrebbe a voi una 
 obbligazione ben grande. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Occasion (there is no), non occorre chc, with the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 There is no occasion that I Non occorre che io in molte 
 should endeavour to explain at parole a sporre m'affatichi, ec. 
 length, &c, salvini. 
 
 Occasion for (to have), averc bisogno, genitive. 
 
 See Need. 
 
 Off (to be well), fare bene i fatti suoi? ironically 
 speaking, stare fresco. 
 
 I see you are well off, in spite 
 of all your enemies. 
 
 If Mr. Agapito hears you, 
 vou will be well off. 
 
 Vedo che a dispetto dei vostri 
 nemici voi fate bene i fatti 
 vostri. 
 
 Se vh sente il Signor Agapito 
 state fresco. goldoni. 
 
 Offended at (to be), offenders}, genitive. 
 
 I am not offended at the inju- Io non mi offendo delle ingiu- 
 ries which proceed from fine rie che vengono da un bel 
 lips. labbro. goldoni. 
 
 * Gli is the dative of the verb, and ne, which is joined to it 
 is a repetition of di che; and it is put there only to give ***** 
 
 slrpntyf.Vi to ihp nhrnsp 
 
 strength to the phrase, 
 •f Ne stands for di cib. 
 
 more 
 
OF — -ON 205 
 
 Offer one to (to), offrire a uno di, with an infini- 
 tive. 
 
 I found no one who offered to All Accademia Reale non ho 
 introduce me to the Royal trovato chi mi abbia offerto 
 Academy. d'introdur-mici. magalotti. 
 
 Offer oneself to (to), offrirsi di, with the infinitive. 
 
 But Delimante, a brave Cap- Ma Delimante, capiiano valo- 
 tain, offered himself to over- roso, s' offerse colla cavalleria 
 take him with his cavalry. di raggiunger-fo. segni. 
 
 Often (very), tratto tratto. 
 
 Idleness is to me an enchant La pigrizia e per. me un incan- 
 tress, who easily seduces me; tatrice, che mi seduce facil- 
 I am very often obliged to give mente : debbo tratto tratto ab- 
 myself up to her arms. bandonarmi nelle sue braccia. 
 
 frugoni. 
 
 Old (to be), avere anni, essere d'anni^ in speaking of 
 the age. 
 
 Nobody knows better than I Nessuno sa quanti anni ell' 
 do how old she is. abbia meglio dime, goldoni. 
 
 Who is eighteen years old. II quale e oVanni diciaotto. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Omit to (to), omettere di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Do not omit to tell him. Non omettete di dirglielo. 
 
 On, sopra, su. See Upon. 
 
 On the, accompanied with the verbs to depend sig- 
 nifying- porre* and live meaning dimorare, net, nello, 
 nella, $fc. 
 
 On whose life the health of Nella cui vita e posta la salute 
 so many people depends. di tanti popoli. 
 
 MONTEMAGNO, 
 
206 ON ON 
 
 For the families and follow- Perciocche le famiglie e se- 
 ers of Gismondo lived on the guaci di Gismondo nelle ripe del 
 banks of the lake of Garda. lago di Garda dimoravano. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 On the, in sullo, insul, in sulfa, &c. 
 
 After that the above-men- Appresso questa *gli ciechiso- 
 
 tioned blind men, leaning on prannotati colla mano -fin sulla 
 
 the shoulders of these liars, spalla a questi mentitori sono 
 
 fell in the ditchj &c. cadutinella fossa , ec. dante. 
 
 On horseback, a cavallo. 
 
 Where the Duke Alexander, Dove il Duca Alessandro che 
 who was on horseback, &c. era a cavallo, ec. varchi, 
 
 On foot, a piede. 
 
 All the magistracy following Imaestrati tutti a piede s' in- 
 the clergy on foot went to- viarono dopo il chiericato verso 
 wards the church. la chiesa* varchi. 
 
 On the ground, in terra. 
 
 The gate, through which Era la porta, onde Cesar e 
 
 Caesar entered, was taken entro, tratta da' suoi gangheri, 
 
 from its hinges and^ thrown e gettaia in terra. varchi. 
 on the ground. 
 
 On, preceding my head, thy, his, her head, &c. in 
 testa^ and the possessive pronoun is omitted. 
 
 Others represented this very Altri facevano per questo me- 
 god as a figure without face, desimo dio una jigura senza 
 with a small hat on his head. faccia, con un cappelletto in 
 
 testa. caro. 
 
 * Gli is old, and according to modern orthography, it ought 
 to be i. 
 
 t It is not only Dante who made use of in sullo, but a great 
 many more authors. 
 
ON ON £07 
 
 On purpose,*? posta, apposta. 
 
 All that was found in Redi's Tutto questo si ravvisava nella 
 
 discourse, who seemed to be conversazione del Redi, il quale 
 
 created on purpose to inculcate parevafatto a posta per istillare 
 
 into the hearts, &c. ne 1 cuori,ec. salvini. 
 
 On every side, da ogni parte, per ogni parte. 
 
 The Prince of Conde alone, Solo il Principe di Conde, 
 charged on every side by the caricato per ogni parte da* 
 conquerors, &c. vincitori, ec. davila. 
 
 On the other side, dalV altra parte. 
 
 On the other side a shepherd DalV altra parte un pastore 
 asleep in the midst of his addormentato in mezzo alle sue 
 goats, &c. capre, ec. sannazzaro. 
 
 On one side, da un lato, da una parte, dalV un canto. 
 
 A throne on one side, on Trono da un lato con sopra 
 
 which is a sceptre and a crown. scettro e corona, metastasio. 
 
 The Hngonots defended by Gli JJgonotti difesi dalV un 
 
 the lake on one side, &c. canto dal lago, ec. davila. 
 
 On the other side, dalV altro lato, or dalV altro 
 only, when on one side precedes. 
 
 A great hall of the royal Gran sala del real consiglio 
 
 council, on one side a throne, con trono da un lato, e sedili 
 
 and on the other seats for the dalV altro per li grandi, ec. 
 
 grandees, &c. metastasio. 
 
 On this side, di qua, ablative. 
 
 On this side of the river Di qua dal Jiume Adriano 
 Adriano raised, &c. sollevato, ec. metastasio. 
 
 On that side, di Id, ablative. 
 
 On that side of the river the Vedesi di la dal Jiume la real 
 royal city of Artassata is seen. citta d'Artassata. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
208 
 
 ON—ON 
 
 On, preceding the nouns of days, is omitted in 
 Italian. 
 
 I hope I shall see you on 
 
 Monday. 
 
 I cannot come on Monday ; 
 but on Friday, &c. 
 
 Spero di vedervi Lunedl. 
 
 Nonpotrb venire Lunedl ; ma 
 VeneroVi, ec. 
 
 On (and so), e cost degli altri. 
 
 One, in the epochs, is not expressed in Italian. 
 
 One thousand eight hundred Mille ottocento died. 
 and ten. 
 
 Ones, relating to a foregoing 1 - noun, ne. 
 
 Have you got apples? Yes, I Avete pome? s\ ne ho delle 
 have some good ones. buone. 
 
 Only, English people in answering to only make use 
 of no y Italians make use of yes 
 
 How many books did you 
 buy ? Two. Only two ? No. 
 
 Quanti libri avete comprato? 
 Due. Due solamente ? Si, 
 
 Opinion (to be of), volere, giudicare, with an infi- 
 nitive without a preposition, or che with the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Ancient philosophers are of 
 opinion that the world is a 
 city, &c. 
 
 I am of opinion it is better to 
 make use of means, &c. 
 
 Vogliono gli antichi filosoji il 
 mondo essere una cittd, ec. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 lo giudico che bene sia di 
 valersi deimodi, ec. b. tasso. 
 
 Opinion to, avvisodi, with the infinitive. 
 
 Your opinion to place the Ottimo e il suo avviso di colic- 
 statues of the most celebrated care nelle quattro nicchie le im- 
 dramatic poets in the four magini de 1 piu celebri poeti 
 niches is a very excellent one. drammatici. algarotti. 
 
OP OP 
 
 209 
 
 Opportunity to, occasioned opporttinita di, with an 
 infinitive. 
 
 Mr. Montrnort's diligence 
 will not neglect any oppor- 
 tunity to reinforce, &c. 
 
 And by the acquisition of 
 that valley he had an opportu- 
 nity to enter, &c. 
 
 La diligenza del Signor Mont" 
 mort non preterisce alcuna occa- 
 sione di accreditare, ec. 
 
 MAGALOTTI. 
 
 E con Vacquisto di quella valle 
 ebbe V opportunity d'entrare, ec. 
 
 DENINA. 
 
 Oppose (to), opporsi, repugnare, dative. 
 He did not oppose the will Egli non si oppose alia volonta 
 
 of the popes. 
 
 And if any one is fond of 
 opposing my words, and the 
 grandeur of this language, &c. 
 
 If we oppose the commands 
 of the magistracy, we are 
 guilty, like contumacious citi- 
 •zens. 
 
 deipontefici. denina. 
 
 E se alcuno vago d'opporsi a' 
 miei detti, e alia grandezza di 
 questa lingua^ ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEi: 
 
 Se noi repugniamo ai coman- 
 damenti de* magistrate come in- 
 solenti cittadini pecchiamo. 
 
 CAVALGANTI. 
 
 Opposite, alV incontro*, genitive ; dirimpetto, genitive 
 and dative. 
 
 Which houses were opposite 
 the street of Red-gate. 
 
 The Prince of Conde* lived at 
 Jarnac, situated almost oppo- 
 site Castelnuovo. 
 
 Because that part of the wall, 
 which is opposite the gate of 
 -the city, &c. 
 
 Le quail case erano alV incon* 
 tro della via di Porta Rossa. 
 
 VILLANI. 
 
 II Principe di Conde dimorava 
 a Giarnac, posto quasi dirim- 
 petto di Castelnuovo. davila. 
 
 Perche quella parte del muro, 
 la quale e dirimpetto alia porta 
 della citta, ec. vaschi. 
 
 Oppressed with, oppresso, ablative. 
 
 Oppressed with the most in* Oppresso dal piii intenso do- 
 tense grief , &c. lore, ec. soaye, 
 
 P 
 
 
210 
 
 OR OR 
 
 Order one to (to), ordinate, comandare, dare or dine, 
 imporre ad uno di, with the infinitive, or che with the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 Having then ordered his ser- 
 vant to remain at the village, 
 &c. 
 
 I bowed three times as it is 
 customary, then I knelt, but 
 that most noble master ordered 
 me to rise. 
 
 Having called Abrahim to sup- 
 per, he made him sleep in the 
 rooms of his seraglio, as he 
 had ordered one of his minis- 
 ters to cut his throat. 
 
 And he ordered his servants 
 that Giannetto should be 
 obeyed. 
 
 Order to (in), per ; affine di, with the infinitive, if 
 the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 And that he, in order to E cK egli per far-??u piacere 
 please me, has undertaken a abbia preso una causa debile. 
 weak cause. tolomei. 
 
 Quindi da to or dine a' suoi di 
 rimanere nel villaggio, ec. 
 
 so AVE. 
 
 JFecz le tre river enze prescritte, 
 e poi posi un ginocchio a terra ; 
 ma il clementissimo padrone 
 subito *m' impose d'alzarmi. 
 
 METASTASTO. 
 
 Chiamato a cena Abraim lo 
 tenne ad albergare nelle stanze 
 del suo serraglio avendo ordina- 
 to a un suo miriistro che lo 
 scannasse.f segni. 
 
 E comandb a' fanti che Gian* 
 netto fosse ubbidito. 
 
 fiorentinO. 
 
 * M' stands for a me. 
 
 ■f Ordinare and dare ordine govern the infinitive with ft 
 before it, or che with the subjunctive, though there is not the 
 dative with it. 
 
 The Admiral, obliged by necessity to stop, ordered them to 
 halt : V Ammiraglio costreito dalla necessitd a doversi fermare 
 diede ordine di far alto. davila. 
 
 Where to be able to make a long war, they ordered the 
 soldiers to be paid • Dove per far guerra lungamente eglino ordi- 
 narono di pagan; i soldati. macchiavelli. 
 
OR OU 
 
 211 
 
 Hoping that my travelling Sperando, che la peregrina- 
 for so many years, in qrder to zion mia di tanti anni, solo 
 learn something, was, &c. affine d'apprender qualche cosa> 
 
 fosse, ec. buommattei. 
 
 Order that (in), acciocche, affine che, with the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Acciocche s'accordassero a eleg~ 
 gere un papa Italiano. 
 
 VILLANI. 
 
 Somma grande di danaro ca- 
 vano quel politici da un oglio 
 che vendono, affine che gli sfor- 
 tunati possano digerire gli 
 amari disgusti che, ec. 
 
 BOCCALINI. 
 
 In order that tkey should 
 agree in the election of an 
 Italian pope. 
 
 Those politicians make a 
 great deal of money by a 
 certain oil, which they sell, in 
 order that unfortunate people 
 may digest the bitter sorrows 
 which, &c. 
 
 Others, or other people, altrui, which is inde- 
 clinable. 
 
 For she easily believed the 
 words of others. 
 
 But were she to annoy others 
 as she does me, &c. 
 
 I read, write, and speak with 
 you and others. 
 
 Che agevolme?ite prestava essa 
 fede alle parole altrui * gozzi. 
 
 Ma se ellafacesse altrui * quel' 
 la noja che fa a me, ec, gozzi. 
 
 lo leggo e scrivo e parlo con 
 voi e con altrui. bembo. 
 
 Our, nostro, nostri, nostra, nostre. See His. 
 
 Outlive one (to), sopravvire, dative. See Sur* 
 
 VIVE. 
 
 Out, fuor di casa. 
 
 Is your master at home ? No, Sta in casa il voslro padrone ? 
 Sir, he is out. Signorno,eglista fuor di casa. 
 
 * Observe, that altrui is a genitive in the first example, and 
 dative in the second. 
 
 P 2 
 
SI 2 ou — ow 
 
 Out op A tlace (to be), speaking of a servant, 
 non avere padrone. 
 
 She has been out of place these Non ha ella avuto padrone da 
 three months. ire mesi in qua. 
 
 Out of tune, scordato. 
 It is out of tune. Egli e scordato. goldoni. 
 
 Out of it, we. 
 
 And I have the courage to E mi basta Vanimo di cavar- 
 take you out of it without much te-ne senza moltafatica. 
 trouble. firenzuola. 
 
 Ought to (to), dovere, with an infinitive without a 
 preposition. 
 
 You ought to know then tha*t Dovete adunque sapere che 
 Al&rdo, &c. Alar do, ec. erizzo. 
 
 Over (to be), avere termine. 
 
 Ah, I was born to be always Ah nata son per penare, e 
 in trouble, and I know not non so quando avran termine » 
 when my grief will be over. miei martori. goldoni. 
 
 Overcome with, zinto, ablative. 
 
 On the other side, overcome DalV allra banda p&i vinto 
 with anger and disdain, &c. dalla collera e dallo sdegno, ec. 
 
 »BANDELLO. 
 
 Own (to), confessare di, with the infinitive, if the 
 subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che with 
 the subjunctive. 
 
 He owned that he wasted a Confessb egli di consumare 
 great deal of time in painting. assai tempo in dipignere. 
 
 DAT!. 
 
 Owning at least that cur fine Confessando almeno che it 
 
 idiom is worthy of, &c. nostra bello idioma sia degno di, 
 
 ec. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
PA PA 213 
 
 P. 
 
 Paint with (to), dipingere, genitive. 
 And he adorned and painted E Vadornb e dipinse di pi& 
 it with different colours. colori. borghini. 
 
 Pardon one for a fault (to), per donare un f alio 
 ad uno. 
 You will pardon me for my * Mi perdonate le inavvei- 
 imprudence. tenze. metastasis 
 
 Part with (to) 3 disfarsi, genitive. 
 
 My horse is very old, but I E vecchissimo il mio cavallo -, 
 will not part with it. ma io non vub disfarme-ne.f 
 
 Part, preceding a genitive singular, will have the 
 verb and the adjective belonging to it in the singular ; 
 if the genitive be plural, the verb and the adjective are 
 to be plural. 
 
 Because a great part of the Perche una gran parte delta 
 
 infantry, which was distribu- fanteria distribuita sulle rive 
 
 ted on the banks of the river, delfiume s'era ritirata in *luogo 
 
 had retired to a safe place. sicuro. davila. 
 
 That the greatest part of Che la maggior parte degli 
 writers do not follow the doc- scrittori va$ano dietro non agV 
 trine of philosophers, &c. insegnamenti del filosqfi, ec. 
 
 VARCHI. 
 
 * Mi stands for a me, answering to ad uno, and le inavvertenze 
 answers to unfaUo. 
 
 f Ne stands for of him or it, referring to horse. 
 P 3 
 
214 PA PA 
 
 The greatest part of which La maggior parte dei quali 
 (of animals) were made stron- sono stati fatti dalla natura dh 
 ger by nature, &c. maggior forza, ec .* gelli. 
 
 Part (for), accompanied with a possessive pronoun, 
 in quarto^ and the said possessive pronoun is changed into 
 a personal pronoun and put in the dative : as, for my 
 part, in quanto a me ; for his part, in quanta a lui, &c. 
 
 Pass over in silence (to), tacere, accusative. 
 
 I pass over in silence the Taccio le miserie frescbe 
 recent miseries of Italy. d'ltalia. montemagno. 
 
 Pay attention (to), fare attenzione, dative; porre 
 citra, dative. 
 
 There is a long letter for you, Eceovi una lunga lettera, e se 
 
 and if above all you will pay soprattutto f arete attenzione a 
 
 attention to the heart which quel more che Vha dettata, ec. 
 
 dictated it, &c. ganganelli. 
 
 This (the Italian language) Questa dunque e stata tra noi 
 
 then has been for a long time lungamente incomposta, pernon 
 
 incorrect, as there was no aver avuto chi fie abbia posfo 
 
 body who paid any attention euro. castigligne. 
 ■to it. 
 
 • If the genitive preceded by part is not expressed, the verb is 
 put in that number in which the genitive understood would be, 
 if it were expressed. 
 
 You perhaps say so, because the smallest part (of sensuality 
 is understood) belongs to you : Tu oTiforse cost, perche la minor 
 parte e la tua. gelli. 
 
 And the other part (of the infantry is understood) dispersed : 
 E un' altra parte si disperse. davila. 
 
 And thus the greatest part (of them is understood) become 
 misers : -E cosl divengono la maggior parte avari. gelli. 
 
 ■j- he, a dative, stands for a lei. 
 
PA PE 
 
 215 
 
 Pay one a visit (to), visitare, accusative. 
 
 For, since I went to pay Che, dappoiehe io fid nella 
 you a visit towards the end of fine del Settembre passato a in- 
 last September, &c. sitar-v'i,* ec. bembo. 
 
 People, when it means population, popolo ; otherwise 
 gente, which is generally used in the singular: but when 
 people is joined to an adjective it is generally omitted. 
 
 The senate and the Roman II senato e il popolo Romano. 
 people. 
 
 Andai all* opera, e vi era 
 tanta gente che non potei en- 
 trare. 
 
 I went to the Opera, and it 
 was so full of people that I 
 could not get in. 
 
 English people are generous 
 and charitable. 
 
 Sono gV inglesi generosi e ca- 
 ritatevoli. 
 
 Perceive (to), accorgersi, avvedersi, genitive. 
 As the captain perceived the Come si fa accorto il capitano 
 
 passage of the enemies, &c. 
 
 Having perceived his error he 
 yielded the palm. 
 
 del transito de' nemici, ec. 
 
 davila. 
 
 Avvedutosi dell' errore, cede 
 la palma. 
 
 DATI. 
 
 Perceive to (to), avvedersi, accorgersi di, with the 
 infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise che with the subjunctive. 
 For I perceive that, on account Perche m' avveggio di non 
 
 of my little portion of genius, 
 I could not acquire, &c. 
 
 For as you perceive, that 
 fortune has not been very 
 adverse to you, &c. 
 
 aver per lo mio poco ingegno, 
 riportato, ec. buommattet. 
 
 Perche accorgendovi, che la 
 fortuna non u'abbia fatto il 
 peggiocK' ellapuote, ec. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 * Vi, an accusative, instead of vol. 
 
 r 4 
 
216 PE- PE 
 
 Perish with (to), morire, genitive. 
 
 He was nearly perishing with Quasi moriva di freddo e di 
 cold and hunger. fame. 
 
 Permit one to (to), accordare, permettere a uno di, 
 with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 Your uncle, in this journey II suo Signor zio, in questo 
 
 he has permitted you to make, viaggio che *le ha accordato di 
 
 &c. fare, ec. gold on i. 
 
 Nor will he (God) ever per- Ne egli permettera mai che c\ 
 
 mit that anything should be- accaggia, cosa alcuna. gelli. 
 fall us. 
 
 Permitted (to be), essere lecilo, a uno di, with the 
 infinitive. This verb being impersonal is construed by 
 putting the English nominative in the dative, and vice- 
 versa. 
 
 And although the body is far E quantunque il corpo sia dalV 
 
 from the friend, or imprisoned, amico lontano o imprigionato, a 
 
 it (the soul) is always per- costei e sempre lecito di stare e 
 
 mitted to stay and to go where- d'andare dove le place. 
 
 ever it pleases 5 turn, to it is boccaccio. 
 always permitted, &c. 
 
 Persuade (to), per sunder -e, dative. 
 
 See how Cyrus endeavours Vedete quanto s'affatica Ciro 
 
 to persuade the military part in persuader alia militare ordi- 
 
 of his Persians to arm them- nanza dei suoi Persi, che s'ar- 
 
 selves with religion. mino di religione. cavalcanti. 
 
 Persuade one to (to), persuadere uno di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 He tried to persuade me to Fece ogni sforzo per persua- 
 spcak to her. dermi di parlar-fe. soave. 
 
 * Le stands for a poi^ speaking in the third person. See the 
 General Rules on the different ways of addressing, page IT. 
 
PE PL 217 
 
 Persuaded (to be), persuadersi di, with the infinitive* 
 or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 As I am persuaded that no- Persuadendomi che nessuno 
 body can surpass me in these m' avanzi di queste qualita. 
 qualities. goldoni. 
 
 Persuaded by (to be), essere persuaso, genitive. 
 
 Yqu are not persuaded by my Vox non siete persuaso dei raiei 
 counsels. consigli. goldonj. 
 
 Pierced with, trafitto y genitive. 
 
 Pierced with a dart in her Di un dardo trafilta sen corse 
 side she ran along the river ella lungo la riva del fame. 
 
 side. 
 
 Pillage (to), dareilsacco, dative. 
 
 Some people of Monferrat Alcuni Monferrini enirarono 
 entered the city, and pillaged nella citta e diedero il sacco 
 the houses* alle case. denina. 
 
 Pity (it is a), epeccato. 
 
 It is a pity he does not love her. JE peccato che egli non Varna. 
 
 goldoni. 
 
 Pity one (to), a-sere compassione, avere pietd, genitive* 
 
 Pity me, beloved father ! Abhiate compassione di me, 
 
 amato padre ! albergatl, 
 
 The love I bear you obliges Vamor che pi porto mi sforza 
 me to pity you, aver pieta di voi. firenzuola. 
 
 Place (to), dare luogo, dative. 
 
 But I would place it there Verb *gli darei -\loco la su 
 above, on the left. da man manca. caro. 
 
 * Gli stands for a lui. f Loco instead of luogo. 
 
218 
 
 PL_pl 
 
 Play at cards, or at any game (to), gimcare, 
 alle carte o a qualche giuoco, dative. 
 
 Let us play at cards. Giuochiamo alle carte. 
 
 They play at picquet. Giuocano a picchetto. 
 
 Play a game at cards (to), fare una partita alle 
 carte. 
 
 X*et us have a game at whist, Facciamo una partita al whist, 
 at cribbage, &c. al cribbage, ec. 
 
 Play upon, or on an instrument (to), sonare y or 
 suonare y accusative and genitive.* 
 
 One day Delia being together Un giorno essendo Delia con 
 with Lady Hypolita Bentivo- la Signora Ippolita Bent'wO' 
 glia, Bologna played on the glia, il Bologna sonb di liuto. 
 
 lute, BANDELLO. 
 
 And Mercury was seen play- E si vedeva Mercurio che con 
 ing on the bagpipe with swelled gonjiate labbia suonava una 
 lips* sampogna. sannazzaro. 
 
 Please (to), compiacere, fare piacere, dare nel genio, 
 dative. 
 
 As he, to please him, was 
 careless as to displeasing, &c. 
 
 And that he, in order to please 
 me, has undertaken a weak 
 cause, &c. 
 
 Try to please every body. 
 
 Non avendo egli avuto rispetio 
 per compiacere a lui di dispia- 
 cere, ec. castiglione. 
 
 E eti egli perfar-mif piacere 
 abbia preso una causa debile, 
 ec. tolomei. 
 
 Procurate di dar nel genio a 
 
 tutti, GOLDONK 
 
 * The accusative is more preferable, 
 •\ Mi stands for a me. 
 
PL—PO 2ig 
 
 Please to (to), piacere di, with the infinitive. This 
 verb, being impersonal is construed by putting the 
 English nominative in the dative. See Like to. 
 
 Pleased with (to" *j 3 ;- < teUo, compiacersi^ 
 
 genitive* 
 
 O ye refined ears of Cicero, O purge tissime or ecchie di Ci- 
 would you not be pleased with cerone, non prendereste voi di' 
 lia's speeches ? letto del parlar di Lelia ? 
 
 PIRENZUOLA. 
 
 That (an inscription), which Ne fu meno pomposa quella 
 
 he made on the picture of che fece alia figura d'un atleta 
 
 an athletic combattant, with del quale tanto si compiaceva. 
 
 which he was so much pleased, dati. 
 was not less pompous. 
 
 Pleased in (to be), amare di, with the infinitive. 
 See Like to. 
 
 Pleasure in (to take), prendere diktto, dikttarsu 
 See Pleased with, and Delight in. 
 
 Pluck from (to), estirpare, genitive. 
 
 And if some people profane E se alcuni guastano queslo 
 
 this sacred name of friendship, santo nome d" amicizia non- e 
 
 we ought not on that account perb da estirparla cost degli 
 
 thus to pluck it from our animi nostri. castiglione, 
 hearts. 
 
 Poor in, povero, genitive. 
 
 Caesar without a fleet, poor Cesare senza armata di mare, 
 in provisions, &c. povero di vettovaglia,, ec. 
 
 CHIABRERA. 
 
 Possessed op (to be), possedere, accusative; essere 
 possessore, genitive. 
 
 His wife heard that another La sposa intese che un' altra 
 
mo po — pr 
 
 woman was possessed of the donna possedeva il cuore del 
 Marquis's heart, &c. Marchese, ec. benina. 
 
 Ah, I was possessed of such Ah ! fu'i di tanto tesoro pos- 
 it treasure, &c. sessore, ec. metastas-io. 
 
 Possessed with, dolato, genitive. See Endowed., 
 
 Postpone (to), differire di, with the infinitive. See 
 "Defer. 
 
 Power over (to have), avereforza in. 
 
 In remembering, that the Ricordandoci, che le delica- 
 
 effeminacy of the voluptuous tezze della voluttuosa Capua 
 
 Capua had formerly such a ebbero gia tantaforza nel fiero 
 
 power over the fierce army of esercito oVAnnibale. 
 
 Hannibal. cavalcanti. 
 
 Power to (to have), avere forza, avere potere di, 
 with the infinitive. 
 
 They had the power to tame Essi hanno avuto forza di do- 
 the only tamer in the universe. mare lasola domatrice dell' uni- 
 
 VerSO. B 170 M MATTE I* 
 
 Power to (to be in one's), potere, with the infinitive 
 without a preposition. 
 
 It is in his power to serve you, Egli pub servirvi se vuole. 
 if he will. goldoni. 
 
 Praise (to), dare lode, dative. 
 
 You admire nature in me ; Vol ammirate in me la natura; 
 you praise that beneficent mo- voi date lode a questa madre 
 ther. benefica. goldoni. 
 
 Praise one for an action (to), lodare Vazione 
 d'uno. 
 
 I praise your brother for his Lodo il coraggio di vostro 
 courage. fratello. 
 
PR PR 221 
 
 PftAY to (to), pregare di, with the infinitive. See 
 Beg. 
 
 Pray to God, or to Heaven, that (to), pregare 
 Dio } or il Cielo che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 As I pray to Heaven that be Pregando il Cielo che nonsolo 
 not only keep you so, &c. ilvi mantenga, ec. bembo. 
 
 Prefer, (to), preferire di, with the infinitive, if the 
 subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che with 
 the subjunctive. 
 
 He preferred speaking Italian. Egliprejeriva di parlare Itali- 
 
 ano, 
 
 I prefer that you should tell Preferisco che vox gliel* di- 
 ner of it date. goldoni. 
 
 Precede (to), venire innanti, precedere, dative. 
 
 Meaning the time which pre- Per significar le ore che ven- 
 
 cedes the sun-rke. gono innanti al sole. caro. 
 
 Permit that my impatient Permettete che la mia impa- 
 
 tenderness should for a moment ziente tenerezza preceda per un 
 
 precede my respect. momento al rispetto. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 Present one with a thing (to), donare, present are 
 una cosa, dative. 
 
 Some painters presented peo- Alcuni pittori donavano le 
 
 plef with his works, opere sue. castiglione. 
 
 I present you with it, with lo % vela presento con quella 
 that respect, &c. riverenza, ec. caro. 
 
 * Gliel for glielo. 
 
 f People in Italian is not expressed, but it is understood. 
 % Vela stands for a voi, which is a dative, and la accusative, 
 referring to una cosa. 
 
222 
 
 PR PR 
 
 Present 
 dative. 
 
 compliments (to), fare i complimenti 7 
 
 Go from me to the Marquis, 
 and present my compliments to 
 him. 
 
 Vada dal Signor Marchesej. 
 facendogli i miei complimenti. 
 
 ALGARQTTI. 
 
 Preside over (to), presedere, dative. 
 
 By assisting with her labour 
 and advice the nuns who pre- 
 sided over them. 
 
 Coir opera assistendo e coi 
 corMgli le religiose die lor pro- 
 sedevano. soave. 
 
 Presume to (to), preswnere di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Who presume to reform the 
 laws of love. 
 
 Che di riformare presumono 
 le leggi amorose. algarotti. 
 
 Pretend to (to), jingere, fare semhianie, fare vista, 
 infingere di, with the infinitive. 
 
 And under the form of a man, 
 he should marry a woman and 
 live with her ten years, and 
 then pretending to die, &c. 
 
 And as he thought his beloved 
 woman pretended not to see 
 him, &c. 
 
 Now it happened that his 
 wife arrived several days be- 
 fore, and pretended to have 
 been at the bath. 
 
 You are ill acquainted with 
 the customs of our republic, 
 or you pretend not to know 
 them. 
 
 E sotio la forma d'uomo 
 prender moglie, e con quella 
 vivere died anrti, e dopofngen- 
 do di morire, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 E parendogli che la sua amata 
 facesse sembiante di non veder- 
 lo, ec. FORTINI. 
 
 Ora avvenne che la donna sua 
 giunsepiit dl, innanzi, efe' vista 
 d' essere stata al bagno. 
 
 FIORENTINO. 
 
 Male i costumi della nostra 
 citta conoscete, o di non cono- 
 scer-Zi infingete. bembo. 
 
 Prevail upon one to (to), persuadere uno di, with 
 the infinitive. See Persuade. 
 
PR— PR figs 
 
 Prevail over (to), premlersi, genitive. 
 
 According to the custom of Egli secondo il costume degli 
 scholars he prevailed over my scolari si prevalse della mia de- 
 weakness. bolezza. goldqni. 
 
 Prevent one from (to), impedire a uno dl^ with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 I will never prevent Pamela Non impedirb mai a Pamela 
 from entering into society. di conversare. goldoni.. 
 
 Prey upon (to), divorare, accusative. 
 
 Melancholy has been preying Da due mesi in qua le dwom 
 upon her heart these two il cuore la malinconia. 
 months. goldoni. 
 
 Pride one's self in (to), gloriarsidi, with the infini- 
 tive. 
 
 He prides himself in dressing Ei si gloria di vestirsl bens. 
 well. 
 
 See Boast for more examples. 
 
 Print (to), dare fiuora, stampare, accusative. 
 
 It will be sufficient for him to Assai sara eft' egli diafaori % 
 priut the Tuscan poets. poeti Toscani. bembo. 
 
 Printed (to be), porsiinluce. 
 
 On the contrary it is express- Anzi e espressamente ordinal® 
 ly ordered that they should be che si pongono in luce. 
 printed. . tolomei. 
 
 Profit by (to), projiitare y apprqfittarsi, genitive. 
 
 And the Duke of Savoy, in E il Duca di Savoja per pro- 
 order to profit by the vpportu- fittare dell' opportunity che, ec. 
 nity, which, &c. denina* 
 
 But I will read them several Ma le leggerb molte allre volte 
 
 times more, in order to profit per approfittarmi degP inseg- 
 
 by the instructions of the wri- namenti dello scrittore. 
 
 ter, . bembo. 
 
233? PR—PR 
 
 Promise one A thing (to), promettcre una cosa, dative, 
 
 She took them to the skirts Ella li condusse alle radici d' 
 of a mountain, and promising una montagna e promettendo a 
 vM of them a thousand blessings 3 tutti mille beni, ec. gozz*. 
 
 &G. 
 
 Promise one to (to), promettere a uno di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 Having promised him to do dvendo-gW* promesso di far-fo 
 it immediately. subito. caro, 
 
 Proper for, opportune), dative. 
 
 Therefore as it was a clear Per la qual cosa essendo la 
 night and very proper for the notte serena e grandemente op- 
 design, portuna al disegno. davila. 
 
 Propose to (to), proporre di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Brujero trusting in his own Brujero affidato nelle sueforze 
 
 strength proposed to put an propose di terminate la guerra 
 
 end to the war by fighting a con un duello. soave. 
 duel. 
 
 Provide one's self with (to), prowedersi, geni- 
 tive. 
 
 He then provided himself Egti poi si provide d' armi e 
 with arms and horses. cavalleria. bandello. 
 
 Provide for (to), provvedere, dative. 
 
 We can abundantly provide Not largamente provvedere 
 for all the necessaries of life. possiamo a tutte le necessity 
 
 di nostra vita, montemagno. 
 
 GU stands for a lui, answering to ad uno, a dative. 
 
PR PU %25 
 
 Provide one with (to), provvedtre a uno, genitive. 
 
 He could not provide Giu- A Giuliano terzo suo figliuolo 
 liano, his third son, with an non potette di straordinaria 
 extraordinary fortune. fortima provvedere. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Provided, purche, with the subjunctive. 
 
 Provided it be honourable or Purche ella sia onorevole o 
 worthy of praise. degna di lode, buommattet. 
 
 Provided with, provveduto, genitive. 
 
 Republics are formed and pro- he repubbliche si conformano e 
 vided with laws and every ne- di leggi e d'ogni cosa opportuna 
 cessary thing, &c. son provvedute, ec. salviati. 
 
 Proud of (to be), andare gonfio, genitive. 
 
 But it (the Italian language) Perb ella non ne * va gonfia. 
 is not proud of it. buommattet. 
 
 Published (to be), in speaking of books, essere man- 
 $ato in luce, porsi in luce. 
 
 Mr. Annibal Caro shewed Messer Annibal Caro nC ha 
 
 me your books on agriculture fatto vedere i vostri libri delta 
 
 just published. coltivazione nuovamentef man- 
 
 dati in luce. tolomei. 
 
 On the contrary, it has been Ami e espressamente ordinato, 
 
 expressly ordered that they che si pongano in luce. 
 
 (poems) should be published. tolomei. 
 
 Punish one for (to), fare portare la pena a uno^ 
 genitive ; punire uno, genitive. 
 
 Because he did not fail to pu- Che non mancb difare ai solle- 
 nish the rebels for the evil, &c. vati portar la pena del male, 
 
 ec. DENIN.A. 
 
 * Ne stands for di cib. 
 t A tense of to be is understood. 
 
 Q 
 
226 
 
 PU- — PU 
 
 And for vjhat fault will he 
 punish you ? 
 
 E di qual fallo ti vuol punir ? 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 Punished for (to be), pagare il fio, pagare la pena, 
 esscre punilc 9 genitive. 
 
 But heaven preserve you from 
 a new crime, for you shall be 
 punished for both at the same 
 time. 
 
 That the republic should be 
 punished jfor their sins, 
 
 That they should be justly 
 punished for the errors they 
 have committed. 
 
 Ma il cield ti guarcli da nuovo 
 delitto, die il fio ben pagherai 
 deW uno e delV altro a un tem- 
 po solo. so AVE. 
 
 Che la repubblica la pena de' 
 loro peccati pagasse, 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Che essi stessi de' commessi 
 errori fossero degnamente pu- 
 niti. CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Purpose (on). See On Purpose. 
 
 Purpose (to), avere inien%ione di with the infinitive. 
 See Intend. 
 
 Pursue a course (to), prendere partitOj pigliare par- 
 tito. 
 
 He resolved to retire to Jar- 
 nac, and together with the 
 prince to pursue that course 
 whioh the state of affairs re- 
 quired. 
 
 It was resolved to have a 
 mature investigation of that 
 business, and then to pursue 
 that course which was judged 
 the most proper to discover.&c. 
 
 Risolse egli di ritirarsi a Giar- 
 nac, e prendere insieme col Prin- 
 cipe quel partito che richiedesse 
 lo sfato delle cose. 
 
 DAVILA. 
 
 Fu deliberato cVaver sopra 
 questo caso ma two esamine, e 
 pigliarne poi quel partito che 
 fosse giudicato migliore per 
 iscuoprire, ec. macchiavelli. 
 
 Put one to death (to), fare morire, accusative; 
 dare la morte, dative. 
 
 He put his brother to death. Egli fece morir suo fratello, 
 
 egli diede la morte al fratello 
 suo. 
 
PU — -PU 
 
 227 
 
 Put on a thing (to), mettersi addosso or indosso, 
 accusative. 
 
 It is true, never was a wo- 
 man more clever in putting on 
 embroidered dresses. 
 
 I have had a suit of clothes 
 made, which cost me fifty se- 
 quins, and I have not put it ort 
 yet. 
 
 Put off (to), differire, accusative. See Defer. 
 
 Put an end to (to), terminare, accusative ; Jinire^ 
 accusative. 
 
 Egli e vero, die non fu rriai 
 la piu atta a mettersi addosso 
 veste ricamata. gozzt. 
 
 Spesi in un vestito cinquanta 
 zecchini e non meV ho messo 
 indosso ancora. gozzi. 
 
 Now to put an end to my 
 relation, &c. 
 
 Who wish to put an end to 
 the war in order that they 
 might triumph. 
 
 Or per terminate il mio rac- 
 conto, ec. metastasio, 
 
 I quali volevanojinirela guer- 
 ra per trionfare. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Put a thing on one's limb (to), mettere una cosa ad 
 uno in. 
 
 Then the Archbishop of Co- 
 logne put a ring on his finger; 
 turn, put to him the ring in 
 finger. 
 
 Then the three archbishops 
 together put the crown on his 
 head ; turn, put to him the 
 crown in head. 
 
 Allora VArcivescovo di Colog* 
 na gli mise Vanello in dito. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Allora i tre arcivescovi m» 
 sieme gli misero la corona in 
 testa. CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Put on a fair face (to), fare buon viso, dative. 
 
 And putting on a fair face, E fattole * buon viso le disse, 
 she said to her, &c. ec. gozzi. 
 
 * Le stands for a leu 
 Q 2 
 
228 PU QU 
 
 Put out (to), speaking ofjire, a. candle, &c, spegnere, 
 otherwise cavare, accusative. 
 
 Who has taught you to light Chi V ha insegnato d'accen- 
 the fire so early? I have put dere il fuoco coil per tempo? 
 it out. Io 1' ho spento. goldoni. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Qualified for (to), atto, dative. 
 
 He was well qualified for Era ben atto a quel che intra- 
 what he undertook. prese. goldoni. 
 
 Quake with (to), tremare, genitive. See Tremble. 
 
 Quarry upon (to), vfaere, genitive. See Live on. 
 
 Quench the thirst (to), spegnere la sete, trarre la 
 sete, dative. 
 
 Then the knights would Allora % cavalieri spegnereb- 
 
 quench their thirst in the clear hero la sete nelle chiare onde 
 
 water of the Siloe. del Siloe. chiabrera. 
 
 Where several shepherdesses, Dove sovente certe pastorelle 
 
 who often endeavour to quench che a' piccoli greggi cercano 
 
 the thirst of their small flocks, trarlasete,ec. firenzuqla. 
 
 Question a thi«ng (to), dubltare, genitive. See 
 Doubt. 
 
 Quite, del tutto. 
 
 The people, however, are not Dal popolo tuttavia Vantico 
 yet quite freed from the old pregiudizio non e ancor tolto 
 prejudice. del tutto. soave, 
 
RA RE 229 
 
 it. 
 
 Rail at (to), dire deW ingiurie y dative. 
 
 First he railed at him, and Prima *gli disse dell* ingiure, 
 then left him. e poi lo pianib. goldoni. 
 
 Rather not (I would), no, grazie. 
 
 Will you take a glass of wine? Volte bere un bicchier di vino } 
 No, I would rather not. No, grazie. 
 
 Rather than, piuttosto die. 
 
 Young people, who are natu- La gioventil, la quale per sua 
 rally rather addicted to plea- natura e disposta a darsi piut- 
 sure than to study. , tosto ai piaceri che a' migliori 
 
 Sludti. PANDOLFINI. 
 
 Reach (to), arrivare, pervenire, giungere, dative. 
 
 For when you first reached Che quando primamente ar* 
 that city. rivaste a quella citta. bembo. 
 
 Therefore many famous men Onde molti insigni personnaggi 
 reached the highest pitch of sotto la, sua guida a eccelso 
 glory under his guide. posto di gloria pervennero. 
 
 SALVINI. 
 
 Which (spectacles) approxi- I quali fanno purer loro vi~ 
 mate those dignities which cine quelle dignitadi, aile quali 
 their sight cannot reach. non giunge la vista loro. 
 
 boccalini. 
 
 Read out (to), leggere ad alta voce, or forte. 
 
 Read out, T cannot hear you. Leggete forte, tbfe io non 
 
 posso udirvi. 
 
 * Gli stands for a lui a dative. 
 Q 3 
 
230 
 
 RE RE 
 
 Ready to (to make one's self), prepararsi, allestirsi 
 per, accusative. See Get one's self ready, 
 
 .Receive of (to), ricevere, ablative. 
 
 First I say, that I received Dico prima ch' io da lui ho 
 of him as a gift many benefits. ricevuto dono di grandissimi 
 
 beneficii, metastasio. 
 
 Receive one (to), accogliere accusative ; fare acco* 
 gliema, fare delle accoglienze, dative. 
 
 The king of that island went 
 to the port, and having kind- 
 ly received Mr, Ansaldo. 
 
 Here is your heart, receive 
 him as he deserves. 
 
 II re di quell' isolafu alporto 3 
 e fatta grata accoglienza a 
 Messer Ansaldo, ec. 
 
 MALAGOTTI. 
 
 Ecco ilvostro cuore, fate-gli,* 
 quelle aecoglienze che merita. 
 
 GOLD ONI. 
 
 Recollect (to), ricordarsi, risovvenirsi, genitive ; 
 ridursi alia memoria, accusative. 
 
 Where, as he recollected his 
 father's house, &c. 
 
 He then recollecting the 
 burning heat, &&. 
 
 You will easily divest your- 
 self of this ill-founded opinion, 
 when you recollect the antient 
 respect due to your father. 
 
 Dove, ricordandosi della casa 
 del padre suo, ec. gelli, 
 
 Poscia risovvenendosi del co^ 
 cente ardore, ec. albergati, 
 
 Rimovera facilmenie da se 
 
 questa mat fondata opinione, se 
 
 si ridurra alia memoria l'antica 
 
 diyozione avuta al padre vostro. 
 
 eembo. 
 
 Recollect to (to), ricordarsi, with the infinitive 
 without a preposition. This verb is used impersonally; 
 
 * Qli stands for a lui, a dative, 
 
RE- — RE 231 
 
 that is to say, in the third person singular only, when 
 the English nominative is to be put in the dative. 
 
 For I recollect I have read in Che mi ricorda aver letto nelle 
 the holy scriptures, &c. ; turn, scritture sacre, ec. gelli. 
 
 for it recollects to me. 
 
 Recompence for (to), ricompcnsare, genitive. See 
 Reward for. 
 
 Recourse to (to have), ricorrere, dative. 
 
 If we will comfort ourselves Sevogliamo raddolcirci ricor- 
 let us have recourse to another riamo ad altro barattolo. 
 syrup-pot. METASTASIO. 
 
 Recover (to), after a fainting - fit, tornare in se. 
 
 On seeing him she fainted, Ella svenne alvederlo, e quan- 
 and when she recovered he was do tomb in se egli sen era an- 
 gone. dato. 
 
 Reflect on (to), rlfletlere^ dative, in speaking of 
 the reflection of the mind ; riverberare sopra, in speaking 
 of a light or a splendor. 
 
 For as long as we ascribe Perche fino a tanto die ascri- 
 
 those evils to other causes, we viamo quei mali ad altre cagio- 
 
 do not reflect on the severity ni nort rijlettiamo alia severita 
 
 of our Lord, &c. del Signore. segneri. 
 
 The rays of the sun which I raggi del soleche sulle acque 
 
 reflected on the water, &c. riverberavano, ec. albergati. 
 
 Refuse to (to), ricusare di, with the infinitive. 
 
 If it were so, you would not Se cost fosse, non ricusereste 
 refuse to go with me. di venir meco. golboni. 
 
 Refuse one a thing (to), negare, ricusare una cosa, 
 dative. 
 
 I have not the courage to Non mi sento hastante da ne~ 
 refuse my country any thing. gare alia patria mia cosa alcu- 
 
 na. bembo. 
 
 Q 4 
 
232 RE RE 
 
 Regret to (to), sentire rincrescimento di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 I do not regret to have done Non sento rincrescimento di 
 that aver cibfatto. goldoni. 
 
 Reign over (to), regnare in. 
 
 Oh, sweet emotions of nature, O dolci violenze di natura 
 
 may you always thus reign possiate sempre in tutti i cuori 
 
 over our hearts ! regnar cosi. altanesi. 
 
 Oh ! what a few does this Oh come regna in pochi di 
 
 discretion reign over at such simile eta questa discrezione J 
 
 an age. gelli. 
 
 Rejoice at (to), rallegrarsi, genitive. 
 
 At which you ought to rejoice Di cui amandomi come fate 
 still more, because you love piic dovresle rallegrarvi. 
 me. bembo. 
 
 Rejoice to (to), rallegrarsi di, with the infinitive. 
 
 And I may rejoice to return Edio mi rallegri di tornarmi 
 to my creator, &c. al mio fattore. gelli. 
 
 Rely on (to), fare capitate, genitive. 
 
 You may rely on me, who Vol potetefar capitate di me^ 
 am your friend. che son vostro amico. bembo. 
 
 Remedy (to), rimediare, dative. 
 
 Those who are magistrates Devono coloro che sono ma- 
 ought to use all their efforts to gistrati fare ogni cosa per ri- 
 remedy both evils, &c. mediare all' un male e all' 
 
 altro, ec. var-Chi. 
 
 Remember (to), ricordarsi, genitive, or di with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 The more you remember ijour Quanto piil ti ricorderai dell' 
 having followed sensuality, &c. aver seguitato i sensi, ec. 
 
 gelli. 
 
RE RE 233 
 
 I do remember very well to Mi ricordo benissimo d'aver 
 have had the honour of seeing avuto I'onore di vederla. 
 
 YOU. GOLDONI. 
 
 Repair to (to), portarsi a, in speaking of a place; 
 portarsi da, in speaking of going to somebody's 
 h'ouse. 
 
 He repaired to Tauris, a city, Egli si portb a Tauri, citta, 
 
 &c. ec. SEGNI. 
 
 They soon repaired to his Si portarono subito d t luU 
 
 house. GOLDONI. 
 
 Repent for (to), pentirsi, genitive. 
 
 Etelwige very soon had a Etehvigebentostbebbe apentirsi 
 cause to repent for her change, del suo cangiamento. soave. 
 
 Repent for (to), before a verb, pentirsi di, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 As soon as he sees him return, Subito cK egli lo vede ritor- 
 and repent for having sinned, nare a se e pentirsi d'aver pec- 
 &c. cato, ec. gelli. 
 
 Reprehend one for (to), ammonire uno, genitive. 
 See Admonish. 
 
 Reproach one for, (to), rimproverare a uno, accu- 
 sative. 
 
 And the uncultivated ground E dappertutto gli incolti ter- 
 
 which is seen on every side, reni rimproverano agii abitanti 
 
 reproaches the inhabitants for la lor'o infingardaggine. 
 
 their idleness, &c. ganganelli. 
 
 Request of one to (to), pregare uno di, with the 
 infinitive. See Beg one to. 
 
 Require a thing of one (to), richiedere unacosa, 
 ablative. 
 
 That only is what 1 require Questo e solo quello che da sua 
 of his majesty. maesta richiedo. bembo, 
 
234 
 
 RE RE 
 
 Resemble one (to), rassomigliare, somigliare, dative. 
 
 And if you can make its light E se tu puoi fare che la sua 
 resembling that^of tbe sun, luce somiglia a quella del sole, 
 &c. ec. 
 
 GOZZI. 
 
 Resist (to), reggere, resistere, dative; tener fermo. 
 
 As she feared he could not 
 resist so cold a season, &c. 
 
 The very fancy of him who 
 feels it, cannot resist the influ- 
 ence of its overpowering value. 
 
 But the city resisted in such 
 a manner, that the Imperialists 
 were obliged to suspend the 
 siege. 
 
 Temendo ella non potcsse egli 
 reggere a stagione si cruda, ec. 
 
 SOAVJE. 
 
 La fantasia medesima di colui 
 che lo sente non pub resistere 
 alia soprabbondanza del va- 
 lore. SALVIATI. 
 
 Ma la citta tenne fermo in 
 modo, che gV Imperiali furono 
 costretti a levare Vassedio. 
 
 DENINA. 
 
 Resolve to (to) ? risohersi, risohere, prendere par- 
 lito, dellberare di, with the infinitive, provided the subject 
 of the two verbs is the same ; otherwise che \\ ith the 
 subjunctive,* 
 
 But the marshal could not 
 resolve to go, and place him-^ 
 self, &c. 
 
 Who, confused by so great 
 ^n accident, resolved to retire 
 to Jarnac. 
 
 They resolved to save their 
 lives by flight. 
 
 Ma il maresciallo non si pott 
 risolvere d'andarsi a mettere^ 
 
 ec. DENINA. 
 
 II quale, confuso per si grave 
 accidente risolse di ritirarsi a 
 Giarnac. davila. 
 
 Presero essi partito di provve- 
 
 dere alia propria salute con la 
 
 fuga. davila. 
 
 * Tolomei has used the infinitive without di before it. 
 For he was quite resolved not to answer anything : CK egli 
 era del tutto risoluto non rispondere cosa alcuna. 
 
RE— -RE 
 
 235 
 
 I have resolved to be advised 
 by you. 
 
 The Senate resolved that all 
 the soldiers should go to Ve- 
 rona. 
 
 And as no one was"' found who 
 would undertake such a charge, 
 they resolved that chance should 
 determine it! 
 
 Ho deliberato d'esser da voi 
 consigliato. macchiavelli. 
 
 Deliberb il Senato che tutti 
 i suoi soldati in Verona si ri- 
 ducessero. bembo. 
 
 E non si trovando alcuno the 
 volontariamente prendesse questa 
 impresa, deliberarno* che la 
 sorte fosse quella che lo dichia- 
 rasse. macchiavelli. 
 
 Resound with (to), ?^sonare y or risuonare, genitive. 
 They were shewn into a hall Furono guidati in una sola che 
 
 that resounded with the softest 
 music. 
 
 They heard that each cottage 
 resounded with different instru- 
 ments. 
 
 risonava della piu dolce musica, 
 algarotti, 
 
 Ciascuna capanna si ud\ risuo-* 
 nare di diversi instrument! . 
 
 SANNAZZARO. 
 
 Respect (to), avere in riverenza, accusative; arcere 
 river enza, dative. 
 
 I shall certainly shew that I 
 have respected it. 
 
 And thus did others, who, 
 although they respected anti- 
 quity, had not much regard for 
 ft. 
 
 Arb\ certamente dimostrato 
 d'aver-\o in river enza. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 E cosl fecero gli altri, che 
 ancorche avessero riverenza all' 
 antiquity non la stimavano 
 tanto. CASTIGLIONE, 
 
 Respectful to, rispcttoso verso, genitive. 
 
 This gentleman who is so Questo gentiluomo il affabile, 
 complaisant and so respectful e si rispettoso verso di tutti. 
 to all people. salvini. 
 
 * Deliberarno, for deliberarono. 
 f Arq, for avrb, rather obsolete. 
 
236 RE— RI 
 
 Rest (to), prendere riposo. 
 
 But to have accustomed your Ma Vavere assuefatte le lasse 
 weary lirobs to rest on the membra a prendere in sulta dura 
 hard ground, &c. terra riposo, ec. cavalcanti. 
 
 Restore one a thing (to), restituire una cosa, 
 
 dative. 
 
 Tbey restored him all that *Gli restituirono quel che 
 
 was his due. gli era dovuto. 
 
 Return from (to), tornare, genitive. 
 
 The Emperor having returned L'imperatore tomato di Pro- 
 from Provence, &c. venza, ec. denina. 
 
 Revenge (to), vendicarsi^ genitive. 
 
 Thinking thus to revenge the Pensando cosl vendicarsi dell' 
 injury, which, he imagines, ingiuria, ch' egli stima aver 
 he has received. ricevuta. tolomei. 
 
 Reward for (to), ricompensare, genitive. 
 
 May God reward you for your Possa Iddio ricompensarvi della 
 charity. vostra carita. soave. 
 
 Rewarded for, ricompcnsato, genitive. 
 
 He will give them, when he Daralle egli, quando egli sara 
 is well rewarded/or his trouble. ben ricompensato delle sue fati- 
 
 che. bembo. 
 
 Risk to, risicare di, with the infinitive. 
 
 He risked to lose a reputation , Risicava di pei dere una ripu- 
 al ready acquired with so much tazione giafatta con tanti studj. 
 
 Study. ALGAROTTI. 
 
 * Gli stands for a lui. 
 
RI RI 
 
 237 
 
 Risk a thing (to), metier e a rischio, porre a rischio, 
 risckiare, accusative. 
 
 Would you risk your life for 
 an hour of pleasure ? 
 
 Do not risk the happiness of 
 an hour. 
 
 A young woman who has 
 risked her life and reputation 
 on my account. 
 
 Vuoi tu per uri' ora di piacere 
 mettere a rischio la tua vita ? 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Non voler porre a rischio d'una 
 ora la felicita. passavanti. 
 
 Una giovane che ha poslo a 
 rischio per me la propria vita,, 
 e la propria reputazione 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 And becaure those who often E perche spesso color che ris- 
 risked their own money, &c. chiavano il lor denaro., ec. 
 
 LODOLI. 
 
 Ride on hoiiseback. (to), andare a ctmallo. 
 
 Those who rode on horseback Quelli che andavano a cavallo 
 
 were dressed in black. erano di nero vesfiti. denin?a. 
 
 Ride in a coach (to), andare in carrozsa. 
 
 Right to (to have a), avere ragione a, or di, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 Dante had certainly a right Dante aveva ragione per certo 
 to boast of being the first per- a gloriarsi d\essere il primo che, 
 son, who, &c. ec. buommattei. 
 
 He. who urges you to write,, Chi vi stimola a scrivere ha 
 
 has a right to do so. ben ragipn di farlo. 
 
 METASTASIO. 
 
 Right (to be), avere ragione. 
 
 Jupiter answered, thou art Risposegli Glove, tu hai ra~ 
 right! gione! gozzj. 
 
238 RO RU 
 
 Rob one of a thing (to), rubhare una cosa, dative, 
 
 I promise you, that I am not Io vi prometto ch' io ?ion son 
 what I am, if I do not rob io, se non *gli rubbo tutt'ipanni 
 him of all his clothes. che ha indosso. anonimo. 
 
 Rujn (to), mandate in rovina, accusative. 
 
 Such a man in the family Un tal uo'mo nella famiglia T 
 
 would ruin it. la manderebbe in rovina. 
 
 PADCVANI. 
 
 Ruin one's-self (to), andare in rovina. 
 
 Mr. Eugenio will ruin him- II Signor Eugenio vuol andar 
 self. in rovina. goldonj. 
 
 Round, intorno, a"intorno> dative. 
 
 They shall also be painted Abbian Vali ancor essi, e voli- 
 
 with wings, and fly round it. no intorno a lui. caro. 
 
 Paint a Morpheus round his D'intorno al suo letto si vegga 
 
 bed. Morfeo. caro. 
 
 Run a risk to (to) ? andar e a rischio di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 If I remain here, I shall run Se iorimango qui, vo a rischio 
 a risk to marry in spite of my- di prender moglie mal mio 
 self. grado. eembo. 
 
 Run mad (to), impazzire, divenire matto. 
 The poor girl will run mad. Impazzira la povera fanciulla. 
 
 -GOLDONI. 
 
 * Gli stands for a lui. 
 
SA— S.1 
 
 239 
 
 S. 
 
 Saint, Santo. This word loses the last syllable be- 
 fore masculine nouns, beginning with a consonant 5 the 
 last letter before nouns of both genders beginning with a 
 vowel ; and before nouns beginning with s followed by a 
 consonant, it is not altered. 
 
 He instituted the order of 
 Saint Maurice with a bull. 
 
 But the rule of Saint Augus- 
 tine was given to that (the 
 order) of Saint Lazarus. 
 
 Under the sign or the new 
 military order of Saint Ste- 
 phen. 
 
 Con una holla istitui V or dine 
 di San Maurizio. ' denina. 
 
 Ma a quello di San Lazzaro 
 si diede la regola di Sant' 4gos~ 
 tino. DENINA. 
 
 Sotto Vinsegna del nuovo or- 
 dine militare di Santo Stefano. 
 
 DENINA. 
 
 Same... as, medesimo, ste$$o...che. 
 
 If that were true, it would Se fosse vero questo, seguirebbe 
 
 follow, that lyric poetry, che irattando il lirico 1 medesi- 
 
 treating of the same ideas as mi concetti che Vepico, ec. 
 
 epic, &c. tasso. 
 
 Satiate oneVself with (to), saziarsi, genitive; 
 essere satoilo^ genitive. 
 
 A bird was in a lake, round 
 which he had satiated himself 
 with fish when young. 
 
 And that having satiated 
 themselves with viands, sea- 
 soned with the most exquisite 
 sweetness, &c. 
 
 Stavasi un uccello entro a an 
 lago, intorno al quale nella sua 
 gioventic s'era saziato di pesci. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 E che essendo satolli delle 
 vivande condite con le piu squi- 
 site dolcezze, ec. boccalini. 
 
240 SA- SC " 
 
 Satisfy one in (to), soddisfare uno, genitive. 
 
 We come to tell you that we Siamo venuti a dirvi, die 
 are prepared and ready to sa- siamo apparecchiati e pfonti a 
 tisfy tbem in all that which, soddisfargli di tutto cio che, ec. 
 
 &c. SEGNI 
 
 Satisfied with (to be), soddisfarsi, contentarsi, 
 genitive. 
 
 Who was satisfied with no II quale tra tutte le parti 
 other period of his life, than delta sua vita di nessuna tanto 
 with those ten years. si soddisfece quanto di quei dieci 
 
 anni. bembo. 
 
 I am satisfied with what hea- Io mi contento di quel che il 
 ven grants me. cielo mi concede. goldoni. 
 
 Satisfied to (to be), appagarsi, contentarsi di, with 
 the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise che with the subjunctive 
 
 If that happens, a prudent Un uomo prudente ove cio 
 man is satisfied to laugh at it avver.ga, s'appaga di riderne 
 only. solamente. soave. 
 
 I am satisfied that you would Mi contento che restiate meco 
 remain only three days with ire soli giorni. goldon^. 
 
 me* 
 
 Say (to), dire di, with the infinitive. 
 
 In which I have no right, nor Nella quale io non ho, ne dico 
 do I say I have any. d' avere alcuna ragione. 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 Say again (to), tornare a dire. 
 
 But I say again, that, &c. Ma torno a dire, ec. bembo. 
 
 Scarcely, appena. This word being put in the be- 
 ginning of a sentence throws the nominative after the 
 following verb. 
 
SC — r-SE 241 
 
 And whilst an abundance of E mentre in tutte le parti 
 
 literati flourished all over ltaly> d 1 Italia fiorivano innumerflbiU 
 
 scarcely one was found in letterati appena se ne contava 
 
 Piedmont. alcuno in Piemonte. denina. 
 
 Scatter with (to), spargere, genitive. 
 
 Then the sacred name of Allora il santo nome delV 
 
 friendship beg^n to spread it- amicizia comincib a seminarsi 
 
 self all over the earth, and per la terra, e spargerla di 
 
 scatter it with flagrant Jioivers. soavi fiori. macchiavelli. 
 
 Scattered over with, sparso, genitive. 
 
 And let the surrounding sky E il cielo d'intorno sia sparso 
 
 be scattered over with stars. di stelie. caro. 
 
 Her face scattered over with 11 suo aspetto sparso di una 
 
 soft melancholy, &c. dolce malinconia, ec. foscolo. 
 
 Search for one (to), cercare, genitive. 
 
 To hinder it, I have been all Per impedirlo io scorro solle- 
 
 over the palace, and have in cito la reggia, e cerco in vano 
 
 vain sought for Artabanus and d'Artabano e di Dario. 
 
 Darius. metastasio. 
 
 Secure (to), mettere in sicuro, accusative. 
 
 He secured all he had. Egli mise in sicuro tutto quel 
 
 die aveva. 
 
 See (to), vedere, with an infinitive without a preposi- 
 tion before it. 
 
 Look at Milesia Aspasia, and Volgete gli occhi verso della 
 you will see her teaching rhe- Milesia Aspasia, e vedretela a 
 toric to a great number of men, molti uomini insegnar la retto- 
 
 rica. fhienzuola. 
 
 See, (following to go or to come and) trovare, accusative. 
 
 If you wish it, you may go Se vuole, pub andare a trovare 
 
 and see Mr. Lelio. il Signor Lelio. goldqni. 
 
 Mr. T. . is come to see me, E'venuto a trovarmi il Signor 
 
 T. . FOSCOLO. 
 
 R 
 
c u°z 
 
 SE SE 
 
 Seek (to), andare cercando, accusative; andare in 
 traccia, andare in cerca, genitive. See Go in search. 
 
 Seem to be (to), parere, sembrare, without expressing 
 
 to be. 
 
 They seem to be old. 
 
 She seemed to be handsome 
 when I saw her. 
 
 Pajono vecchj. bembo. 
 
 Quando la viddi mi sembro 
 bella. BANDELLO. 
 
 Seem (to), par ere y sembrare. These two verbs are 
 impersonally used, and are construed by putting them in 
 the third person singular, when the English nominative is 
 to precede the second verb, which is put in the subjunc- 
 tive, with che before it. 
 
 N ght, chased by darkness and 
 h e stars, seems to recede from 
 
 he sun. 
 
 Which (prudence) above all 
 other virtues seems to be fit for 
 old people. 
 
 Aimena seems to have re- 
 covered from his first terror. 
 
 Pare che la notte seguita dalle 
 tenebre e dalle stelle fuggisse 
 dal sole. foscolo. 
 
 La quale par che sopratutte le 
 
 altre virtii, si convenga, ai 
 
 vecchi. GELLI. 
 
 Sembra che Aimena dal pri- 
 
 mo terrore si riavesse. dati. 
 
 Seize on (to), dare di piglio 9 dative; impadronirsi, 
 genitive. 
 
 That some of those giants 
 should threaten, others should 
 seize on pieces of mountains. 
 
 Pie said he would seize on the 
 whole kingdom, or at least on a 
 great part of it. 
 
 Che alcuni di essi minaccias- 
 sero, altri dessero di piglio a 
 pezzi di monti. caro. 
 
 Egli disse che voleva impadro- 
 nirsi di tutto o ahneno di una 
 gran parte del regno, denina. 
 
 Sell or be sold for (to), tenders! . 
 
 Butter sells ten pence a pound. Si vende died soldi la Ubbra il 
 
 butirro. 
 
SE- 
 
 SE 
 
 243 
 
 Sell, or be sold by weight (to), vendersi a peso. 
 
 And that all kinds of meat E che ogni came e pesce si 
 and fish should be sold by vendesse a peso. villani. 
 
 weight. 
 
 Send one a thing (to), mandare, inviare una cosa, 
 dative. 
 
 If Carlo sent me his letters. 
 
 Se Carlo mandasse a me sue 
 lettere. bembo. 
 
 I sent him the first definitions GV invio le prime definizioni 
 made by the Arabian author, fatte dalV auiore Arabo. 
 
 BOR.ELLI. 
 
 Send for (to), mandare a prendere, mandate a chia- 
 mare, accusative. 
 
 Tell the landlord to take care 
 of my horse 5 for I shall send 
 for it in the cool of the even- 
 ing. 
 
 He afterwards sent for all his 
 barons and gentlemen of the 
 court. 
 
 Raccomandate il caval mio 
 alV oste, che io lo manderb a 
 prendere in sul fresco delta sera. 
 
 GOZZL. 
 
 Egli mandb poi a chiamare 
 tutt'i suoi baroni, e tutti i 
 gentiluomini di corte. 
 
 BANDEILO. 
 
 Send one word (to), mandare a dire, dative. 
 
 Did you tell your brother I Avete detto al vostro fratello 
 want to speak to him I No, che voglio parlargli ? No, ma 
 but I sent him word. gliel' ho mandato a dire. 
 
 Send to (to), before names of cities and kingdoms, 
 mandare in. 
 
 Abraim, who, when a child, Abraim, it quale da fanciullo 
 was sent to Constantinople. fit mandato in Costantinopoli. 
 
 SEGNI. 
 
 R 2 
 
244 SE *SE' 
 
 Serve (to), servire, dative. 
 But we, who serving our city Manoi die celle armiservendo 
 with arms, &c. alia nostra citta, ec. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Serve (to), servireper, with the infinitive. 
 Because all the good that will Per die tutto quel die si trovera 
 be found in that language, will in essa lingua di buono serviru 
 serve to shew, &c. per mostrare, ec. buommattei. 
 
 Serve one a trick (to), fare una burla, dative. 
 She served her hiisband such Ella fece una tal burla aisuo 
 a trick, &c. marito, ec. goldonj. 
 
 Set one at liberty (to), dare la liberid, dative. 
 
 Poor Pamela and poor Jevre La povera Pamela e la povera 
 are still imprisoned 5 let us go Jevre sono ancora imprigionate j 
 and set them at liberty. andiamo a dar loro la liberta. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Set out from (to), part ir si , genitive. 
 And after all these ceremo- E dopo tutte queste cerimonie 
 nies Were over, the electors gli elettori si partirono d'Aquis- 
 set out from Aquisgrana. grana. castiguone. 
 
 SeT a price on or upon (to), fiss are il prezzo, dative. 
 
 He set a price on my horse. Fissb il prezzo al mio cavallo. 
 
 Set on fire (to), appkcare il fuoco, dative; dare 
 allejiamme, accusative. 
 
 And as he could enter it by E* possendo intrar dentro ap- 
 setting on fire the side in piccando-\e f il fuoco dalla 
 which he knew the painting banda dove sapeva cliera quel- 
 was, &c. la tavola, ec. castiglione. 
 
 And there were nations, who, £ vi furono de" popoli che per 
 rather than submit to the Ro- non obbedire a' Remani diedero 
 mans, set their houses on fire, alle fiamme le loro case, ec. 
 
 &c. FOSCOLO. 
 
 * Possendo, instead of potendo, rather obsolete. 
 f Le stands for a lei, the building, &c. 
 
SE — -SH 245 
 
 Set sail (to), spiegare Ic vele, dare le vele ai venti. 
 
 The Duke of Bari had us II Duca di Bari ne fe recar 
 conveyed on board of his ship, sulla nave, e dar subito le vele 
 and immediately set sail. ai venti. soave. 
 
 Settle (to), mettere ordine, dare sesto, dative. 
 
 So saying, he got up, dressed Si detto, balzb del letto, ves- 
 
 himself, and having settled his tissi, e messo ordine a' suoi do- 
 
 domestic affairs, &c. mest'ci affari, ec. albergati. 
 
 Before he settled all his af- Innanzi di dar sesto a tutt'i 
 
 fairs, &c, suoi affari, ec. soave. 
 
 Shake hands (to), toccarsi la mano, dar si la mono. 
 
 The two curates shook hands, I due piovani la rnano toccan- 
 &c. si, ec. gozzi. 
 
 Shall, in commanding, bisogna che, with the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Thou shalt do whatever I tell Bisogna che tu faccia tutto cib 
 thee. che ti dico. 
 
 Share (to), essere a parte, genitive. 
 
 I could not persuade myself, Ne mi potei persuadere che un 
 that a man who had shared the gentiluomo che stato fosse a 
 honours of the republic, &c. parte degli onori delta repubblu 
 
 ca, ec. BEMBO. 
 
 Shaved (to be), far si fare la barba. 
 
 Sir, if you wish to be shaved, Signore, se vuol farsi fare la 
 master is waiting for you. barba, il padrone Vaspetta. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 She, ella ; but when it is followed by the relative' 
 pronoun, who, whom, that, qutlla che, quella la quale. 
 
 She was a woman of about Ella era giovane di ventisei 
 twenty-seven years of age. in ventisette anni. bembo. 
 
 R 3 
 
246 SH SH 
 
 And do you think that she E pensate che quella che amate 
 whom you love can act so ? faccia cosl P bembo. 
 
 Shelter (to), dare ricovero, dative. 
 
 If he knocks at your door, Se per caso venisse a picchiar 
 do not refuse to shelter him in alia vostra porta, non ricusate 
 your house. di dar-g\i* ricuvero. 
 
 Shew one (to), mostrtire, fare vedere, dative. 
 
 And he shewed him a gentle- E mostrb a lui un Cavaliere 
 man called Filippo Argenti. chiamato Fdippo Argenti. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 I have heard say that he is Ho sentito dire che sia andato 
 gone to shew Miss Rjosaura a far vedere un anello alia Sig- 
 aring. nora Rosaura. goldoni. 
 
 Shew (to), mosirare di, with the infinitive, or che with 
 tlie subjunctive. 
 
 You shew, my soul, as if you Tu mostri, anima mia di aver 
 
 had little enjoyed, &c. poco gustato, ec. gelli. 
 
 But I should place it (the Perb gli darei loco f la su da 
 
 sun) there above on the right, man destra, mostrando che fosse 
 
 shewing as if it were received accolto da Saturno. car©. 
 by Saturn. 
 
 Shine with (to), risplendere, genitive. 
 
 Let our arms not only shine Risplendano quests nostre armi 
 
 with the brightness that results non solo delia luce delta perizia 
 
 from the use of them, but also di quelle, maparimente di tutte 
 
 with all civil virtues. le ciyili virtu. cavalcanti. 
 
 Shoot (to), uceidere, mGrire, accusative. 
 
 The gentleman was so angry II galantuomo month in tanta 
 against the fowl, that to take furia contro il polio, che il iirar 
 
 P Gli stands for a lui, a dative. 
 
 + hoco, it is better to use luogo in prose. 
 
SH— SH 247 
 
 off the gun from his shoulder, giil Varchibuso delta spalla, lo 
 to fire, and to shoot it, was scaricare, Vuccider-\o fuunbat- 
 the work of an instant. tere di palbebre. gozzi. 
 
 Shooting (to go a), andare a caccia col futile. 
 
 My brother went a shooting Jeri andb a caccia colfucile mio 
 yesterday, and he could not fratello, e non pote uccider un 
 shoot a single bird. solo uccello. 
 
 Short time (for a), breve spazio di tempo. 
 
 It is hardly possible to bear Ne appena e possibile il soste- 
 it for a short time. nerlo breve spazio di tempo. 
 
 SALVIATI. 
 
 Should, when it is not a sign of the conditional, is 
 expressed by the present tense of dovere (to owe), and 
 the following verb is to be put in the infinitive without a 
 preposition before it. 
 
 What you gave me then Quelche mi avete lasciato or a 
 should be yours now. deve esser vostro. soave. 
 
 Should have, followed by a participle, and not be- 
 ing the sign of the conditional, is to be expressed by avrei 
 dovuto, and the said participle is to be put in the infini- 
 tive. 
 
 You should have told him be- Voi avresle dovuto dirglielo, 
 fore he went thither. prima c/j' egli ci andasse. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Shuffle the cards (to), mescolare le carte. 
 
 It was you to shuffle the Toccava a voi a mescolar le 
 cards. carte. 
 
 Shudder (to), tremare di paura, gelare (Porrore. 
 
 And hearing her hoarse voice E udend&la'rgca sua voce ire- 
 he shuddered. mb dipaura. manni. 
 
 R 4 
 
248 v SI SI 
 
 At such a cruel condition tbe Gelb d' orrore il misero padre 
 miserable father shuddered. a si barbara condizione. soave. 
 
 Sick of, svogliato, genitive. 
 I am sick of it. Ne sono svogliato. 
 
 Side (on one, on the other, on this, on that, &c.) 
 See On one side, On the other side, &c. 
 
 Signify (it does not), non importa, poco importa. 
 
 Whether then Latin or fo- Sieno percib in maggior nume- 
 
 reiga words be in greater num- ro o le parole La tine o le bar- 
 
 ber or not, that does not sig- bare questo poco importa, ec. 
 
 nify. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Silence one (to), fare tacere, accusative. 
 
 I silenced him with a single lo lo feci tacere con una sola 
 word. parola. 
 
 Since, preceding a noun, fn da, da . . in qua, dopo. 
 
 Pippo and Menicuccio had Pippo e Menicuccio avevano 
 contracted the most intimate contratta fin dagli anni put 
 friendship since their infancy. teneri lapih intima amicizia. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 The melancholy I felt since La malinconia delV animo 
 the death of my father. concetta ddlla morte di mio 
 
 padre in qua. bembo. 
 
 Since, preceding a past tense, da che, che, dappoiche, 
 with the definite tense.* 
 
 * Observe th^t you may put non or non piu after che, dappoi- 
 che, da che 3 and then instead of the definite tense, the compound 
 tense is to be used. 
 
 In which time and in all that has elapsed since we saw each 
 other, &c. Nel qual tempo e in tutto il passato da che piu rive- 
 duti non ci siamo, ec. bembo. 
 
SI SL 249 
 
 It is ten days since I received Son died giorni die ebbi una 
 your letter. vostra letter a i bembo. 
 
 You may perhaps have won- Vol vi potete esser maravi°Ua~ 
 
 dered, that since I paid you a to, die dappoiche io fui a visi- 
 visit, &a tarvi, ec. bembo, 
 
 Since, in the sense of as or because, giacche, poichd. 
 
 Since we have nothing to do, Giacche non abbiamo nulla da 
 let us go. fare, andiamocene. 
 
 Sink under (to), soccombere, dative. See Fall 
 
 UNDER. 
 
 Sit for one's picture (to), farsi dipingere, farsi 
 fare il ritratto. 
 
 She sat last year for her pic- Ella -si fe dipingcre Vanno 
 ture. passato, 
 
 Sit upon or on (to), sedere, dative ; mettersi a sedere 
 in su, accusative. 
 
 . And Mercury was seen, who E si vedeva Mercurio, chest- 
 sitting on a large stone, &c. dendo ad una gran pietra, ec.. 
 
 SANNAZZARO. 
 
 And there they sat upon some E quivi si messero a sedere in 
 benches. su certe panche. varchi. 
 
 Sit heavy on one (to), opprimere, accusative. 
 Melancholy sits heavy on her. Lt'opprime la malinconia. 
 
 Slip off one's (to), speaking of shoes, stockings, 
 gloves, &c. cavarsi, accusative. 
 
 He slipped off his shoes and Si levo le scarpe e le calzette. 
 stockings. % gozzi. 
 
#50 SM SO 
 
 Smitten with, innammorato, genitive. See Fallen 
 in LOVE. 
 
 Snap at (to), afferrare, accusative. See Take hold. 
 
 Snatch a thing from (to), strappare una cosa, 
 genitive. 
 
 She snatched the letter from Mi strappb la lettera di ma- 
 my hand. no. goldoni. 
 
 Sneer at (to), burlarsi, farsi bejfe, genitive. See 
 Laugh at. 
 Snuff the candle (to), smoccolare la candela. 
 
 Be so good as to snuff the Abbiate la bonta di smoccolar 
 candles. le candele. 
 
 So. ..as, or as. ..as, in a comparison, tanto... quanto, 
 cosh.. come, putting the former words in the place of so, 
 and the latter in the place of as.* 
 
 And I wonder how he can E maravigliomi come egli vi 
 live there, he not being so far possa dimorare, non tssendo tan- 
 advanced in his studies as you to oltre n€ studii quanto voi 
 are. siete. bembo. 
 
 These are the inconveniences Ecco gV incommodi dei viag~ 
 
 of travellers, and of those giatori, e di coloro che mutano 
 
 who associate with people of cosi spetso, come fo io> compa* 
 
 a different kind as often as I do. gnia. algahotti. 
 
 So. ..as, not a comparison, si. ..che; talmente . . .che ; 
 ianto...che ; putting the former words in the place of so, 
 and the latter in the place of as. 
 
 # So., as, and as., as, may also be expressed by cvme, or 
 quanto only,, which is put in the place of the latter as. 
 
 He is not so learned as my brother : Egli non e dotto come or 
 quanto mio fratello. 
 
so- — so 
 
 251 
 
 Because he had become so 
 rich and so proud as to display, 
 &c. 
 
 And his imagination is so 
 fervent as to think he is really 
 murdering, &c. 
 
 Imperciocche era egli divenuto 
 si ricco e talmente superbo che 
 per far mostra, ec. dati. 
 
 Ed e tanto infervorato in tali 
 immaginazioni che gli pare ve- 
 ramente di far macelli. gozzi. 
 
 So much. ..as, tanto, . .quanto, which, as adjectives, 
 are to agree with the following substantives * 
 
 Italy had never experienced 
 so much prosperity as that, &c. 
 
 Nun avea Italia giammai sen- 
 tito tanta prosperity quanto 
 quello, ec. GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 So, relating to a foregoing noun, lo for both genders 
 
 and numbers. 
 
 All the readers here are friends, 
 or at least they pretend to be 
 so. 
 
 How is it possible that a per- 
 son of your rank should apply 
 herself to the deep questions 
 of metaphysics, in the bosom 
 of a city immersed in pleasure 
 as it is (so)-|- in water ? 
 
 Tittti i leitori sono amid tra 
 loro, o almeno lo mostrano. 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Come mai e pcssibile che una 
 persona del suo rango s'applichi 
 alle cose profonde delta meta- 
 fisica, in seno d'una citta im- 
 mersa nei piaceri come lo e nelle 
 acque ? 
 
 GANGANELLI, 
 
 Solace one's self (to), railegrarsi, genitive. 
 Be glad, or Rejoice. 
 
 See 
 
 Some, preceding a substantive, and denoting a part of 
 
 * We sometimes find the above as adverbs with a genitive, as 
 in Tasso. 
 
 But they have not so much strength as it is necessary for them 
 to have : Ma non portano tanto diforza quanto si richiede -, instead 
 of tanta forza quanta si richiede, 
 
 f So is understood here. 
 
252 SO SO 
 
 the whole, is expressed by the genitive, as if it were of 
 or of the. 
 
 Which I did in a few days, II che io feci in pochi dl, con 
 though I had business that alcuue occupazioni che mi Jo- 
 took some of my * time. glievano del tempo. 
 
 DELLA CASA. 
 
 Some,, in the sense of several, alcuni. 
 
 And some fountains abound- Ed alcunefonti di non piccio° 
 
 jng with no small quantity of la copia d'acqua abbondetoli. 
 
 water. firen-zuola. 
 
 Here some are wont to ex- Qui so gliono alcuni gridare, ec. 
 
 claim, &c. buommattei. 
 
 Some, found at the end or in the middle of a sentence, 
 and meaning a part ne> meaning several, ne alcuni. 
 
 And I have by me some (son- Ed io ne ho presso di me al- 
 nets) of that Gostanza. cuni di quella Gostanza. 
 
 FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Some. ..others, repeated in different members of the 
 same sentence, quali,., quali, alcuni,.. altri, ed altri. 
 
 The west side of the sky was Era I'occidente coper to di nu- 
 
 covered with clouds, some of a voli, quali cerulei, quali viola- 
 
 purple, some of a violet, others ti, alcuni sangitigtri, altri gialli, 
 
 of a bloody colour, others yel- ec. sannazzaro. 
 low, &c. 
 
 Some under the name of re- Alcuni sotto home di religione, 
 
 ligion, others through similar ed altri per simile prqfessione, 
 
 profession, &c. ec. montemagno. 
 
 Sometimes, repeated in the same sentence, ora,,,ora, 
 or,,. or. 
 (Avarice) is sometimes busied Ora e affannata in congregarc, 
 
 * My is turned into a conjunctive pronoun in Italian. 
 
so— SP 
 
 %53 
 
 In amassing riches, some- 
 times is full of anxiety in put- 
 ting them aside, sometimes dis- 
 quieted on account of the 
 expenses, &c. 
 
 or addolorata in conservare, or 
 per qualche spesa turbata, ec. 
 
 PANDOLFINI. 
 
 Soon as (as), subito che. See As soon as. 
 Sorry (to be), rincrescere, dispiacere. See Be 
 
 SORRY. 
 
 Sorry for (to be), dolersi di, with the infinitive. 
 This verb being- impersonal is construed by putting the 
 English nominative in the dative. 
 
 You are sorry for having been Vi dolete d'esser-ne stato cac- 
 banished from it. ciato. Boccaccio, 
 
 Sparkle with (to), lampeggiare, genitive. 
 
 Your wounds will be seen in Vedrannosi in cielo le vostre 
 
 heaven, spavkVmg with the splen- pictghe lampeggiar della luce 
 dor of the divine glory. delta divina gloria. 
 
 CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Sparkling with, sfavillante, genitive. 
 
 Do you think that these are Vi sembra che queste sieno dun- 
 maidens or princesses sparkling zelle sfavillanti di amove e ili 
 with love and kindness ? cortesia ■? cigua. 
 
 Speak to (to) parlare, dative, or conuno; ragionare. 
 con uno. 
 
 Know that I did not speak to 
 the Spaniard. 
 
 I have not been able to speak 
 to Mr. Bernardino, your ne- 
 phew. 
 
 Sappiate che io non ho parlato 
 con lo Spagnuolo. bembo. 
 
 Con M. Bernadino vostro m- 
 pote non ho potato ragionare. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
254* SP SP 
 
 Speak the truth (to) dire il vero, dire laveritd, 
 dative. 
 
 Speak the truth, are you in Dite il vero, siete voi innam- 
 love with him ? morata di lui} goldoni. 
 
 Could not a philosopher speak Non potrebbe un filosofo dir 
 the truth ? laverita? varchi. 
 
 Dear master, to speak the Caro signer padrone, per dirvi 
 truth, 1 do not like to get up la verita questo levarsi di buon" 
 very early. or a non e fatto per la mia com- 
 
 plessione. goldoni. 
 
 Spend (to), passare, accusative, 
 
 I spend whole days at Mr. Io passo le intiere giornate in 
 T. . 's. casa del Sigr. T, . foscolo. 
 
 Spot (on the) immediatamcnte. 
 
 He fell from the top of his Cadde dal tetto della sua pasa 
 house into the yard, and there nel cortile, e vi morl immedia- 
 he died on the spot. tamente. 
 
 Spotted with, macchiato, genitive. 
 
 Therefore they returned spot- Onde macchiati del vostro san- 
 ted with your blood. gue son ritornaii. cavalcanti. 
 
 Spur a horse (to), dare degli speroni, dare di sperom, 
 dative. 
 
 And spurring his Turkish E dando degli sproni* al Tur- 
 horse, he advanced, &c. co, s'avanzb, ec. bandello. 
 
 Splendid with, splendido, genitive. 
 
 For the world that we see, Che il mondo che noi veggiamo 
 with the vast heaven, so splen- colV amplo cielo, dichiare stelle 
 did with bright stars, &e. tanto splendido,ec.c astigliowe. 
 
 * Spronefov sperone. 
 
ST ST £55 
 
 Stabbed with, fefito, genitive. 
 
 So that I thought my heart Di modo che mi parve che il 
 was stabbed with a sharp knife, core mi fosse di pungente col- 
 tell© ferito. bandel<lo. 
 
 Stab one (to), cacciare coltelli, dareferita, dative. 
 
 He began to beat all ray ser- Incominciava a battere i miei 
 vants and threaten to stab their di casa, e minacciargli di cat- 
 breasts. ciar lor© coltelli net petto. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Marco Antonio, thinking his Marco Antonio pensando che 
 wife Was wishing to rise, he la moglie volesse levarsi le * 
 stabbed her again. diede utf altraferita. 
 
 BANDE&LQ. 
 
 Stain with {to), macchiare y genitive. 
 
 Ah ! those wretches have not Ah ! quest' indegni non ama$» 
 stained their swords with royal no macchiato del regio samgue 
 blood with impunity. impunemente il brando. 
 
 METASTAS10. 
 
 Stained with ? lor do , genitive. 
 
 The blood with which he was II sangue del quale era lordo, 
 stained, &c, ec. soave. 
 
 Stand (to), stare in piedl. 
 
 My books teach me not to sit I miei libri m' insegnano di non 
 down, when he who is to lis- sedere quando stia in piedi chi 
 ten to me is standing. mi deve ascoltare. goldqni. 
 
 Stand against (to). *fare fronte, fare faccia, re- 
 sistere, dative; sostenere, accusative. 
 
 The Hugonots not being able. Ne potendo resistere gli Ug&- 
 to stand against so great a num- notti al numero molt© mag- 
 
 * Le stands for a lei. 
 
 f For fare fronte, farefadcia. See To face one. 
 
§56 ST— ST 
 
 ber, all their vanguard was de- giore, resta tutta la mnguardia 
 
 Seated.. disfatta. davila. 
 
 This city at that time was not Non era allora questa citta 
 
 so well fortified as to stand fortijicata in modo da sostener 
 
 against a siege. l'assedio. denikta. 
 
 Stand in need (to), avere bisogno, genitive. See 
 
 Be IN NEED. 
 
 Stare at (to), guardarejissamente, accusative. 
 
 After he had stared at him for Guardato che Vebbe per alcu- 
 a few moments he told him, ni istanti gli disse, ec. soave. 
 
 Start up with (to), hahare, genitive. 
 
 At such an unexpected sight, A tal vista improwisa ella 
 she started up with fear, &c. balzb dl terrore, ec. soave. 
 
 Starve (to) morirsi difame. 
 
 Now as I have no strength, Ora non avendo piilforza mi 
 
 I am starving. muojo difame. firenzuola. 
 
 Stay for one (to) 5 aspcttare, accusative. See 
 Wait for. 
 
 Steal a thing from (to) ? *rubare,furare una cosa. 
 dative. 
 
 He stole a watch from his Egli rubo al fratello suo un 
 brother. oriuolo. 
 
 * If rubare is used indefinitely, that is to say without the 
 accusative of thing, the person is to be put in the accusative. 
 
 Those who call themselves prodigal steal from their parents, 
 relations, &c. Questi che prodighi si dicono, rubano il padre, i 
 parenti, ec. pandolfjxi. 
 
ST ST Q5J 
 
 He (Apollo) did not perceive Egli non si avvedeva di Mer- 
 Mercury, who was stealing the curio, che g\\*furava le vacche. 
 cows from him. sannazzaro. 
 
 Stir up the fire (to), attizzare ilfuoco. 
 
 Have the goodness to stir up Abbiate la bonta d' attizzare 
 the fire. ilfuoco. 
 
 Stop one's ears (to), chiudere le orecchie, dative. 
 
 Where can he be found, that Chifia,\ che alle lor voci chiu- 
 stops his ears to their words ? da le orecchie ? cavalcanti. 
 
 Store with (to), prowedere, genitive. See Pro- 
 vide with. 
 
 Storm (to), in speaking of a city, a fort, &c. dare 
 f vssalto, dative. 
 
 They were to storm the city Dovea darsi di notte V assalto 
 by night. alia citta. denina. 
 
 Stoop to (to), abbassarsi con. 
 
 What will they say, if you Che volete che dica il mondo 
 stoop so low as to debase your- di voi se vi abbassate cotanto 
 self with one of your servants ? con una vostra serva ? 
 
 G0LD0NI. 
 
 Strewed with, seminato, genitive. 
 
 Every street, every borough Ogni strada, ogni borgo si vide 
 was strewed with green myrtles. seminato di verdi mirti. 
 
 SANNAZZARO. 
 
 Stranger to one (to be a), non conoscere, accu- 
 sative. This verb is construed by putting the English 
 nominative into the accusative in Italian, and viee-versa. 
 
 He is quite a stranger to me -, Non to conosco. 
 turn, I do not know him. 
 
 * Gli stands for a lui. f Fia for sara. 
 
&58 ST— -SU 
 
 They are strangers to us 5 turn, Non li canosciayno. 
 we do not know them. 
 
 Stranger (to be a), without any case, non farsi 
 vedere. 
 
 Where have you been ? you Dove siete stato 1 non vifate 
 are quite a stranger. mai vedere. gqldoni. 
 
 Strike fire (to), battere V acciarino. 
 
 He got up, struck fire, light- Levasi, batte V acciarino, ac- 
 ed the candle, &c. cende it lume, ec. gozzi. 
 
 Submit to (to), sottomettersi, dative. 
 
 They submitted to the French Si sottomisero ai comandanti 
 generals. Francesi. denina. 
 
 Succeed one (to), succedere, dative. 
 
 He succeeded his father in Questo successe al padre nel 
 the 1518. 1518. denina. 
 
 Succeed in (to), liuscire, venire faito di, with the 
 infinitive. These two verbs are impersonal, and are 
 constructed by putting the English nominative in the 
 dative in Italian, and vice-versa. 
 
 With such forces he succeeded Con taliforze gli riusci di oc- 
 
 in taking possession of Saluzzo ; cupare Saluzzo. denina, 
 
 turn, with such forces it suc- 
 ceeded to him of, &c. 
 
 I do not deny but that I have Non niegogia di non aver ten- 
 
 attempted to do it, had I sue- tato, se mi fosse venuto fatto 
 
 ceeded in acquiring praise,- d' acquistar qualche lode, 
 
 turn, if it had succeeded to varchi. 
 me of, &c 
 
SU— SU 259 
 
 Such a, *un si fatto\ un cosi fatto. 
 
 And if one said that such a E se alcuno dicesse che un 
 mixture is, &c. miscuglio si fatto e, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Such a style acquires faith, &c. Un cosi fatto stile si acquista 
 
 fede, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Such as, tale,., quale. 
 
 I wish my epistle were really Ben vorrei che la mia pistola 
 such as you described it in your tai fosse in effetto, quale io Id 
 excellency's letter. veggo descritta nella lettera di 
 
 V.E. ALGAROTTI, 
 
 Suffice to (to), hastate governs a dative, or "per 
 with the infinitive. See Enough (to be). 
 
 Sufficient to (to be), essere bastante di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 If our language were suf- Se questa lingua nostra fosse 
 
 ficient, not only to equal the bastante non solo di agguagliare 
 
 Latin tongue, but also to sur- la Latina ma di vincerla, ec. 
 pass it, &C. VARCHI. 
 
 Support (to), tenere inpiedi, accusative. 
 
 What supports us is faith, Quel che ci tiene in piedi e la 
 credit, and opinion. fede, il credito, e V opinione. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Suppose that, dato che, posto che, with the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 I can no longer fish now: Ora piil pescare non posso, ma 
 but suppose that I could, it dato anche che io pur potessi, 
 
 * Un very often is omitted, as Goldoni said. 
 
 Bo not say such a thing. Non dite sifatta cosa. 
 
 ■f S\ fatto may be spelled sijfatto, and is, as an adjective, to 
 agree with the substantive in gender and number. 
 
 S 2 
 
260 
 
 su — su 
 
 would be of a very little use poco mi gioverebbe. 
 
 tO me. FIRENZVOLA* 
 
 Therefore, suppose that he 
 has really made known some 
 works of, &c. 
 
 Onde posto per vero ch' egli 
 abbia manifestato alcune opere 
 di, ec. TOLOMEI, 
 
 Surpass in (to), avanzare, superare, genitive. 
 
 And as he surpassed every 
 other man in riches, &c. 
 
 As I am persuaded that 
 nobody surpasses me in these 
 qualities, &c. 
 
 Because he not only surpassed 
 every one else in authority and 
 riches, but also in liberality 
 and prudence. 
 
 E siccome di richezza egli 
 ogn' altro avanzava, ec. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Persuadendomi che nessuno m* 
 avanzi di queste qualita, ec. 
 
 DELLA CASA, 
 
 Perehe non solamente superb 
 ogni altro d' autorita, e di ric- 
 cbezze, ma ancora di libera- 
 lita e di prudenza. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI, 
 
 Surprised at, sorpreso, genitive. 
 
 Surprised at the virtuous ac- Sorpreso della virtuosa azione 
 Hon of my enemy. del mio nemico. metastask>. 
 
 Surround with (to), circondare, genitive. 
 
 Those divine temples, walls, Questi divini templi, mura, 
 
 towers, with which you have torri dei quali tante citta e cas- 
 
 surrounded so many castles tella avete circondato, ec. 
 
 and cities, &c. montemagno. 
 
 Surrounded with, attorniato, genitive and ablative. 
 
 A fountain which naturally Unafontana che naturalmente 
 springs from the rocks sur- esce dalle pietre attorniata di 
 rounded with green grass. verdi erbette. sannazzaro* 
 
su — s\v 
 
 «61 
 
 That notwithstanding I was Che nonostante che fossi at- 
 surrounded with very fine torniato da bellissime fabbriche 
 buildings and ob elisks, &c. edaguglie. algarotti. 
 
 Survive (to), sopravvire, dative. 
 
 Confusion and shame op- La confusicrne e V obbrobrio 
 
 pressed her in such a manner, V oppressero per cost fatta ma- 
 
 that she could not survive the niera che all' orrore piil non 
 
 horror, &c. pott sopravvivere, ec. soave. 
 
 Suspect (to), sospettare, genitive. 
 
 Mahomet was a governor of Era in Babilonia Maometto 
 
 Babylon, who not suspeeting governadore, il quale non sos- 
 
 the arrival of so great an pettando della venuta d' un 
 
 enemy, &c. tanto nemico, ec. segni. 
 
 Suspect (to), sospettare che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 They greatly suspected that Sospettossi grandemente ch* 
 he was an accomplice in the egli fosse complice della con- 
 conspiracy of Catiline. giura di Catilina. boccalini. 
 
 Swear (to), giurare di ; fare Sacramento di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 1 swear I will make him re- 
 pent what he has done. 
 
 Where the Emperor swore 
 to observe all that the Archbi- 
 shop had required of him. 
 
 It is true, I had sworn to 
 come here. 
 
 Giuro di far-fo pentir di cib che 
 hafatto. goldoni. 
 
 Ove V Imperatore solennemente 
 giurb di osservare tutto quello 
 che V Arcivescovo gli aveva do- 
 mandato. castiglione. 
 
 Vero e ch' io aveva fatto Sa- 
 cramento di venir-ci. foscolo. 
 
 S 3 
 
<26<2 TA TA 
 
 T. 
 
 Take advantage of (to), abusare, genitive. 
 
 But wishing to take advan- Ma abusar volendo della im- 
 tage of the ignorance and dis- perizia e della necessita del 
 tress of the good old man, &c. buon vecchio, ec. soave. 
 
 Take example from (to), imitare, accusative. 
 
 Let us take example, Flo- Imitiamo, o Fiorentini, quel 
 rentines, from that Grecian Greco Filopomene, ec. 
 Philopomenes, &c. cavalcanti. 
 
 Take off (to), in speaking of any part of one's 
 dress or adornment, levarst, cavarsi, accusative. 
 
 And that he should have E ch' ei non avrebbe sognato 
 
 never thought, that to pass mai che il passarvi dinanzi sen- 
 
 before it without taking off his za cavarsi il cappello, avesse ad 
 
 hat would be high treason. essere un crimenlese. soave. 
 
 He looked around for fear of Guarda se altri lo scorge, ed 
 
 being seen, and at last he re- alfine si risolve 'di levarsi le 
 
 solved to take off his shoes. scarpe. lodoli. 
 
 And thus he took off the ring E cost si levb V anello di dito 
 
 from his finger and gave it to e diello al giudice. 
 
 the judge. fiorentino. 
 
 Take from (to), togliere, or torre, dative; levare, 
 genitive. 
 
 For, by taking from them the Chetogliendo loro* V uso della 
 use of reason, &c. ragione, ec. gelli. 
 
 * Loro for a loro. 
 
TA— TA 263 
 
 You wished to take the power Vol avete voluto tone V auto- 
 from the Captains. rita ai Capitani. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 Then Mr. Frederic said, indeed Allor Messer Federico disse, 
 the loss would be still greater veramente, molto maggior saria* 
 than the gain, were we to take la perdita cti il guadagno, se 
 from human society that su- del consorzio umano si levasse 
 preme dignity of friendship. quel supremo grado delV ami' 
 
 cizia. CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Take one to (to), menare uno in or 0, before a sub- 
 stantive, menare a before an infinitive. 
 
 And he took this gentleman, jE menb questo signore seco 
 
 together with some other Ge- insieme con altri Genoesi in una 
 
 noese, to a new house. casa nuova. boccaccio. 
 
 The lobster one day begged II gambero supplicb un d\ all' 
 
 of the bird, that he would take uccello, che lo menasse a ve~ 
 
 fekn to his companions. dere i suoi compagni. 
 
 FIKENZUOLA. 
 
 Take care (to), guardarsi di, with the infinitive. 
 
 And from that time he took E da indi innanzi si guardb 
 care never to mock him. di maipiil be ffar\o. boccaccio. 
 
 Take from one's hands (to), togliere di mano, 
 dative. 
 
 The flowei of Christianity 11 fiore delta Cristianita tra~ 
 
 transported from Europe to gittato d' Europa in Asia per 
 
 Asia to take the tomb of Christ tor di mano agi' infedeli il se~ 
 
 from the hands of the infidels polcro di Cristo. algarotti. 
 
 Take upon one's self (to), addossar si, accusative. 
 
 Who is so generous as to take Chi e tanto generoso da addos- 
 upon himself my infirmities ? sarsi le mie infermita ? 
 
 FOSCOLO. 
 
 * Saria for sarebbe, 
 
 S 4 
 
264 TA TA 
 
 Take pleasure in (to), avere diletto di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 *** 
 And therefore if God took E perb se Dio avesse diletto di 
 pleasure in punishing us, &c. gastigar-ci, ec. segneri. 
 
 Take it ill (to), avere in mala parte, avere a male, 
 accusative. 
 
 Ah, do not take it ill ! Deh, non abbiate~\o in mala 
 
 parte. soave, 
 
 My too kind and affectionate Mia troppo tenera ed affettuo- 
 Patty, I cannot certainly take sa Patty, io non posso gia cer- 
 it ill. to aver~\o a male. soave. 
 
 Take one in (to), ingannare, accusative. 
 
 She took that poor man in, Ella ingannb quel pover'uo- 
 &c. mo, ec. 
 
 Take hold of (to), pigliare in mano, off err are, ac- 
 cusative. 
 
 One of them takes hold of Uno di loro piglia in mano il 
 
 the bridle, &c. freno, ec. Goazi. 
 
 I have at last taken hold of U ho pur afferrato nel collo 
 
 that roguish peasant by the quel ribaldo contadinello, ec. 
 
 neck, &c. foscolo. 
 
 Take out of (to), cavare, trarre, ablative. 
 
 Were he to hide himself in Se negli abissi *' andasse a pro- 
 the abyss, I would take him fondare, io saprb pur anche 
 out of it. cavar-\\t*-\o. soave. 
 
 The unknown gentleman took Lo sconosciuto signore trasse 
 out of his purse some florins. dalla borsa alcuni fiorini. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 * Ne is the ablative, instead of da lui. 
 
- TA T£ w 265 
 
 Take pride in (to), gloriarsi, genitive. See Boast. 
 
 Take courage (to), farsi ammo a, with the infinitive. 
 
 For the first time, I took Per la prima volta mi sonfat* 
 courage to overcome my bash- to animo a vincer il rossor che 
 fulness. sento, soAVfi t 
 
 Take root (to), metier e radice. 
 
 As they think that the trees Credendo che gli alberi non 
 cannot take a strong root with- possono metier e salda radice 
 out, &c. senza, ec. foscolo. 
 
 Take the sacrament (to), comunicarsi. 
 
 Then mass being over, the Finita pui la messa V Impera- 
 Emperor took the sacrament. tore si comunicb. castiglione. 
 
 Take leave of (to), prendere congedo, congedarsi, 
 ticenziursi, prendere commiato y ablative. 
 
 I took leave of him last Sa- Presi da lui congedo sabato 
 turday. passato. algarotti. 
 
 Will you then go away with- Dunque partirete senza con- 
 
 out taking leave of a family, gedarvi da una casa, in cui, ec. 
 in which, &c. goldoni. 
 
 The youth took leave of Ms II giovane dal padre si hcenzio. 
 father. gozzi. 
 
 Giannetto took leave of them Giannetto prese commiaU da 
 and went to Venice. loro e andossene a Vinegia. 
 
 FIORENTINO. 
 
 Taken ill (to be), ammalarsi. 
 
 She was taken ill in a village, Ella si ammalb in un villaggio, 
 and shortly after died. e pochi dt dopo mort. 
 
 Teach one (to), insegnare y dative. 
 
 The divine Plato, who intro- II divino Platone che introduce 
 educes Diotima, teaching the Lfiotima, che insegna al v«dente 
 
266 TE— TH 
 
 valiant Socrates the true sense Socrate la vera sentenzia <F 
 
 of love. amore. firenzuola. 
 
 • It was forbidden to teach Fu vietato die ai servi s' inse- 
 
 servants the art of drawing. gnasse V arte di disegnare. 
 
 CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Tell one to (to), dire a uno di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Did you not tell me to speak Non m' avete detto di parlar- 
 to him or you ? gli di voi ? 
 
 Tell one (to), dire, dative. 
 
 He told his son that he left Disse al figlio che lasciava a 
 the management of his house lui la direzione della casa, 
 
 tO him. ALBERGATI. 
 
 Tempt to (to), tentare, di, with the infinitive. 
 
 It is so long since I am in- Egli e cosi lungo tempo che io 
 
 debted to you for an answer to debbo risposta alia sua lettera 
 
 your letter, that shame almost che quasi la vergogna mi ten" 
 
 tempted me not to answer you tava di non piil rispondere. 
 
 at all. algarotti. 
 
 Than, being the case of the comparative more or less, 
 is expressed by the genitive of the articles, either definite 
 or indefinite. 
 
 The Epistle to Cardinal Far- La Pistola al Cardinal Far- 
 nese is copious, and were I to nese e copiosa, e se io debba 
 speak my mind, it is finer than dire intieramente il mio senno, 
 your others. piil bella delle altre sue Epis- 
 
 tole. BEMBO. 
 
 Than, being the case of the comparative more or less, 
 and standing between two substantives, as an apposition, 
 che. 
 
 On that account, I think Per questo parmi la piitura 
 
 that painting is nobler than piit nobile che la marmoraria. 
 
 SCulptUie. CASTIGLIONE 
 
TH 
 
 TH 
 
 26? 
 
 It would not be convenient 
 to grant, that use had more 
 power on children than sense 
 on oldish people. 
 
 E cosa inconveniente sarebbe a 
 concedere, che piu valor e avesse 
 we' piccoli fanciulli V usanza 
 che il senno negli attempati. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Than, being the case of the comparative more or less^ 
 &c. and preceding an adverb, che. 
 
 But these effects were more 
 remarkable than elsewhere. 
 
 Ma questi effetti furono piit 
 notabili che altrove. 
 
 MACCHIAVELL] 
 
 Than, being a case of the comparative more or less, 
 and preceding an infinitive, che. 
 
 Ferdinand and his children 
 being frightened by their own 
 conscience, will think more of 
 
 Ferdinando e i suoijigliuoli, 
 spaventati dalla loro coscienza 
 penseranno piil a fuggire che 
 a difendersi. ouicciardini. 
 
 running away than of defend- 
 ing themselves. 
 
 For certainly it is better to 
 cultivate a small piece of 
 ground than to let a great 
 quantity of it grow wild. 
 
 Than, being the case of the comparative more or 
 &c. and preceding a verb in any tense bat the infinitive, 
 che non, di quel che, 
 
 Che certo egli e migliore il 
 poco terreno colticare y che il 
 molto lasciare imboschire. 
 
 SANNAZZARO. 
 
 It happens that men of a 
 magnanimous disposition al- 
 ways think their own things 
 better than they are. 
 
 I fear that your youth will 
 make you more proud and fe- 
 rocious than is necessary. 
 
 Avviene che al magnanimo le 
 sue cose sempre pajono migliori 
 che non sono. dante. 
 
 Ben temo che la tua gioven- 
 tude* non faccia te piu altero 
 eferoce che non bisognerebbe. 
 
 PASSAVANTI. 
 
 * Gioventude (for gioventu) , rather obsolete, 
 
268 
 
 TH TH 
 
 Indeed his strength is still 
 greater than we can imagine. 
 
 Veramente le sue forze sono 
 assai piu maggiori di quel che 
 noi possiamo immaginarci. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Than (rather), piu tosto che. 
 
 You might say, Scipio, I Potresti tu gia dire, Scipione, 
 
 V animo mio vorrebbe piuttosto 
 vittoria che pace, 
 
 MONTEMAGNO. 
 
 rather wish for victory than for 
 peace. 
 
 Thank one for (to). 
 grazie ad uno, genitive. 
 
 I must thank you for all the 
 kindness, &c. 
 
 I thank you for your rejoicing 
 with me. 
 
 uno, rendere 
 
 Ho da ringraziarvi di tutte le 
 finezze, ec. . goldoni. 
 
 Rendo a voi grazie del vostro 
 rallegrarvi meco. bembo. 
 
 Thank one (to), ringraziare uno di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Sir, I thank God, I have 
 found you. 
 
 Signor mio, io ringraz'm lddio 
 d' aver-in ritrovato. bandello. 
 
 Thanks to, merce, genitive, accusative. 
 
 And thanks to the lightness E, percke, io merce della leg- 
 of my wings, as I have seen, gerezza delle mie ali ho vedute, 
 
 &C. ec. FIKENZUOLA. 
 
 Thanks to your lectures. Merce la vostra lettura. 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 That, before a substantive, quello, cotesto.* 
 
 * Observe that quello is used in speaking of objects far off, 
 and cotesto of objects which are near the person you are speak- 
 ing to. 
 
 Give me that book : Datemi quel libro. 
 
 That coat does not suit you : QuelV abito non vi sta bene. 
 
TH— TH 
 
 269 
 
 Quello loses the last syllable before masculine nouns 
 beginning with a consonant ; it loses the last letter before 
 nouns of both genders, and takes an apostrophe ; and 
 before masculine nouns beginning with s, followed by a 
 consonant, it is not altered. 
 
 That young man then per- 
 ceived, &c. 
 What can that poor man do ? 
 
 He asked him in a placid 
 manner whom that portrait re- 
 presented ? 
 
 He saw that that steep heap 
 of stones was, &c. 
 
 And that light which you say, 
 &c. 
 
 If you consider the life of 
 snch persons as those, &c. 
 
 Allora si, quel giovaneito si 
 
 uwide, ec. albergati. 
 
 Che pub far quelV infelice ? 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Gli chiese placidamente, chi 
 quell' immagine rappresentasse ? 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Vidde che quello scosceso muc- 
 chio dipietre era,ec.ALBERG at J. 
 
 E cotesto lume che tu d\, ec. 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 Se tu consider! bene la vita di 
 cotesti tali, ec. ge 1,1.1. 
 
 That, being a relative pronoun, che. See Who, That, 
 Which. 
 
 That, which in English is generally understood, be- 
 tween two verbs it is expressed by che ; before a noun 
 by che, il quale. Che is of both genders, but il quale is 
 masculine and makes la quale in the feminine. 
 
 And as he knew (that) he 
 has a lover, &c. 
 
 Who not seeing the painting 
 (that) he had formerly seen, 
 &c. 
 
 E sapendo ch' egli ha uri 1 in- 
 nammorata, ec. goZzi. 
 
 11 quale non vedendo piu il 
 quadro, che aveva veduto alire 
 volte, ec. soave. 
 
 That, preceded by the most. See Who, That> 
 Which. 
 
270 
 
 TH TH 
 
 That, in the sense of in order that, affinche, acciocehe, 
 accib, with the subjunctive. 
 
 And nature teaches us to ce- 
 lebrate his praises, thai our 
 grief should not be great. 
 
 I kindly reprehended him that 
 he might change, &c. 
 
 E la natura insegna, affinche 
 il dolor non trabocchi, ram- 
 memorar le laudi sue. 
 
 DAVANZATI. 
 
 lo il riprendeva amorevol- 
 mente accio si volgesse, ec. 
 
 BEMBO, 
 
 The, /o, zV, la. Lo is prefixed to masculine nouns 
 beginning with z and s, when s is followed by a conso- 
 nant, t and it makes glim the plural.* 
 Then the uncle of Pippo Lo zio, di Pippo si trovo 
 
 found himself, by that, master 
 of an immense fortune. 
 
 The splendour of origin, or 
 the original splendour, is with- 
 out doubt a sign of nobility. 
 
 We have all subjects explained 
 in all styles. 
 
 dunque con cib signore di copio- 
 se ricchezze. soave. 
 
 E senza folio segno di nobilta 
 lo splendor dell' origine. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Noi abbiamo tulte le materie 
 in iutti gli stili spiegate. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Lo loses the o, and takes an apostrophe in the place of 
 it, before masculine nouns beginning with a vowel: gli, 
 its plural, however, does not lose the /, unless the 
 
 following noun begins with an i. 
 
 Since the universal consent of 
 men has always been, &c. 
 
 The ancient worth of Tuscany. 
 
 Giacche l'universal consenso 
 degli uomini e sempre stato, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Gli antichi pregi delta Tos- 
 cana. buommattei, 
 
 * Lo is found before other nouns beginning with consonants, 
 besides the above ; "yet in the present day it is advisable not to 
 depart from the above-mentioned rules. 
 
TH -TH 271 
 
 And all the Italians wished to E tutti gl' Italian! V hanno 
 embrace it. gia voluta abbracciare. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI . 
 
 II is put before all other nouns beginning with a con- 
 sonant, and makes i in the plural. 
 
 The doubt , gentlemen, is a II dubbio, signori, e bellissimo. 
 
 very fine one. buommattei. 
 
 The future days. I giornifuturi. buommattei. 
 
 La is put before feminine nouns beginning with a con- 
 sonant, and it makes le in the plural. 
 
 If the nobility of the language Se la nobilta della lingua si 
 
 may be drawn from, &c. pub cavareda, ec. buommattei. 
 
 Now you say, that if among Oraditeche sefra tuttele. cose 
 
 all created things, &c. create, ec. buommattei. 
 
 La loses the a and takes an apostrophe in the place of 
 it, before nouns beginning with a vowel : le, its plural, 
 however does not lose the <°, unless the following nouu 
 begins with e. 
 
 And as sea-wafer does not E come V acqua del mare non 
 
 cease to be salt, &c. testa d' esser salsa, ec. 
 
 buommattei. 
 
 And if all actions have their E se tutte le azioni hanno il 
 
 peculiar sign. lor proprio segno. buommattei. 
 
 The excellent prerogatives of V eccelse prerogative della 
 
 the royal city of Florence. real citta di Firenze. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 The, between two substantives, the latter of which 
 marking the profession, the dignity, the rank of the 
 former, is not expressed in Italian. 
 
 On that day they were to ce- In quel giorno si dovea cele- 
 lebrate the feast of Pales, the brare lafesta di Pales, dea de' 
 goddess of shepherds. pastorU sannazzaro. 
 
272 
 
 TK TEI 
 
 Abraim, the first Bashaw, 
 was of a contrary opinion. 
 
 Because he was the son-in-law 
 of Ferdinand, the Catholic 
 kins. 
 
 Abraim, primo Ba&Sii, tenera 
 opinione contraria. segni. 
 
 Percib eh" egli era genero di 
 Ferdinando re Cattolico. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 The, preceding more, less, better, worse, and repeated 
 in the same sentence, quanto the first time, and tanto the 
 second time. 
 
 Therefore, the more he 
 wearied himself in menacing 
 them, the more they offended 
 him. 
 
 On the contrary, the more he 
 was taught by me, the worse he 
 appeared to, &c. 
 
 Onde quanto pi& egli slanca- 
 vasi in minacciare, tanto pin 
 essi attendevano ad oltraggiar- 
 
 lo. SEGNERI. 
 
 Anzi quanto piii era insegna- 
 to da me, tanto peggio parea, 
 
 ec. BEMBO. 
 
 Their, loro is of both genders, and is declined with 
 the definitive article il, la. 
 
 Their book. 
 Their house. 
 
 II loro libro ; i loro lihri, pi. 
 La loro casa ; le loro case, pi. 
 
 Them, being a relative pronoun, gli or // for the 
 masculine, and le for the feminine. Gli is put before verbs 
 beginning with an s followed by a consonant, and before 
 verbs beginning with a vowel ; and li before words be- 
 ginning with a consonant. 
 
 Who pressed them together, 
 
 Who filled them with asto- 
 nishment. 
 
 They not only kept them at a 
 distance from the public affairs 
 of the kingdom, &c. 
 
 La quale gli stfinse insieme, 
 
 ec. SOAVE. 
 
 La quale gli empie di stupore. 
 
 c GOZZI. 
 
 Non solamente H tennero Ion- 
 tani da* pubblici negozii del 
 regno, ec. denina. 
 
TH — -TH 273 
 
 Them, being a dative, loro or a loro, which is always 
 to follow the verb. 
 
 And they gave them one. E ne diederoloro uno. eembo. 
 
 Which gives them not a little La qual cosa non arreca a loro 
 
 pleasure. poco diletto. gelli. 
 
 Them, preceded by a preposition, loro, for both 
 
 genders ; or essi for the masculine, and esse for the 
 feminine.* 
 
 I shall go with them. Andrb con loro. goldoni. 
 
 The ocean, being then changed V oceano convertitosi poi quasi 
 
 as if from a sea into a river, da mare in flume penetra in 
 
 enters them (the mouths of the esse, ec. bentivoglio. 
 rivers), &c. 
 
 Them (from), da loro, for both genders ; or da essi for 
 the masculine, and da esse for the feminine. 
 
 We are obliged to say, that Sara forzato a dire che dai 
 they took it from our Tuscans, nostri Toscani lo pigliassero 
 since they confess it.f poiche da essi si confessa. 
 
 BORGHINI. 
 
 Them (of), di loro, for both genders ; or di essi for the 
 masculine, and di esse for the feminine. 
 
 Time had two daughters, II Tempo ebbe due figliuole la 
 
 Truth and Falsehood, the Verita e la Bugia, la prima 
 
 former (of them J) was the di esse era la piU bella. 
 
 handsomest. gozzi. 
 
 * We sometimes join essi and esse with loro. 
 
 And as he seldom converses with them : E di rado conversando 
 eon essi loro. buommattei. 
 
 f They confess it, is translated in Italian as if it were, it is 
 owned by them. 
 
 t Of them is generally understood in English, on that ac- 
 count I have enclosed it in a parenthesis. 
 
 T 
 
<2?4 ' TH TH 
 
 Them (of or to), relating to things, and joined with a 
 verb that governs a genitive in Italian ne : if the verb 
 governs a dative, ci or vi. 
 
 If you will send me one (of Se me ne manderete uno. 
 them, a copy of a book). bembo. 
 
 Have new windows put to Fate-cx mettere move finestre. 
 them (to the houses). bembo. 
 
 Them, followed by the relative who, or whom, coloro, 
 for both genders ; or quelli, quel, for the masculine, and 
 
 quelle for the feminine. 
 
 If they (old people) have Se eglino Jianno veduto piu 
 
 seen many things, they cannot cose, e' se ne ricordano manco, 
 
 recollect them, because memo- perche la memoria in cotesta 
 
 ry in that age is considerably eta si diminuisce molto. — S\, in 
 
 impaired. — Yes, in them who coloro die non V esercitano. 
 
 do not make good use of it. gelxi. 
 
 £V 
 
 There, ci or vi, which is generally joined to the third 
 person of the tenses of the verb to be ; there is, ci e, 
 vi e ; there are, ci sono, vi sono ; there was, ci era, vi era ; 
 there were, ci erano, vi erano, &c. 
 
 There, joined with the present tense of the verb to 
 he, personally used, ecco ; and then the English nomi- 
 native becomes accusative. 
 
 There he is, eccolo ; there she is, eccola ; there they 
 are, eccoli, for the masculine, eccole for the feminine. 
 
 These, plural of This, which see. 
 
 These, joined to a noun of time, such as, days, 
 months, weeks, years, &c. sono...chei or da.. .in qua. 
 
 I have not seen him these three Sono tre settimane che non 
 weeks. V ho veduto. goloqni. 
 
TH TH 275 
 
 I, ^vho know you these twenty Jo che vi conosco da venV anni 
 years. in qui. ganganelli. 
 
 They, eglino, e\ essi for the masculine, elleno, esse, 
 elle, for the feminine. 
 
 If they (old men) have not Se gia e' non hanno fatto 
 
 contracted any bad habit while qualche mal abito, mentre ch' 
 
 they were young. eglino erano giovani. gelli. 
 
 And they serve us in every Ed essi ci servono in ogni cosa, 
 
 thing. SALVIATI. 
 
 It does not happen that they Non avviene ch 1 elle ne ora vi 
 
 either think of it now, or at pensino ne giammai. eemeo. 
 any time. 
 
 They, preceding who or whom, quelli, quel, for the mas- 
 culine, quelle for the feminine ; or color for both genders. 
 
 They are few, who hearing Pochi son quelli che sentendo 
 
 that, &c. che, ec. buommattei. 
 
 They who wish to exercise Mal j anno coloro che vogliono 
 
 the trade of others, do not do far V altrui mestiere. 
 
 Well. FIRENZUOLA. 
 
 Thine, tuo, tuoi, tua, tue. These pronouns are de- 
 clined with the article definite. See Mine. 
 
 Think of, or on (to), pensare, dative. 
 
 And I every day think of the E penso ogni giorno al dispen- 
 
 expense, of which, &c. dio di cui, ec. foscglo. 
 
 Every one will think more of Ognuno pensera piil al suo 
 
 his own good than of the public. proprio, che al pubblico bene. 
 
 VARGHI. 
 
 Think to (to), pensare di, credere di, with the infini- 
 tive, when the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
 otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 I think to resign myself to Penso di rassegnarmi alia ne' 
 necessity. cessita. fosgolo. 
 
 T 2 
 
276 TH TH 
 
 No labourer thought to work Nefu alcuno degll aratori che 
 
 on that day. per quel giorno pensasse di ado- 
 
 perare esercizio. sannazzaro, 
 
 And I think that painting is E penso che fosse di suprema 
 
 an art of the highest excel- eccellenza lapittura. 
 
 lenee. CASTIGLIONE. 
 
 Thus Anton Luigi thought Cosi si* pensb Anton Luigi che 
 
 that his beloved woman was la sua amata fosse sola. 
 
 alone. fortini, 
 
 He thinks to secure the hap- Crede di assicurare la felicita 
 
 piness of his family. della sua famiglia. foscolo. 
 
 I really think youspeak against Cred* io veramente che voi 
 
 your mind. parliate contra quello che avete 
 
 nelV animo. castiglione. 
 
 Thirsty (to be), averesete. 
 
 I know you are thirsty, there- Io so che avete sete t percib 
 fore drink. bevete. fio renting. 
 
 This, questo. This pronoun is used in speaking of a 
 thing-, or a person near at hand. 
 
 Who, presenting him with II quale due leggiadri puledri 
 two beautiful colts: this gift, a lui presentando : questo dono 
 said he, &c. gli disse 3 ec, soave. 
 
 Those, quelli, que\ quel, que gli y \ for the masculine ; 
 quelle for the feminine ; coloro for both genders. 
 
 Who does not know how kind Chi non sa quanto sia pietose> 
 it is to liberate those people ? liber are que' popoli ? 
 
 GUICCIARDINE. 
 
 * Si here is an expletive particle. 
 
 f Observe that quegli is put before masculine nouns, either 
 beginning with s, when s is followed by a consonant, or before 
 those that begin with a vowel j all the others are put before 
 nouns beginning with a consonant. 
 
TH- 
 
 J only intend to enforce those 
 merits you possess. 
 
 -TH 
 
 %n 
 
 lntendo soltanto di rassodar- 
 teli meglio quei tuoi meriti. 
 
 ALBERGATI. 
 
 Thou, being the nominative of the verb, is expressed 
 by tu y or it is omitted. 
 
 And that light which thou 
 saidst, &c. 
 
 Enjoy now the reward of thy 
 virtue, to which thou wast so 
 really attached. 
 
 E cotesto lume che tu d°t, ec. 
 
 GELLI. 
 
 Or godi il guiderdone delle 
 tue virtu per le quali fosti amico 
 vero. salvini. 
 
 Though, quantunque • benche, &c. See Although. 
 
 Though ever so, per. See Although ever so. 
 
 Threaten one to, (to), minacciare uno di, with the 
 infinitive. 
 
 He began to beat all my 
 household, and threaten to stab 
 them with daggers. 
 
 lncominciava a batter e i miei 
 di casa, e minacciargli di cac- 
 ciar loro coltelli nel petto. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 Through, before a substantive, a traverso. 
 
 The king is seen mounting A traverso una grande aper- 
 through a large and false open- tura finta nel muro vedesi il re 
 ing in the wall, che monta. algarotti. 
 
 Through, as an adverb, dibanda in banda, 
 Marco Antonio, thinking his Marco Antonio pensando che 
 
 wife was wishing to rise, 
 stabbed her again, and ran 
 her through. 
 
 Throughout, per tutto. 
 
 The news spread itself 
 throughout Venice. 
 
 la moglie volesse levarsi, le diede 
 uri altra ferita, e passolla di 
 banda in banda, bandello 
 
 La novella si sparse per tutta 
 Vinegia. fiorentino. 
 
 T 3 
 
278 TH TI 
 
 Throw one's self from (to), precipitarsi, genitive. 
 
 Fop not a few of them threw Che non pochi di loro delle 
 themselves from the top of the rupi dei monti si precipitarono. 
 mountains. bembo. 
 
 Throw one's self ©n (to), lanciarsi, dative, 
 
 The monkey threw himself La scimia si lancib alia scure. 
 on the axe. firenzuola. 
 
 Thus, intalguisa; cost; in questa maniera. 
 
 As soon as they had finished Finito che ebbero di parlar 
 speaking, Mrs. Beatrice began esse, Madonna Beatrice incO' 
 thus. mincib in tal guisa. algarotti. 
 
 Thy, tuo, tuoi, tua^ tue. These pronouns are declined 
 with the definitive article. See His. 
 
 Tie up (to), legare, accusative. 
 _ Tie those chairs up. Legate quelle sedie. 
 
 Till, before a noun, infino ; insino ; jino ; sino ; dative. 
 
 Which things having con- Le quali cose mentre che meco 
 sidered till this day, I, &c, medesimo ho riguardato infino 
 
 a questo di, ec. boccaccio. 
 
 This poverty lasted till the Durb questa povertd insino ai 
 time of PaulEmilius. tempi di Paolo Emilio. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 I write a letter to Morgani, Scrivo a Morgani una lettera 
 in which I beg he will wait till in cui lo prego a" aspettare sino 
 next week. alia ventura settimana. 
 
 F. ZANOTTI* 
 
 Till, before a verb, infino che , jinche non. 
 
 And they made use of this E questo modo tennero infino 
 means till they changed, &c. che mutarono, ec. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLI. 
 
 I received your book while I lo ebbi il libro di V. S. essendo 
 
TI TO 1279 
 
 was at Venice, and could not in Venezia e non potetti leggere 
 read any other till I read it alL altro libro, finche io non V ebbi 
 
 UttO tuttO. DELLA ( CASA. 
 
 Time to, tempo di, tempo da, with the infinitive. 
 
 But I have no time to attend Ma io non ho tempo d' atten- 
 
 you. der-m. caro. 
 
 Bat it is now time io proceed. Ma tempo eomai da procedere. 
 
 BOCCACCIO, 
 
 Tinged with, tinlo, genitive. 
 
 The clouds, some tinged with he nubi, alcune di color di 
 purple colour, &c. porpora tinte, ec. caro. 
 
 Tired with, annojato ; slanco ; stracco, genitive. 
 
 A lad*y being left a widow, Una dama rimasta essendo 
 
 tired with the tumult of the vedova, annojata del tumulto 
 
 world, &c. del mondo, ec, soave. 
 
 So that tired with the continued Tanto che stracchi delle con - 
 
 labour, &c. tinue fatiche, ec. 
 
 GUICCIARDINI. 
 
 Tired with (to be), ess ere stanco di, annqjarsi di, 
 stancarsi di, with the infinitive. 
 
 I have no letters from my fa- Non vedo lettere di casa mia, 
 
 mily, I am tired with being un- sono stanco d' essere sfortunato. 
 
 fortunate goldoni. 
 
 You must coma and console Conviene venire a consolare 
 
 your mother, who is tired tvith la madre, la quale si annoja di 
 
 being alone. starsene sola. algarotti. 
 
 I am not tired with writing to Ne mi stancherb di scriverti. 
 
 you. FOSCOLO. 
 
 To, preceded by a verb of motion, such as to go, 
 to come, to arrive, &c. and followed by the name of a 
 country, in ; if followed by the name of a city or village, a. 
 
 T 4 
 
280 
 
 TO TR 
 
 Charles Emanuel went to Sa- 
 voy to, &G. 
 
 I arrived at Paris when that 
 last commotion had already 
 taken place. 
 
 Carlo Emanuele andb in Sa- 
 vojajoer, ec. denina. 
 
 Giunsi a Parigi che di gia era 
 preparata quest 'ultima commo- 
 zione. bentivoglio. 
 
 Touched with, mosso, commosso. See Affected. 
 
 Towards, alia volta, genitive; verso, genitive, accu- 
 sative. 
 
 The Duke of Anjou, and all 
 his army, moved towards Cog- 
 nac. 
 
 But I always thought you 
 were very kind towards me. 
 
 II Duca a" Angib con tutto V 
 esercito si mosse alia volta di 
 Cognac. davila. 
 
 Ma io stimai sempre si affet- 
 tuosa la volonta di V. S, verso 
 di me. bentivoglio. 
 
 Trade in (to), fare negozio, trajficare, genitive. 
 
 He used to trade in silk. 
 
 Era egli solito a trafficar di 
 seta. 
 
 Trample upon (to), calpestare, calcare, accusative. 
 
 Fatigue, flattery, and plea- 
 sures are obstacles, which we 
 ought to overcome and to 
 trample upon, &c. 
 
 That power yielded to them, 
 which was wont to trample 
 upon the neck of all the mo- 
 narchies of the earth. 
 
 I disagj, le lusinghe, le deli- 
 zie sojio ostacoli, che noi dob- 
 biamo vincere e calpestare, ec. 
 
 ALBERGATI. 
 
 A loro ha ceduto quella po- 
 tenza, che soleva calcar il collo 
 a tutte le monarchic della terra. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Trampled upon, conculcato. 
 
 But it seems impossible to me Ma ei mi pare impossibile che 
 
 that our country should thus la nostra patria sia cost concul- 
 
 be trampled upon while we are cata mentre ci resta ancor vita. 
 
 still alive. foscolo, 
 
TR TR 281 
 
 Trim with (to), guarnire, genitive. 
 
 Tell the miliner to trim my Dite alia cuffiara di guarnir 
 cap with lace. la mia cuffta di trina. goldoni. 
 
 Triumph over (to), trionjkre, genitive. 
 
 The fact is, that he has tri- Fatto si e che egli ha trionfato 
 
 umphed over all the most cap- di tutta la piii cavillosa dialet- 
 
 tious dialectickj &c. tica, ec. algarotti. 
 
 Either he triumphs over his O questi trionfa del suo ger- 
 
 brother, &c. mano, ec. metastasio. 
 
 Trouble (to), dare noja, dare briga, dare incommodo, 
 dative. 
 
 Let not the diminution of E non dia noja ad V. S. la 
 
 those figures trouble you. diminuzione delle figure, caro. 
 
 You may ask them whatever Faraiti allora fare una man' 
 
 you like, and then you will no cia a tuo modo ne poi mi* 
 
 longer trouble me. darai piu briga. 
 
 MACCHIAVELLL 
 
 Trouble one's self (to), incommodarsi, darsi in- 
 commode*. 
 
 Do not trouble yourself, Non s' incommodi, signora. 
 Madam. goldoni. 
 
 Trust to (to), confidare di, with the infinitive, if 
 the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che, 
 with the subjunctive. 
 
 Where do you trust to keep Dove confida ella di poter 
 up your honour and dignity ? mantenere V onore e la dignita 
 
 sua ? VARCHI. 
 
 Trusting that he (Christ) has Con/ldando ch' egli abbia sod- 
 satisfied for all our transgres- disfatlo per iutti inostri difetti. 
 sions. GELLI. 
 
 Trust to (to), before a noun, confidare, conjidarsi; 
 jidare, Jidarsiin y or genitive. 
 
 * Mi stands for a me. 
 
*>82 
 
 TR TR 
 
 But a thousand times worse is 
 he who trusts to friendship. 
 
 He rather trusts to others 
 than to himself. 
 
 You will know to whom you 
 may trust your counsels. 
 
 There are days in which I 
 cannot trust to myself. 
 
 Ma ben mille volte piil tristo 
 chi confida nell' amicizia. 
 
 FOSCOLO. 
 
 Egli piuttosto si confida in 
 altri che in se medesimo. 
 
 TOLOMET. 
 
 Saprete nel cui seno i vostri 
 consigli fidar possiate. 
 
 BOCCACCIO. 
 
 Vi sono de' giorni ch' io non 
 posso jidarmi di me. foscolo. 
 
 Trust one with a thing (to), conjidare una co'Sa 
 ad uno. 
 
 He trusted his friend with all Confidb tutti i suoi beni all' 
 his wealth. amico. soave. 
 
 Trust one (to), in buying or selling, dare a credenza, 
 fare credenza, dative. 
 
 I will buy your watch 3 if you lo comprerb il vostro oriuolo 
 
 will trust me. se volete dar-me-lo a credenza, 
 
 or se volete far-mi credenza. 
 
 Try to (to), tenta're di, sforzarsi di, cercare di, 
 with the infinitive. 
 
 If the danger returns., I will Se tornera il pericolo, tenter^ 
 
 try every means to escape from ogni via di scampar-rce. 
 
 it. FOSCOLO. 
 
 And do you, O Judges, doubt E voi, giudici, piil dubitate 
 
 any longer but that this young che questo giovane non tenti di 
 
 man tries to r uin your rep.ub- ruinare la repubblica ? 
 
 lie ? TOLOMEI. 
 
 Why do you love vanity, and Perche amate voi la vanita, e 
 try to tell a lie ? cercate di dire la bngia ? 
 
 PASSAVANTL 
 
 If the Catholics tried to pass Se i Cattolici si sforzassero di 
 over, &c. passare, <ec. davila. 
 
TR— TU 28-3 
 
 Try one or a thing (to), fare pr ova, genitive. 
 
 The gods try heroes by such Con questi colpi i numi fan 
 
 trials. prova degli eroi. metastasio. 
 
 And another part of them E un" altra parte si disperse 
 
 dispersed without trying their senzafar pruova della fort una. 
 
 fortune. davila. 
 
 Turn one away (to), mandarevia, accusative. 
 
 He behaved so badly that his Si comportb tanto male che l& 
 master turned him away. mandb via il suo padrone. 
 
 Turn one out of doors (to), cacciare di casa, ac- 
 cusative. 
 
 I will turn him out of doors. Lo caccerb dicasa. goldoni. 
 
 Turn pale (to), impallidire. 
 Do you turn pale ? Impallidisci ? metastasio 
 
 Turn (to), far si. 
 
 After he had been a soldier Fatto che ebbe il soldato per 
 for eight years, he deserted, otV anni si disertb e si fe* 
 and turned thief. ladro. 
 
 Turn (in), joined with a possessive pronoun, quando 
 toccherd a me, a te, a lui, a noi, a voi, a loro. 
 
 When will you dance ? — In Quando ballerete ? quando 
 
 my turn. toccherd a me. 
 
 Turn, (it is), joined with a possessive pronoun^ tocca 
 ct me, a te, a lui, a lei, a not, a voi, a loro, 
 
 Whose turn is it? — It is my A chi tocca ? tocca a me. 
 turn. 
 
284 VA UN 
 
 V. u. 
 
 Variegated with, mriato, genitive. 
 
 And the earth, surrounded E la terra dai mart cinta, e 
 with seas, and variegated with variata di monti, valli, ec. 
 mountains, vallies, &c. castiglione. 
 
 Vaunt to (to), vantarsi. See Boast to. 
 
 Vent to (to give), sfogare, accusative. 
 
 Pardon me, added she, I Perdonate, soggiunse, io avea 
 needed to give vent to my aj~ bisogno di sfogare questo mio 
 flicted heart. cuore angustiato. foscolo. 
 
 Venture to (to), arrischiare. See Risk to. 
 
 Vexed with, tormentato, ablative. 
 
 Vexed with numberless em- Da infinite occupazioni tor- 
 ployments, &c. mentato, ec. bembo, 
 
 Victim to (to fall a), essere la vittima, genitive. 
 
 The poor woman fell a victim La povera donna fu la vittima 
 to her jealousy, &c. della sua gelosia, ec. soave. 
 
 Vindicate one for (to), vendicare uno, genitive. 
 
 See Avenge. 
 
 ' Unable* to (to be), non potere. See Be able. 
 
 Under, before a noun, sotto, genitive, accusative. 
 
 He stopt under her window. Sifermb egli sotto della di lei 
 
 finestra. boccaccio. 
 
 * All words beginning with un, and having a contrary signi- 
 fication to their primitives (as undeceive, from deceive j un- 
 acquainted, from acquainted), are not inserted here, and the 
 student is to refer to their primitives. 
 
UN UP 285 
 
 He learnt the exercise of arms Egli apprese il mestiere delV 
 under the Duke Namo of Ba- armi sotto il Duca Namo di 
 varia. Baviera. soave. 
 
 Under, before a numeral noun, meno, genitive, 
 
 I cannot sell it under twenty Io non posso vender lo meno 
 pence a yard. di venti soldi il braccio. 
 
 Undertake to (to), intraprendere di, with the infi- 
 nitive. 
 
 For sometimes people were Che vi fu alcune volte chi 
 found who undertook to write intraprese di scrivere i nostri 
 our verses. versi. metastasio. 
 
 Undertake a thing (to), cntrare in una cosa; 
 togliere a fare una cosa, 
 
 I could not help begging you Non mi sono potuto tenere di 
 Trill not undertake that work. pregarvi cTie voi non vogliate 
 
 entrare in questafatica. bemeo. 
 
 I know that I have undertaken Conosco che io ho una gran 
 a great business. cosa tolto a fare* bembo. 
 
 Unseasonably, fuor di tempo. 
 
 But when these (reflections) Ma questi, quando giungono 
 come unseasonably, they in- fuor di tempo, accrescono il do- 
 crease the grief. lore. goldonj. 
 
 Upon or on, sopra, su. Sopra is made use of, when 
 the following noun is declined with the indefinite article : 
 as upon this, sopra questo ; upon a house, sopra una casa, 
 Sec. and su is used when the following noun is declined 
 with the definite article, and also when accompanied with 
 a possessive pronoun, and then it joins with the said 
 article making one word : thus, upon the, sullo, sul, 
 sulla. 
 
286 UP UP 
 
 Sullo is put before masculine nouns, beginning 
 with s followed by a consonant, and makes sugli in the 
 plural,* 
 
 And on the place where he E nel luogo otf ei cadde, sic* 
 
 fell, as well as on the rock come pur sullo scoglio ove Tell 
 
 where Tell had effected his es- avea trovato lo scampo, ec. 
 
 cape, &c. soave. 
 
 Upon the rocks. Sugli scogli. 
 
 Sul is prefixed to masculine nouns beginning, with any 
 consonant, but s followed by a consonant, and makes sui 
 
 or su\ 
 
 Having left all his instru™ Lasciati tuiti li stromenii sul 
 
 ments upon the work, &c. lavoro, ec. firenzuola. 
 
 He threw so much light upon Gittb tanio lume su' principj 
 
 the principles of true philoso- della vera filosojia che, ec. 
 
 phy as, &c. algarotti. 
 
 Sulla is placed before feminine nouns beginning with 
 a consonant, and makes sidle in the plural. 
 
 A curate went to pay a visit Un piovano andb a visitar tin 
 
 to another curate on the banks altro piovano sulla Brenta. 
 of Brenta. gozzi. 
 
 The Vatican erected upon the II valicauo eretto sulle rovine 
 ruins of false gods, &c. dei falsi cracoli, ec. 
 
 ganganelu. 
 
 * Sullo and sulla lose their last vowel before nouns beginning 
 with a vowel. 
 
 Upon my honour I never spoke of it : Non ne ho mai parlatoy 
 sulV onor mio. 
 
 And why do we sacrifice these victims upon the altar of our 
 false opinions? E per che vogliamo sacrificar queste vittime sulV 
 qltare delle nostre opinioni stravolte ? albergatx. 
 
 Sugli and sulle never lose their last vowel unless the following 
 nouns begin with an i for the masculine ; and with e for the 
 feminine. 
 
YO US 287 
 
 Vow to (to), giurare di with the infinitive. 
 
 I vow he shall repent what he Giuro di farlo pentir di do- 
 has done. die hafatto, goldoni. 
 
 Urged on with, mosso* ablative* 
 
 Urged on with a fervent hope, Mosso da fervorosa speranza^ 
 and an impatient wish, &c. e d* brama impaztente, ec. 
 
 ALBEEGATI. 
 
 Us, ci. ne. See Him, being a case of the verb, &c. for 
 its construction. 
 
 And the moon-light shewed E il lume delta luna ne mos- 
 us the way. trava il cammino. sannazzako. 
 
 Use or (to make), usare, accusative ; valersi, servirsi, 
 genitive. 
 
 If we make use of words too Se si usera parole troppo an- 
 
 obsolete, &c. tiche, ec, tasso. 
 
 But why do we not make use Ma perche d' esempio taie non 
 
 of such an example ? civagliamof segnert. 
 
 In this kind of affairs, do In quest a sorte di cose non vi 
 
 not make use of young people. servite di gioventu. goldoni. 
 
 Use (to be of), cssere pro, dative. 
 
 Of what use am I to you ? Di che prb ti* son io ? 
 
 FOSCOLO. 
 
 Used (to be), metier si in uso^ ablative. 
 
 But in conclusion., we shall Ma concludendo, diremo, che 
 
 say, that if our language has se la nostra lingua e statamessa 
 
 been used by such renowned in uso da cosi famosi popoli, 
 
 nations, &c. ec. buommattei. 
 
 Useful (to be), recare utilitd, dative. 
 
 And in order that our activity JE acciocche V opera nostra 
 in war should be more useful nella guerra alia Repubblica 
 to the Republic, &c. rechi maggior utilita, ec. 
 
 cavalcanti. 
 
 * Ti stands for a te. 
 
288 WA WA 
 
 W. 
 
 Wage war (to), fare guerra. 
 
 The nerves of war are money, I nervi della guerra sono i 
 and no nation can wage war denari, e nessuna nazione far 
 without it. , guerra pub senza essi. bembo. 
 
 Wait for (to), aspettare, accusative. 
 
 I deferred answering your Ho dimorato finora il rispon- 
 
 letter till now, as I was wait- dervi aspettando dette lettere. 
 ing for the said letters. bembo. 
 
 One day whilst Delcur was Un giorno mentre stava Del- 
 
 waiting/or his friend, &c. cur aspettando 1' amico, ec. 
 
 ALTANESf. 
 
 Wait until (to), aspettare che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 But wait until Mr. Lelio Ma aspetti che il Signor Le- 
 comes home. Ho ritorni a casa. goldoni. 
 
 Wait upon (to), visitare, andare a trovare, accu- 
 sative. 
 
 He waited upon our friends Egll ando a trovare i nostri 
 in the country. amici in contado. boccaccio. 
 
 Walk about in (to), passeggiare, spasseggiare, 
 dative. 
 
 Urged by ttre tiresome heat- Consigliati dalla nojosa sta- 
 
 ing season, you havefor several gione del caldo avete per molte 
 
 weeks walked about in the settimane passeggiato all' aure 
 
 cool air of Albaro. fresche d' Albaro. chiabrera. 
 
 Walk (to), in opposition of to ride, andare a\ 
 
 You come from Richmond: Venite di Richmond : avete 
 
 did you ride thither or walk ? cavalcato, or vi siete andata 
 
 appiedi ? 
 
WA WA 
 
 289 
 
 Cassini might have been 
 kinder to him, and not leave 
 him to walk from the Observa- 
 tory to the A academy. 
 
 11 Cassini potea es.ser piil cor- 
 tese con lui, e non lasciarlo 
 andar a pierli dalV Osservatorio 
 alV Accademia. algarotti. 
 
 Wandlr along, or through (to), andare vagando 
 per; andare errando in ; scorrere^ accusative. 
 Banished from France, Ugge- Per lungo tempo adunque, esU 
 
 ro was then for a lon^ time 
 obliged to wander through 
 several countries. 
 
 The youth Inkle wandered 
 for a long time through the 
 tooods. 
 
 They, like masters, have 
 wandered through that pro- 
 vince, which was not wont to 
 meet with any aggression from 
 any part of the world. 
 
 Unto dalla Francia dovette 
 Uggero andar vagando per va- 
 rie parti. soave* 
 
 Jl giovin Inkle ando errando 
 per lungo tempo nei boschi. 
 
 SO AVE. 
 
 Hanno scorsa come padroni 
 quell* provincia, che soleva non 
 trovar resistenza in veruna parte 
 del mondo. buommattei. 
 
 Want (to), mancare. This verb, being impersonal, is 
 construed by putting the English nominative in the 
 dative in Italian, and vice-versa.* 
 
 My misfortunes wanted this 
 alone ; turn, this alone was 
 wanting to my misfortunes. 
 
 Statues want many things 
 which paintings do not j turn, 
 many things are wanting to 
 statues, which are not wanting 
 to painting. 
 
 Questo solo mancava alle mie 
 sciagure. metastasio. 
 
 Alle statue mancano molt& 
 cose, che non mancano alia pit- 
 tura. castighone. 
 
 * Mancare may also be active when it governs the genitive. 
 
 How could we act with rectitude and prosperity were we to want 
 
 that (religion) ? Come potremo noi dirittamente, e felicemente 
 
 agire giammai se di quella mancheremo ? cavalcanti. 
 
 U 
 
290 WA -WA 
 
 And I intend to set myself at E intendo di emanciparmi, 
 
 liberty, because I want that perche mi manca la felicita che 
 
 happiness which you promised mi avete promessa. foscolo. 
 me. 
 
 Want (to), avere bisogno, genitive. 
 
 I do not want money, bat m- Di danaro non ne* ho bisogno ; 
 
 troductions, * ma d' introduzioni. goldoni. 
 
 At this time, the Romans, In qitesto tempo i Romani 
 
 furnishing themselves with provvedutosi delle cose,, di eui 
 
 things which they wanted, &c. avevano bisogno, ec. bembo. 
 
 Want to (to), vokre. See Be willing. 
 
 Wants (it), in speaking of the hours, e or sono,,. 
 meno. 
 
 It wants a quarter to one ; -E' un' orameno un quarto; or, 
 
 turn, it is one less a quarter. /' una meno un quarto. 
 
 It wants twenty minutes to Sono died ore meno venti mi- 
 
 ten ; turn, they are ten hours nuti ; or, sono le died mkno 
 
 less twenty minutes. venti.f 
 
 Want to know (I), io vorrei sapere. 
 
 I want to know why these Io vorrei sapere perche questi, 
 men, &c. ec. varchi. 
 
 Wash x>ne's hands (to), dare Tacqua alle mani ; 
 lavarsile mani. 
 
 "Bandelchilwent out, and hav- Bandelchil sen* usci, e dato 
 ing washed bis hands, he sat V acqua alle mani, si mise a ta- 
 at the table. vola. bandello. 
 
 * This ne is a repetition of di danaro ; and is used here, because 
 the sentence begins with the genitive : it would do as well to 
 say, io non ho bisogno di denaro. 
 
 f It is better to suppress hours ; but then the numeral noun 
 which accompanies hours takes the feminine article. 
 
WA WE 291 
 
 Watch over one (to), vegliare in guardia, genitive, 
 or the genitive is changed into a possessive pronoun. 
 
 And she watched over him E in sua guardia vegliava 
 whilst he was asleep. mentre eidormiasi. soave. 
 
 Wear, (to), in speaking of a dress, portar indosso ; 
 portare, accusative. 
 
 They wore a cassock of crim- Indosso portavano una sottana 
 
 son satin. di raso chermisi. caro. 
 
 And that no woman was per- E che Hulla donna potesse por- 
 
 niitted to wear clothes longer tare panni lunghi di dietro piil 
 
 than two yards behind. di due braccia. villani. 
 
 Wear a hat (to), avere in capo un cappello. 
 
 She wore a hat, which covered Ella aveva in capo un cappello, 
 a part of her hair. che parte dei capelli le copriva. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Wearied with, nojato, genitive. 
 
 This wretched country be- Questo scomunicato paese m? 
 numbs my soul wearied with addormenta V anima nojata 
 life. della vita. foscolo. 
 
 Weep through (to), piangere, genitive. 
 
 When that gentleman wept Quando un tal signore pianse 
 
 through tenderness. di tenerezza. bembo. 
 
 You made me weep through Voi m' avete fatto piangere di 
 
 grief. dolore. bembo. 
 
 Welcome one (to), accogliere, aceusative. 
 
 You saw him at Padua, and In Padava lo vedeste e lo ac- 
 welcomed him several times to coglieste assai votte in vostra 
 your house. casa. algarotti. 
 
 Welcome to (to be), in arriving at one's country, 
 or house ; essere ilben zenuto. 
 
 And you are welcome a hun- E voi siate il benvenuto cento 
 died times. volte. fiorentino. 
 
 U 2 
 
292 WE- — WH 
 
 To whom Mr. Corso said, be A cui Messer Corso disse, tii 
 thou welcome. sie il benvenuto. boccaccio. 
 
 Welcome to (to be), speaking of an invitation, or 
 in answer to one who thanks, essere padrone, or essere 
 il padrone , genitive. 
 
 Two months, four months, Due mesi, quattro mesi, un an* 
 
 a year, you are welcome to no, siete padrone d\ casa nostra. 
 
 oyr house. GOLD ONI. 
 
 I thank you for your trouble ; Vi ringrazio del vostro incom- 
 
 you are welcome, Sir. modo j siete il padrone, Signore. 
 
 Well, bene. This word loses its final vowel before 
 verbs beginning with a consonant. 
 
 It is much more difficult to Egli e molto piu difficile it 
 
 know how to command and to saper ben comandare ed ordi- 
 
 order well, than to act and to nare, che ben fare ed ubbidire. 
 
 obey well. gelli. 
 
 Well (to be), stare bene. 
 
 I am well j well at present, Io sto bene ; bene come un in* 
 as a sick man who sleeps, &c. fermo che dorme, ec. foscolo. 
 
 What, in the sense of that which, quelloche / quel che ; 
 cib che ; ciocche ; cosa che. 
 But what is worth all of them, Ma quel che per tutte vale, e, 
 
 is, &C ec. BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 One day she thought, she Un giorno parvele di doverle 
 
 ought to shew her what she had manifestare cio che avevafatto 
 
 done for her. a pro di lei. soave. 
 
 I have not sufficient courage Non mi sento bastante a negare 
 
 to deny my country what she alia mia patria cosa che ella 
 
 wants from me. da me voglia. bembo. 
 
 What, preceded by the verb to know, and followed 
 by an infinitive, che. 
 I do not know what to say. Non so che dire. goldoni, . 
 
WH WH 293 
 
 What, being an exclamation, eche. 
 
 What ! are you already here ? E che ! siete gia venuto ? 
 
 What, being an interrogative, che cosa. 
 
 What commands have you Che cosa avete a comandar- 
 forme? mi? goldoni. 
 
 What, in the sense of how much, quanto. 
 
 What did it cost ? Quanto costb ? 
 
 What, with a comparative, qual cosa. 
 
 What can be more beautiful Qual cosa pub esser piu bella 
 than those books \ di questi libri ? 
 
 What to be one's name, come chiamarsi. 
 What is your name } Come vi chiamate voi ? 
 
 What was her name ? Come si chiamava ella ? 
 
 Whatever, qualunque, with the subjunctive, 
 which is to precede the nominative, by which it is 
 governed. 
 
 Whatever rank I may be ele- In qualunque grado sia elevato 
 vated to, I am always your io, sono sempre vostro servo. 
 servant. montemagko. 
 
 I shall always remember you, Io non cesserb mai di ricor- 
 whatever my destiny shall be. darmi di voi, qualunque sie la 
 
 miasorte. bembo. 
 
 When, quando, allorche, with the indicative, which 
 is put in the same tense as it is in English ; but if the 
 verb be in the present tense and denotes futurity, it is to 
 be put in the future in Italian. 
 
 He will give them, when he Daralle egli, quando sara" ben 
 is* well rewarded for his trou- ricompensato delle sue fatiche. 
 ble. BEMBO. 
 
 * Is here denotes futurity, because the preceding verb is 
 future. 
 
 U 3 
 
294 WH Wi! 
 
 Where, being interrogative, dove with the indicative ; 
 otherwise with the subjunctive, when the nominative is to 
 follow the verb. 
 
 Where are you, my friend ? Dove sei, caro amico ? 
 
 Let them contemplate Orgi- Contemplino Orgiconte, se 
 coute, if they wish to know bramano sapere dove risplenda 
 where chastity shines. la castita. firenzuola. 
 
 Wherefore, a che ? 
 
 But, in the name of God, Ma ! . . per il nome d' Iddio as- 
 listen to me, and answer: colta erispondimi. Ache vivo? 
 wherefore do I live? foscolo. 
 
 Wherever, inogni luogo dove, with the subjunctive. 
 
 All my life-time, wherever I Tutto il tempo di mia vita, in 
 am. o'gni luogo dove io sia. 
 
 MONTEMAGNO. 
 
 Whether, preceded by a verb, se ; otherwise sia che, 
 with the subjunctive, 
 
 I know not whether he laughs Non so se egtt rida o pian- 
 
 or cries. ga. 
 
 Whether he laughs or cries, he Sia che rida o pianga, egli e 
 
 is always ugly. semprebrutto. 
 
 Which, preceded by the superlative the most, che, 
 with the subjunctive. See Who, That, Which. 
 
 Which, being a relative, either expressed or under- 
 stood in English, accusative or nominative, masculine or 
 feminine, singular or plural, che, or il quale; i quali, 
 for the masculine ; la quale, le quali, for the feminine.* 
 
 * Observe that che, quale, &c. in whatever case it is (but a 
 nominative) may throw the nominative after the verb. 
 
WH WH 
 
 c 295 
 
 He could not go away with- 
 out taking her picture with 
 him, which he had set in a ring. 
 
 The sentiments of gratitude 
 which he perceived in the young 
 woman. 
 
 It is enough, said she, that 
 heaven has not made me un- 
 worthy of the kind actions* 
 you bestow upon me. 
 
 But he did not praise the 
 marriage, which he wished to 
 contract with that foreign wo- 
 man, and which he did not 
 think fit at first. 
 
 Ne seppe indurvisi senza por- 
 
 tarne seco il ritratto, ch' ei 
 
 fe' legare in un anello. soave. 
 
 I sentimenti di riconoscenza 
 
 che nella giovane ravvisava. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Bastivij, disse, che il cielo non 
 mi fe' indegna delle cortesi 
 attenzioni che voi m' usate. 
 
 soave. 
 
 Ma non lodv il maritaggio, 
 ch' ei bramava di stringere con 
 questa giovane straniera, il 
 quale non parvegli sidle prime 
 che si troppo bene si cunvenisse. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Fate penitenza per che senza 
 la quale non si acquista il reame 
 di Dio, PASSAVANTJ. 
 
 Do penance, for without 
 which the kingdom of God is 
 not acquired. 
 
 Which (of, to, from), di cui, a cui, da cui, for both 
 genders and both numbers; or quale, quali, both 
 genders, which is declined with il, la. 
 
 A love of which he bad alrea- 
 dy given manifest signs. 
 
 While he was contemplating 
 the dear image, from which he 
 could not keep his eyes, &c. 
 
 Amore di cui ben dato avea 
 innanzi gia chiari segni. 
 
 so AVE. 
 
 Mentre stava contemplando la 
 cara immagine, da cui non sa- 
 pea tener lentani gli occhi, ec. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 The book which my brother brought : II libro che ha comprato 
 miofratello. 
 
 The houses which my father would not inhabit : Le case in cui 
 non havoluto dimorar mio padre. But when it is a nominative, 
 the verb is to be put after. See General Rules. 
 
 * The relative is understood. 
 
 U 4 
 
296 WH WH 
 
 Which, relating to a whole sentence, il che. 
 
 Speaking is granted only to II parlare non e dato all' wo- 
 man, to express the sentiments mo che per palesare i concetti 
 of his mind, which if true, deW animo, il < he se e vero, si 
 we may argue, &c. potra fare un argomento, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTBI. 
 
 Which, being interrogative, che, quale, both deelined 
 with the indefinite article, di, a, da. 
 
 Which of you has seen my Cbi di vox ha veduto stamane 
 
 brother this morning ? , miofratello ? 
 
 There are the hats 5 which is Ecco la i cappelli ; qua!' 2 il 
 
 yours ? vostro ? 
 
 While to (it is worth the), before a substantive, 
 torna conto ; or torna molto, dative. 
 
 All the good that is here, and Quello che vi ha di buono qui, 
 
 it is worth the while to a fo- e torna molto al forestiero, ec. 
 reigner, &c. algarotti. 
 
 While to (it is worth a), before a verb, valere la 
 pena di, with the infinitive. 
 
 Not to speak of the disputes Per non parlar,e delle dispute 
 of the Sbaraglisti, which were degli Sbaraglisti, che non va- 
 
 •&• 
 
 not worth the while to make levano la pena di fare la meta 
 half the noise, &c. del rumore ) ec. algarotti. 
 
 Who, whom, of whom, &c. See Which, in all its 
 variations. 
 
 Who, that, which, either expressed or understood 
 in English, and following the superlative the most, are 
 rendered by che or il quale, which governs the sub- 
 junctive:* 
 
 * Che, il quale, being nominative or accusative, may be 
 changed into di quanto ; di quanta; di quanti ; di quante, 
 
WH WH 
 
 297 
 
 The eldest was the handsom- 
 est girl (that) mortal eye had 
 ever beheld. 
 
 Not only for my consolation 
 which would without doubt be 
 the greatest (that) I could have, 
 but, &c. 
 
 So that we could not con- 
 verse, which is one of the 
 greatest pleasures (that) old 
 age can have. 
 
 Era la prima di esse la piu 
 bella che mai vedesse occhio 
 mortale. gozzi. 
 
 Non solo per la mia consolnzio- 
 ne, che sorelbe seriza /alio la 
 maggior cti io aver potessi, ma t 
 
 ec. BEHBO. 
 
 E cosl noi verremo a mancare 
 delta conversazione, che e uno 
 dei moggiori piaceri che abbia 
 questa eta. gelli. 
 
 Who, that, which, preceded by an ordinal number, 
 are rendered by che, il quale, which govern the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 E stato M. Fietro Bembo non 
 solode'primi tempi, mail pri- 
 mo che abbia insegnato a questi 
 tempi il vero modo di scrivere. 
 
 CARO. 
 
 Dante dveva ragione a pro- 
 testarsi d' essere il primo che 
 ardisse di navigare, ec. 
 
 BUOMMATTEI. 
 
 Mr. Peter Bembo not only 
 was one of the first writers of 
 those times, but the first who 
 taught these times the true 
 mode of writing. 
 
 Dante was right, when he 
 said that he was the first person 
 who dared to sail, &c. 
 
 Whose, cut, di cut, which are placed between the 
 article and the noun ; only di cui may also be put before 
 or after the noun. 
 
 I saw your brother, whose 
 wife, &c. 
 
 Ho veduto vosfro fratello la 
 cui moglie ; or, la di cui ??jo- 
 glie ; or, la moglie di cui j or, 
 di cui la moglie, ec. 
 
 making the verb agree with these words, and putting ne before it. 
 
 This fear offends the most faithful wife that was ever 
 
 admired in any age : Questo timore oltraggia la piil fedel consorte 
 
 di quante mai qualunque eta ne ammira. metastasio. 
 
£98 WI WI 
 
 Who is more prudent than he Qual pih temperato di quello, 
 whose arms are fortified against le cui armi contro alV insolenza 
 insolence by the care of the son preparate dalla citta, ec. 
 
 City - CAVALCANTI. 
 
 Will (to), volere. See Be willing. 
 
 Will is generally the mark of the future tense, but 
 when used interrogatively or if it expresses a wish, 
 volere. 
 
 Bat if you stay here any Ma voi qui stando, ne mor- 
 longer you will without doubt rete senza alcanfallo. soave. 
 die. 
 
 Will you come and see me ? Volete venire a trovarmi. 
 
 Will (I, thou, he, &c), preceding have, is expressed 
 by volere, and have is omitted ; as I will have, voglio ; 
 thou wilt have, vuoi ; he will have, vuole, &c. 
 
 They are small, I will not S0710 piccole non le voglio, in- 
 have them. stead of non voglio averle. 
 
 GOLDONI. 
 
 Will (I), in answering a question, is either expressed 
 by si, or by repeating the question without omitting si.* 
 
 Will you give me the book Volete darmi quel libro che 
 you promised me ?• Yes, 1 will. mi prometteste ! Si, only ; or, 
 
 si, velo daib; as if it were, 
 yes, I will give it you. 
 
 Will do (that), basta ; bene cosi ; cosi vabene. 
 
 Willingly, colle buone, and against his will, colle 
 cattive, which generally go together. 
 
 * The same maybe said of I will not. 
 
 Will you tell me what he has done you ? I will not : Volete 
 dirmi ciocche vi ha fatto egli ? No, non voglio dirvel'o : as if it 
 were, 2" will not tell it to you. 
 
WI WI 299 
 
 If that gentleman will not go Se questo signore non se ?ie 
 away willingly, I shall send va collebuone lofarelno a ndare 
 him away against his will. colle cattive. goldoni. 
 
 Wish for (to), desiderare, genitive and accusative. 
 
 Our Gountry wishes for such Di cotal virtu desidera la nos- 
 a virtue. irapatria. cavalcanti. 
 
 Wish (to), desiderare, with an infinitive, either with 
 or without di before it; bramare, with an infinitive, 
 without a preposition, if the subject of the two verbs be 
 the same : otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 When a person wishes to ma- Quando la persona desidera di 
 
 nifest a good action that he has manifestare alcuno bene die 
 
 done, &c. abbiafatto, ec. passavanti. 
 
 Let them look at Sempronia, Mirino eglino Sempronia, se 
 
 if they wish to know the desiderano conoscere le forze 
 
 strength of constancy. delta costanza. fikenzuola. 
 
 Let them contemplate Orgi- Contemplino Orgiconte, se 
 
 conte, if they wish to know bramano sapere dove risplenda 
 
 where chastity shines. la castita. ^firenzuola. 
 
 Do you wish that your Re- Desiderate voi che questa vos^ 
 
 public should flourish a long tra Repubblica viva lungo tern - 
 
 time in prosperity ? pofelice? varqhi, 
 
 Wish ardently (to) ardcre di desiderio di, with 
 the infinitive. 
 
 I am infinitely obliged to you, Io ringrazio senza , fine il mio 
 my dear Maurino, whom I caro Maurino, che io ardo di 
 ardently wish to see. desiderio di rivederlo. 
 
 ALGAROTTI. 
 
 Wish to, desiderio di, with the infinitive. 
 
 I believe that the wish cf be- Credo che il desiderio d? sape- 
 ing acquainted with the history re la storia de' tempi passadi 
 of past times, is, &c. sia, ec. fos&olo. 
 
300 
 
 WI- 
 
 •WI 
 
 Wish that (I), is generally expressed by wrrei ; 
 desidererei ; amerei che, with the imperfect of the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Young man, I certainly wish 
 that your first accusation had 
 been begun by you, with more 
 prudence. 
 
 I wish that you sometimes 
 had a little more condescension. 
 
 And I certainly wish that my 
 words had wings, and the 
 power of taking flight. 
 
 Io vorrei certo, giovane, che 
 la prima accasazione che hai 
 fatta fosse stata da te con 
 maggior prudenza cominciata. 
 
 TQLOMEI. 
 
 Desidererei che alcuna volta 
 aveste un poco piii di condiscen- 
 denza. metastasio. 
 
 jE per certo vorrei che le mie 
 parole fos&ero alate e volassero. 
 
 CHIABB.ERA. 
 
 Wish I could (I), vorrei potere, with the infinitive^ 
 without a preposition. 
 
 I wish I could sing well. Vorrei poter ben cantare. 
 
 With, con, which is used with a noun that has 
 no definite article; with me, con me; with a hand, 
 con una mano. But when the following* noun is declined 
 with the definite article, or it is accompanied with a 
 possessive pronoun, it is expressed by con lo } or collo ; 
 col; colia. 
 
 Con lo, or colter is put before masculine nouns, beginning 
 with s, followed by a consonant, and makes con gli 9 or 
 cogli) in the plural, 
 
 You are to know that I did 
 not speak with the Spaniard. 
 
 But he was not set at liberty 
 befone Elvira, together with 
 her husband, had gone to India. 
 
 Sappiate che io non ho parlato 
 con lo Spagnolo. bembo. 
 
 Ma non fu liberato, se non 
 dopo che Elvira collo sposo, 
 furonpartiti per V Indie. 
 
 SO AVE. 
 
WI WI 301 
 
 " i 
 Col, is put before masculine nouns beginning with 
 
 any consonant, except those that begin with s, followed 
 
 by a consonant, and it makes color co\ in the plural. ' 
 
 And tearing the net with his E col becco siracciando questa> 
 
 biH, &c. rete, ec. firenzuola. 
 
 Who use the same words with J quali usano i medesimi voca- 
 
 the same accidents, &c. bill cci medesimi accidenti, ec. 
 
 VARCHI. 
 
 Colla is put before feminine nouns beginning with a 
 consonant, and it makes colle in the plural. 
 
 When Baldassarre de Lama, Quando Baldassarre de Lama 
 
 anxious to make himself il- desideroso d' illustrarsi strin- 
 
 lustrious by uniting himself gendosi in parentela colla fa- 
 
 with the family of Suarez, &c. miglia Suarez, ec* soave. 
 
 Within, dentro, dative. 
 
 And as we Carthaginians de- E perche noi Cartaginesi di- 
 tained within the confines of stretti dentro ai confini delV 
 Africa, &c, Africa, ec. boccaccio. 
 
 Without, before a verb, senza, with an infinitive, 
 without a preposition, or che with the subjunctive. 
 
 Without speaking to any Senza parlar ad alcuno, o vo- 
 body, or wishing to hear, he. ler sentire, ec. boccaccio. 
 
 * These are the rules laid down by grammarians. It is how- 
 ever not a fault to express with by con, before all nouns, whether 
 they are declined with the definite or indefinite article 5 as we 
 find in several celebrated authors. 
 
 J wish that with words and sentences, &c. Voglio che con le 
 parole e con le sentenze. castiglione. 
 
 Nor with the crowd of your clients, &c. Ne con la turba de y 
 vostri clienti. bembo. 
 
 Instead of colla turba ; colle parole, &c. 
 
302 WO—WO 
 
 You will go away then with- Dunque vuol partire senza ch° 
 out her knowing it. ella lo sappia. goldoni, 
 
 Wonder at (to), maravigliarsi, genitive. 
 
 Your fortune now being bet- Ora essendo la vostra fortuna 
 ter than ours, which we greatly migliore delta nostra, della 
 wonder at, &c. qual cosa sommamenie ci ma- 
 
 ravigliamo, ec. passavanTi. 
 
 Wonder that (to), maravigliarsi che, with the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Several people wondered that Molti si maravigliarono che 
 Marino Brancazio had not Marino Brancazio non fosse 
 gone to Sicily. anco egli ito* in Sicilia. 
 
 BANDELLO. 
 
 Wont (to be), solere, (see Be wont) essere uso di, 
 with the infinitive. 
 
 Against the general custom of Contra il general costume de' 
 the Genoese, who are wont to Genovesi che usi sono di nobil- 
 dress in a magnificent manner. mente vestire. boccaccio. 
 
 Worth (to be), zaUre, in speaking of the value of 
 goods ; but in speaking of the income of a person, avere. 
 
 I refused them (200 sequins) lo gli ho rijiutati tenendomi 
 
 insisting on 250, for the work fermo sopra i dugento cinquan- 
 is well worth them. ta ; che I' opera ben li vale. 
 
 SOAVE. 
 
 Mr. N. is worth £3000 a year. II Signor N. ha 3000 lire sier- 
 
 line I' anno. 
 
 Worth the while (it is). See While. 
 
 Worthy to, degno di, with the infinitive. 
 
 I do not doubt but that he lo non dubito ch' egli non sia 
 will shew himself worthy of per mostrarsi a V. S. degno d' 
 
 * Iio, for andato, better used in poetry. 
 
WO WR 303 
 
 having been recommended by esser-Ze stato da me raccoman- 
 me to you. data. bembo. 
 
 Would to uEAYE^^facciaU cielo ; volesse dio ; piacesse 
 a dio, or al cielo che, with the subjunctive. 
 
 Would to heaven that my for- Faccia il cielo che le mie for- 
 tune would allow me to put tune mi diano di metterli in 
 them into execution. opera. bembo. 
 
 Would to heaven that our Piacesse al cielo che di tal pre- 
 
 people should profit by such a dica ne rieavassero i nostri al- 
 
 sermon. cun projitto. algarotti. 
 
 Write with one's own hand (to), scrivere di sua 
 propria manoy accusative. 
 
 At the last, the names of Da ultimo vi sono i no-mi de- 
 
 the academicians are written gli accademici } ciascuno dei 
 
 there ; each of them writes it quali lo scrive di sua propria 
 
 with his own hand, &e. mano, ec. magalotti. 
 
 Wreck against (to), fare naufragio in. 
 
 The Venetian liberty, in . La liberta Veneziana per fug - 
 order to avoid wrecking gire di far naufragio in cosi 
 against so dangerous a rock, &c. pericoloso scoglio, ec. 
 
 BOCCALINI. 
 
 Wrong, (to be), arcere torto. 
 
 And certainly, theologically E certo teologicamente par- 
 speaking, they are right, and lando eglino hanno ragione ; 
 practically speaking they are ma parlando praiicamente han- 
 wrong, no torto. algarotti. 
 
 Wrong one (to), fare torto, dative. 
 
 I am afraid that he., not to Ho paura ch" egli per non far 
 wrong his friend, &c. . torto all' amico,, ec. goldoni. 
 
304* YE— YO 
 
 Yes, si : but when preceded by a verb, di si. 
 I believe, yes. Credo di s». 
 
 Yet (and), eppure. 
 
 And yet, how many times all Eppure quante volte tuttiques* 
 these arguments, &c. ti argomenti, ec. foscolo. 
 
 You, being the nominative of the verb, voi, which is 
 generally omitted, but when two or more persons are 
 found in the same sentence. 
 Which you know how. La quale voi sapete come, 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 You see how that celebrated Vedete quanto $' affatica quel 
 Cyrus tries, &c. tanto celebrato Ciro.ec. 
 
 CAVALOANTI. 
 
 You, preceded by a preposition, voi. 
 With you, con voi ; for you, per voi. 
 
 You, being accusative or dative, vL See Him, ac- 
 cusative, for its construction. 
 I beg you will not leave rae. Vi prego a non mi lasciare. 
 
 BEMBO. 
 
 I do not think it necessary to Non credo che faccia mestiere 
 write to you of it. ch'io il vi scriva. bembo. 
 
 You, speaking in the third person, ella. See the 
 Introduction. 
 
 Your, vostro, voslra, voslri, vostre. These pronouns 
 are declined with the definite article. See His. 
 
( 305 ) 
 
 WORDS HAVING A DOUBLE MEANING, 
 
 ON ACCOUNT OF THE SOUND OF THE LETfERS E AND 0.(1) 
 
 COLLECTED BY SPADAFORA. 
 
 E close 
 
 Accetta, axe. 
 
 Affetta, he cuts in slices. 
 
 Ammezza, it becomes too ripe. 
 
 Bei, thou drinkest. 
 
 Berla, to drink it 
 
 Capello, hair. 
 
 Cera, wax. 
 
 Cetera, guitar. 
 
 Che, who, that, which. 
 
 Colletto, hillock. 
 
 Creta, clay. 
 
 De',(4) of the. 
 
 Dea,(6) he may give. 
 
 Dessi, m. 
 Desse 
 
 '.?}** 
 
 they themselves. 
 
 E open. 
 
 Accetta, he accepts. 
 Affetta, he wishes anxiously. 
 Ammezza, he cuts in two. 
 Bei, (2) handsome. 
 Berla, a sort of herb. 
 Cappello, hat. 
 Cera, mean. 
 Cetera, #e. 
 Ch 'e,(3) that is. 
 Colletto, collected. 
 Creta, Isle of Candia. 
 
 {De',(5) he ought. 
 Deh, ah! 
 Dea, a goddess. 
 /■Dessi, (7) one ought. 
 < Dessi, I might give. 
 (. Desse, he might give. 
 
 (1) It is to be observed that the letters e and o have two sounds, one 
 open, and the other close; e open is pronounced as the e of the English word 
 ell -, and the e close as the a of the English word cake. Likewise o open is 
 pronounced as the o of the English word order ; and o close as the o of the 
 English word bone. (2) For belli. (3) For che 2. (4) For del. 
 
 (5) For deve. (6) For diet. (7) For si deve. 
 
 X 
 
306 
 
 WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 
 
 E CLOSE, 
 
 Desti, m., awoke. 
 Deste, f., avioke. 
 Detti, m , above said. 
 Dette, £., above said, 
 
 E',(l) he and they. 
 
 Egli, he. 
 
 Elle, f. they. 
 
 Esca, food or tinder. 
 Esse, f. they, 
 Essi, m. they. 
 Este,(5) these. '. 
 Fella, (6) /ze made it. 
 Fello,(7) he made it. 
 Felie,(8) he made them. 
 Felli,(9) he made them. 
 Fero,(10) they made. 
 Festi, ( 1 2) thou madest. 
 Feste,(13) you made. 
 Le, to her. 
 Lega, he ties. 
 Legge, law, 
 Lessi, m. boiled. 
 Lesse, f. boiled. 
 Me, me. 
 Mele, apples. 
 
 E OPEN. 
 
 Desti, thou gavest 
 Deste, you gave. 
 Detti, I gave. 
 Dette, he gave. 
 
 {E', he is, 
 E, and. 
 Eh, Eh! 
 
 Egli, (2) it is to him. 
 r Elle, (3) it is to her. 
 \ Elle, the letter L. 
 
 Esca, he goes out. 
 
 Esse, the letter S. 
 
 Essi, (4) one is. 
 
 Este, family name. 
 
 Fella, f. /e/ow. 
 
 Fello, m. felon. 
 
 Felle, i. felons. 
 
 Felii, m. felons. 
 
 Fero,(ll) fierce. 
 
 Festi, festival. 
 
 Feste, feast 3 holidays. 
 
 L' e, z£ is so. 
 
 Lega, three miles. 
 
 Legge, he reads. 
 
 Lessi, I read. 
 
 Lesse, he read. 
 
 Me', (14) better. 
 
 Mele, honey. 
 
 (1) For ei, eglino. (2) Used in poetry for gli e. (3) Used in 
 
 poetry for le e. (4) Used in poetry for si e. (5) Used in poetry 
 
 for quest e. (6) For la fece. (7) For lo fece. (8) For le fece. 
 
 (9) For U fece. (10) Used in poetry for fecero. (11) Used in 
 
 poetry for fiero. (12) For facetd. (13) For faceste. (14) Used 
 
 in poetr* for meglio. 
 
WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 
 
 SO? 
 
 E CLOSE. 
 
 Menalo, take him. 
 
 Menola, 1 take her. 
 
 Mesce, he mixes. 
 
 Messe, masses. 
 
 Mezzo, very ripe. 
 
 Pera, pear. 
 
 Pere, pears. 
 
 Pesca, fishery. 
 
 Pes co, I fish. 
 
 Peste, f. pi. pounded. 
 
 Se, se, if and himself. 
 
 Sete, thirst or silks. 
 
 Stelle, stars. 
 
 Stesso, himself. 
 
 Stessa, herself. 
 
 Stessi, themselves, or he might 
 
 stand. 
 Stesse, themselves, or he might 
 
 stand. 
 
 Te, thee. 
 
 Telo, it to thee. 
 Teli, them to thee. 
 Tema, fear, or he fears. 
 Veggia, he may see. 
 Veglio, I watch. 
 Veglia, he watches. 
 Velle,(9) see them. 
 Vello,(10) see it. 
 Velli,(ll) see them. 
 
 Menalo, mountain, city, 
 Menola, fish. 
 M' esce, it comes out. 
 Messe, harvest. 
 Mezzo, half. 
 Pera, ( 1 ) he may perish. 
 Pere, (2) he perislies. 
 Pesca, peach. 
 Pesco, peach-tree. 
 Peste, plague. . 
 Se',(3) thou art. 
 Sete, (4) you are. 
 Stelle,(5) stood to her. 
 Stesso, I unweave. 
 Stessa, unweave thou. 
 Stessi, thou unweavest. 
 
 Stesse, he unweaves, 
 
 Te,(6) hold thou. 
 
 Te, tea. 
 
 Telo,(7) dart. 
 
 Teli,(7) darts. 
 
 Tema, theme. 
 
 Veggia, hogshead. 
 
 Veglio, (8) old man. 
 
 Veglia, (8) old woman. 
 
 Velle, he plucks. 
 
 Velio, fleece, or I pluck. 
 
 Velli, fleeces, or thou pluckest. 
 
 (1) For perisca. (2) For perisce. (3) Yov set. (4) For siete. 
 
 (5) For le stette. (6) For tieni. (7) Used in poetry. (8) Used 
 
 in poetry for vecchio and vecchh. (9) For vedile. (10) For vedilo. 
 
 11) For vedili. 
 
SOS 
 
 WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 
 
 E CLOSE. 
 
 Vena, vein. 
 Vene, veins. 
 Venti, twenty. 
 Vergola,(l) rod. 
 
 O CLOSE. 
 
 Accorre, he runs to. 
 
 Accorsi, 1 run to. 
 
 Accorse, he ran to. 
 
 Accorsero, they ran to. 
 
 Accorto, 1 shorten. 
 
 AHoro,(2) to them. 
 
 Apporti, thou guessest, 
 
 Arroto, m. added. 
 
 Arrota, f. added. 
 
 Botte, butt. 
 
 Co', m. p. with the. 
 
 Cogli, m. p. with the. 
 
 Cola, it flows. 
 
 Colla, f. s. with the. 
 
 Colle, f. p. with the. 
 
 Colli, m. p. with the. 
 
 Collo, m. s. with the. 
 
 Coloro, 1 colour. 
 
 Colto, cultivated. 
 
 Coppa, thehindpartoj the head. 
 
 Corre, he runs. 
 
 Corso, ran or course. 
 
 Corsi, ran or courses. 
 
 Corti, courts. 
 
 E OPEN. 
 
 Vena, pipe or reed. 
 Vene, pipes or reeds. 
 Venti, winds, 
 Vergola, bark. 
 
 O OPEN. 
 
 Accorre, he welcomes, 
 
 Accorsi, I perceived. 
 
 Accorse, he perceived. 
 
 Accorsero, they perceived. 
 
 Accorto, cautious. 
 
 Alloro, laurel. 
 
 Apporti, thou bringest. 
 
 Arroto, J sharpen. 
 
 Arrota, he sharpens. 
 
 Botte, strokes or toads. 
 
 Co', (3) gather thou. 
 
 Cogli, thou gatherest. 
 
 Cola, (4) he worships. 
 
 Colla, glue. 
 
 Colle, hill. 
 
 Colli, hills. 
 
 Collo, neck. 
 
 Coloro, those. 
 
 Colto, gathered. 
 
 Coppa, cup. 
 
 Corre, to gather. 
 
 Corso, a Corsican. 
 
 Corsi, Corsicans, or to be 
 
 gathered. 
 Corti, to gather thee. 
 
 (1) Used in poetry for verga. (2) For a loro. (3) Used in 
 
 poetry for cogli. (4) Used in poetry. 
 
WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANTNG, 
 
 309 
 
 O CLOSE, 
 
 Costa, it costs. 
 Costo, expense. 
 Doglio, jar. 
 Folia, crowd. 
 Folle, crowds. 
 
 Fora, he robs^ 
 Fosse, he might be. 
 Gomito, elbow. 
 
 Gotta, goul. 
 
 Gotto, a glass. 
 
 Importi, to impose on thee. 
 
 Incolto, uncultivated. 
 
 Indotto, induced 
 
 Lo, the. 
 
 Loro, them. 
 
 Loto, mud. 
 
 Morse, pincers. 
 
 Noce, nut-tree. 
 
 Ora, hour. 
 
 Orno, I adorn. 
 
 Poppa, the stern of a ship. 
 
 Porci, to put us. 
 
 Porsi, to put one's self. 
 
 Pose, he put. 
 
 Ricorre, he has recourse. 
 
 Riporti, to put thyself again. 
 
 Ritorne,(6) thou returnest. 
 
 O OPEN. 
 
 Costa, rib or hill. 
 
 Costo, Viame of a plant. 
 
 Doglio, 1 grieve. 
 
 Folla,(l) I make it. 
 
 Folle, (2) 1 make them, or mad- 
 man. 
 
 Fora, (3) they should be. 
 
 Fosse, ditches. 
 
 Gomito, an officer of a ship who 
 presides over the rowers. 
 
 Gotta, a female Goth. 
 
 Gotto, a Goth. 
 
 Importi, thou meanest. 
 
 Incolto, overtaken. 
 
 Indotto, ignorant. 
 
 jL' ho, I have it. 
 
 I/oro, the gold. 
 
 Loto, herb. 
 
 Morse, he bit. 
 
 Noce, (4) he hurts. 
 
 Ora^ (5) air, or he prays. 
 
 Orno, wild ash. 
 
 Poppa, breast. 
 
 Porci, pigs. 
 
 Porsi, I offered. 
 
 Pose, pauses. 
 
 Ricorre, to gather. 
 
 Riporti, thou bringest again. 
 
 Ritorne,(7) to take from U 
 again. 
 
 (1) Yovlafo. (2) For lefo. (3) Used in poetry for sarebbe. 
 
 (4) For nuoce. (5) Used in poetry for aura. (6) Used in poetry 
 for ritomi. (7) For ritoglieme. 
 
310 
 
 WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 
 
 O CLOSE. 
 
 Rocca, distaff* 
 Rodano, let them gnaw. 
 Rodi, thou gnavjest. 
 Rogo, a bramble. 
 Rosa, f. gnawed. 
 Roso, m. gnawed. 
 Rozza, rough. 
 Scola, it drains. 
 Scopo, 1 sweep. 
 Scorsi, 1 wandered. 
 Scorta, he shortens. 
 Scorto, / shorten. 
 Sole, sun. 
 
 Soli, m. pi. alone. 
 
 Sella, f. not hard. 
 
 Sollo, m. not hard. 
 
 Sola, f. alone. 
 
 Solo, alone. 
 
 So mm a, sum. 
 
 Sono or son, I am. 
 
 Sonne, (6) there are of them, 
 
 or I am of it, 
 Sorta, \ 
 Sorte, > risen. 
 Sorti, ) 
 Stolto,/oo/zs/i. 
 Stoppa, low. 
 Tocca, he touches. 
 Tomo, a fall, 
 Tomi, falls. 
 
 O OPEN. 
 
 Rocca, castle, 
 Rodano, river Rhodanus, 
 Rodi, Rhode Island. 
 Rogo, funeral pile. 
 Rosa, rose. 
 Roso, a plant. 
 Rozza, jade. 
 
 Scola,(l) school. 
 Scopo, scope. 
 
 Scorsi, I perceived. 
 
 Scorta, a guide. 
 
 Scorto, guided. 
 
 Sole, (2) he is wont. 
 
 Soli, (2) thou art wont. 
 
 Solla,(3) I know it. 
 
 S olio, (3) I know it. 
 
 So!a 5 great boat. 
 
 80)0,(4) ground, soil. 
 
 Somma, a mountain near Naples. 
 
 Sono or Son, (5) sound, or I 
 play upon an instrument. 
 
 Sonne,(7) I know of it. 
 
 L Sorta, a kind, species. 
 \ Sorte, destimj. 
 \ Soiti, species. 
 
 Stolto, returned. 
 
 Stoppa, he stops with tow. 
 
 Tocca, a silk band. 
 
 Tomo, volume. 
 
 Tomi, volumes. 
 
 (1) For scuola. (2) Used in poetry for suoli and suole. (3) For 
 
 lo so and la so. (4) Used in poetry for suolo. (5) For suono, or 
 
 to suono. (6) For ne sono. (7) For ne so. 
 
WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 
 
 311 
 
 O CLOSE. 
 
 Tor me, crowds. 
 
 Tome, (2) thou retur nest . 
 
 Torre, tower. 
 
 Torsi, stump of a cabbage. 
 
 Torta, fruit-pie. 
 
 Torvi, cruel men. 
 
 Tosco, a Tuscan. 
 
 Trotta, trout. 
 
 Volgo, vulgar people. 
 
 Yolto, face. 
 
 Voto, vow. 
 
 O OPEN. 
 
 Torme,(l) to take from me. 
 
 Tome, (3) to take from its. 
 
 Torre, (4) to takeaway. 
 
 Torsi, I twisted. 
 
 Torta, crooked. 
 
 Torvi, to take from you. 
 
 Tosco, poison. 
 
 Trotta, he trots. 
 
 Volgo, I turn. 
 
 Volto, turned. 
 
 Voto, (5) empty. 
 
 (1) Used in poetry for togliermi. 
 (3) Used in poetry for toglierci. 
 poetry for vuoto. 
 
 (2) Used in poetry for torni. 
 (4) For togliere. (5) Used in 
 
( sis ) 
 
 NAMES OF AUTHORS, 
 
 From tvhose Works the Examples, found in this volume, 
 are extracted, 
 
 Algarotti Francesco. — Albergati Marchese.— Altanesi.— Ano- 
 ninio.— Alfieri Vittorio Marchese. 
 
 Bandello. — Bembo Pietro Cardinale. — Bentivoglio Guido Car- 
 dinale,— Boccaccio Giovanni. — Bonfadio Giacomo. — Boccalino 
 Trajano. — Benedetto XIV. — Borelli.— Borghini Vincenzo.— Bor- 
 ghini Raffaello. — Buommattei Benedetto. 
 
 Caro Annibale. — Castiglione Baldessarre.— Cavalcanti Bar- 
 tolomeo.— -Celesia Pierpaolo. — Cigua Ignazio. — Chiabrera Ga- 
 briello. — Chiiramonti Giambattista. ' 
 
 Davila Arrigo Catterino. — Davanzati Bernardo. — Dante Ali- 
 ghieri. — Dati Carlo. — Delia Casa Giovanni Monsignore. — De- 
 nina. 
 
 Erizzo Sebastiano. 
 
 Fabro Domenico. — Fiorentino Giovanni. — Firenzuola A- 
 gnolo. — Fortini Pietro. — Foscolo Ugo. — Frugoui Carlo. — Forte- 
 guerri Niccolo. 
 
 Galilei Galileo.— Ganganelli Clemente XIV. Papa — Gelli 
 Gio : Ballista.— Goldoni Carlo. — Gozzi Gasparo. — Guarini Bat- 
 tista Cavaliere.— Guicciardini. 
 
 Lodoli. 
 
 Magalotti Lorenzo. — Metastasio Pietro. — Montemagno Buo- 
 naccorso da. — Macchiavelli Niccolo.— Mascardi Agostino. 
 
 Pandolfini Agnolo. — Passavanti Jacopo. 
 
 Redi Francesco. 
 
 Sannazzaro Jacopo. — Salvini Anton Maria. — Salviati Lio- 
 nardo.— Sanzio Raffaello. — Segni Bernardo. — Segneri. — Scarselli 
 l'Abate. — Soave Francesco. 
 
 Tolomei M. Claudio. — Tasso Bernardo. — Tasso Torquato. 
 
 Varchi Benedetto. — Villani Giovanni. 
 
 Zeno Apostolo. — Zanotti Francescomaria.— Zanotti Giam- 
 pietro. 
 
 Printed by Cox anil Baylis, 
 Gt. Queen Street, Lincoln's-InnvFicld*. 
 
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 0003 111 411 1